EXCLUSIVE: WHO Chief Names New Team of Directors – Mostly Familiar Faces 01/07/2025 Elaine Ruth Fletcher The World Health Organization flag flies above its headquarters in Geneva. World Health Organization Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus announced his new team of 36 directors at headquarters on Tuesday, according to an internal message to WHO staff, seen by Health Policy Watch. Nine of the appointments, including key positions heading the Departments of Noncommunicable Diseases and Mental Health, and the newly-combined Department of Environment, Urban Health, Climate, Migration, and One Health, are “acting” with permanent appointees to be named at some point in the future, according to the message. The appointment of the directors completes the latest phase of WHO’s reorganisation following a budget crisis triggered by the withdrawal of the United States, WHO’s biggest donor, in January 2025, and its abrogation of dues payments, even for the 2024 year. In the wake of the US exit, WHO member states slashed WHO’s projected 2026-27 base budget by over 20%, yet it remains about $1.65 billion underfunded. In May, World Health Assembly members also agreed to a 20% increase in assessed fees for member states, handing a lifeline to WHO’s operations. Still, WHO is faced with a need to reduce overall staff costs by 20-25%. In May, Tedros slashed the number of major WHO programme divisions from 10 to just four, announcing a pared-down senior leadership team of six Assistant Director Generals, as compared to 11 previously. Tedros also promised to reduce the number of costly D1 and D2 directors in WHO’s headquarters from over 76 to just 34, as the next step in the massive restructuring. In fact 36 directors were named today, and the fate of other directors not named for positions at headquarters remains to be seen. As most directors hold long-term contracts, it’s likely the organisation will try to match them to positions elsewhere in regions, as contract termination costs would also represent a heavy expense. The sweeping leadership cuts at WHO follow months of upheaval across UN agencies as organizations from UNHCR to OCHA that cut similar shares of staff to adapt to the first US withdrawal from their operations since the UN’s founding in 1945 – a loss of billions of critical dollars across Geneva. New WHO organizational plan, announced on 22 April, reduces 10 divisions at headquarters to just four. Health Promotion, Disease Prevention and Control Top amongst the familiar names in the big new division of Health Promotion, Disease Prevention and Control, headed by Jeremy Farrar, are: Katherine O’Brien, as director of Immunization, Vaccines and Biologicals; Luz Maria De Regil, as director of Nutrition and Food Safety previously the unit chief for Multisectoral Action in Food Systems; and Etienne Krug, longtime director of the Department of Health Promotion, Social Determinants and a politically powerful WHO actor with strong connections to donors. Tereza Kasaeva, former head of WHO’s TB department, has been named director of the newly combined WHO Department of HIV, Tuberculosis, Hepatitis, and Sexually Transmitted Infections. Meg Doherty, who formerly headed the HIV Department, has meanwhile, been named as director of the department of Science, Research, Evidence and Quality for Health, under the new Chief Scientist, Dr Sylvie Briand. Tereza Kaseva in her previous role as TB department chief. The twin appointments of Kasaeva, a Russian national, to the new HIV/TB Department and Doherty, an American, to the department under the Chief Scientist’s office represent a kind of Solomonic choice for Tedros, observers said. Despite the US abrogation of its engagement with WHO, Tedros has been careful about ruffling geopolitical feathers on either side of the Atlantic. Meanwhile, Pascale Allotey has been named director of two major departments that remain distinct in name, at least for now. Those include the new WHO Department of Maternal, Newborn, Adolescent and Child Health; Healthy Ageing, and Sexual and Reproductive Health, a merger of three former teams. Allotey is also slated to lead the Human Reproduction Programme, a WHO-hosted joint initiative with the UN Development Programme (UNDP), the UN Population Fund (UNFPA) and UNICEF, the UN Children’s Fund. WHO Organization, as of January 2025, boasted 10 divisions and nearly 60 departments. Health Systems Dr Yukiko Nakatani (middle), heads Health Systems, one of three major programme divisions in the new WHO reorganization. In terms of the second of three big new programme divisions, Health Systems, headed by Yukiko Nakatani, Rogerio Gaspar, a well-respected Portuguese researcher, has remained as director, Prequalification and Regulation of Medicines and Health Products – a critical WHO department that evaluates new medicines, vaccines, and medical devices. WHO’s “prequalification” seal of approval is regarded as a greenlight for bulk procurement by UNICEF, the Global Fund, and Gavi, The Vaccine Alliance, as well as for national ministries of health that lack capacity to do independent evaluations themselves. Similarly, Deusdedit Mubangizi is remaining as director, Policy and Standards for Medicines and Health Products, which works hand in hand to develop WHO’s Essential Medicines List decision. Notably a new EML on weight loss drugs and drugs for rare diseases is supposed to be forthcoming soon. In other key appointments to that division: Alain Bernard Labrique, a former professor at Johns Hopkins and WHO Director of Digital Health, is now the director of Data and Analytics, Digital Health, and Delivery for Impact; Dr Yvan Hutin is now director of Antimicrobial Resistance; while Kalypso Chalkidou, who has led WHO’s Department of Health Financing and Economics since last year, was named as director of the newly-combined WHO Department of Governance, Financing, Economics, Primary Healthcare, Universal Health Coverage. Health Emergencies Preparedness and Response In the third new programme division of Health Emergencies Preparedness and Response, where Chikwe Ihekweazu has replaced the retiring Executive Director Mike Ryan is being replaced by, five department directors have been named. Those named include: Altaf Sadrudin Musani, as director of Humanitarian and Disaster Management; Nedret Emiroglu, a long-time WHO European office figure as director of Pandemic and Epidemic Management; Stella Chungong, former director of Health Security Preparedness, now morphed into the Department of Health Emergency Preparedness. WHO ADG of Health Emergencies, Chikwe Ihekweazu (far right). In terms of their public-facing profiles, they are largely unknown quantities, observers say. Other appointments include Oliver Morgan as director of WHO’s Health Emergency Intelligence and Surveillance, replacing Ihekweazu at the helm of the Berlin-based hub; and Abdirahman Sheikh Mahamud as head of the department of Health Emergency Alert and Response Operations. Notably, Maria Van Kerkhove, who was one of the most familiar faces of WHO during the COVID pandemic, and has remained the go-to expert on the virus in recent press briefings at WHO headquarters, was not named to a position in the Emergencies Division. Director General’s Office In the Director General’s Office, Dr Jamal Abdirahman Ahmed is continuing as director of Polio Eradication following his appointment to the role in March. Derek Walton will remain in his role as chief legal counsel for the agency. Gaudenz Silberschmidt remains director, Partnerships, Resource Mobilization, Envoy for Multilateral Affairs. And Alia El-Yassir continues as director of Gender Equality, Human Rights, Health Equity, and Prevention of and Response to Sexual Exploitation and Abuse. The WHO’s organizational restructuring accompanies a growing financial crisis at the agency, which faces a $1.65 billion budget shortfall for 2026-27 despite extensive fundraising efforts. Unfilled and acting posts The nine key positions which remain officially vacant, and for which only acting directors have been named, include key strategic departments such as Noncommunicable Diseases and Mental Health (Devora Kestel) and the Department of Environment, Urban Health, Climate, Migration, and One Health, where Rüdiger Krech is taking over from WHO’s Maria Neira, the iconic face of WHO’s climate and environment work, who is retiring. As per Tedros’ announcement, the old department of Health and Migration also appears to have also been grafted into that new mega-Department since the initial WHO organigram was published in May. In the key post of WHO Director of Communications, Gaya Gamhewage, previously director of the Prevention & Response to Sexual Misconduct, will serve as acting director, taking over from Gabriella Stern, who is also retiring. Within the Division of Health Systems, the Director’s post for the Global Centre for Traditional Medicine will remain vacant, with Shyama Kuruvilla acting. As for the new department of the WHO Academy, Health Workforce and Nursing – a merger of three former entities – the acting director is David Atchoarena, who was appointed in 2023 to head the WHO Academy, a flagship project of Tedros, following a long career at the UN Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization, UNESCO. Dr. Gaya Gamhewage, Director, Prevention & Response to Sexual Exploitation, Abuse and Harassment, World Health Organization, speaks on 29 November, 2022 at the United Nations in Geneva. The directorship of Malaria and Neglected Tropical Diseases also remains vacant, with Daniel Ngamije Madandi as acting. In addition, the directorship of TDR, the Special Programme for Research and Training in Tropical Diseases, also remains vacant following the retirement just last month of John Reeder, an Australian national. With respect to TDR, another WHO-hosted programme, there has also been talk of appointing a director of a related WHO department as dual director for TDR – rather than making another distinct and costly appointment. Continuity or complicity? A leadership dilemma Dr Mike Ryan, director of the World Health Organization’s emergency response division, held his final press conference Friday in Geneva after eight years leading the UN health agency’s response to global health crises. While the new appointments mark an important step in WHO’s structural reform, they also underscore a deeper tension: how much continuity is too much? Many of the individuals retained or reappointed to leadership positions are well-tested and respected professionals in their fields. Others, while familiar, are also emblematic of an entrenched culture that critics argue is ill-equipped for WHO’s current crisis. But others arrived at WHO, not as a result of truly open global searches, but rather via internal handpicking — a trend that has accelerated under the current Director-General, eroding transparency and weakening trust in WHO’s merit-based system. Some, like Dr Tereza Kasaeva, reportedly arrived with overt political backing (in her case, Russian authorities at the time of Dr Tedros’s first election), raising longstanding concerns about geopolitics shaping technical leadership. Invisible retention and the illusion of reform WHO Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus and Raul Thomas, the Assistant Director-General for Business Operations at WHO address the committee following the successful vote on the agency’s new budget. Despite the rhetoric of bold reform and downsizing, critics fear that many senior staff not formally reappointed may still be quietly retained within WHO’s financial system — undermining the promise of a leaner, more accountable leadership. According to reports from staff with access to WHO’s Global Management System (GSM), the Canadian physician Bruce Aylward, formerly Assistant Director General for Universal Health Coverage and Life Course, so far remains listed on the WHO payroll records as a D2-level official until his retirement in 2027 – even after being left out of the new six-member WHO senior leadership team, announced by Tedros in May. Similarly, Santino Severoni, former director of Health and Migration, reportedly continues to be listed in WHO’s GSM records as a D1 director until 2029, despite the fact that he has not been named to any department so far. These arrangements raise difficult questions about whether WHO is truly cutting fat or simply relocating it. Meanwhile, others like Krech, who previously directed WHO’s Department of Health Promotion, was made the acting director of the newly merged Department of Environment, Urban Health, Climate, Migration, and One Health, despite a lack of intimate familiarity with that arena. “We hope there will be an open advertisement,” commented one source. Financial governance itself is now overseen in part by Sushil Rathi (acting director of finance), a figure whose own entry into WHO came via a process tied to the now-defunct Indian firm Satyam — the same company that originally built WHO’s Global Management System (GSM). The hidden costs of keeping the old guard World Health Organization headquarters in Geneva. Financially, retaining internal appointees is the easier path. It avoids large indemnity payouts for terminated contracts and offers a surface-level appearance of continuity. But the cost of clinging to underperforming or politically tainted leaders may be far greater in the long run — eroding staff morale, weakening donor trust, and compromising the boldness needed for WHO to truly reinvent itself. “We are caught in a trap. Either we recycle leaders who helped create this mess, or we bring in outsiders with no real grasp of WHO’s dysfunction,” said one senior staffer privately. Without a robust, meritocratic and depoliticized process to identify the next generation of WHO leadership, the reforms risk being cosmetic — changing the structure while leaving the culture untouched. Image Credits: US Mission in Geneva / Eric Bridiers via Flickr, WHO, WHO, 2025, Japan MoH, Edith Magak, Israel in Geneva/ Nathan Chicheportiche, Guilhem Vellut. MAHA Says Its Focus Is Chronic Diseases – Kennedy and Trump Actions Show Otherwise 30/06/2025 Stefan Anderson US Health Secretary Robert F. Kennedy Jr’s policy decisions run counter to the stated goals of his administration’s health agenda. Since Robert F. Kennedy Jr suspended an independent presidential run to back Donald Trump’s bid for the White House, his laser-focus has been on one mission: “Make America Healthy Again” by attacking the threat of chronic disease. Now sitting atop the United States health system, the anti-vaccine scion of the Kennedy dynasty released a major policy paper to advance that agenda last month, known as the “MAHA commission” report. Its centrepiece: the childhood chronic disease epidemic. The 73-page document, pledging a return to “gold-standard” science and reversal of the childhood chronic disease crisis by “confronting its root causes—not just its symptoms,” was quickly found to be riddled with factual inaccuracies, mischaracterisation of research presented as evidence, and citations of at least seven studies that did not exist at all. The report’s technical errors, bad science and blatant use of artificial intelligence dominated media coverage following its release. Lost in the controversy over its scientific flaws was what the report left out: several of the deadliest causes of chronic disease in the United States – the very “epidemic” Kennedy’s MAHA manifesto claims to tackle. Tobacco, the largest preventable cause of chronic disease in the US, causing lung cancer, heart disease and stroke, claims around 450,000 lives annually per CDC figures. It is never mentioned, despite most smokers starting as children. Alcohol deaths, which rose 29% from 2016 to 2021, and drug overdoses claiming over 80,000 lives yearly – both risks that often begin in adolescence – are entirely absent, despite fentanyl being central to Trump’s ‘war on cartels’ and the deportation raids that sparked the largest protests in US history last week. Air pollution, responsible for 50,000 to 200,000 preventable deaths in the US every year from chronic diseases such as heart disease, stroke, lung cancer and respiratory illness, is omitted entirely from the report. “Pollution” writ-large – from vehicles, industrial emissions and other sources that cause chronic disease – is mentioned five times: four times in footnotes, with its sole appearance in the main text a reference to “light pollution” from smartphones, tablets and laptops disrupting sleep patterns. Trump administration policies have banned the terms ‘pollution’ and ‘air pollution’ from federal documents, according to leaked memos and free speech groups. Taken together, the report ignores the first, fifth, sixth and seventh leading causes of preventable death in the United States from chronic diseases – which the report, and Kennedy’s HHS, claim as their north star. The chronic disease risk factors left out of the report are responsible for an estimated 2.2 million deaths annually – roughly 30% of all deaths in America and 70% from the top eight preventable causes each year as identified by the CDC. “Those are big causes of death,” said Michael Brauer, an expert in chronic disease at the University of British Columbia and lead author on the global burden of disease report, a landmark international study compiling the causes of death around the world. “These are huge omissions.” The MAHA commission’s four silos – children’s exposure to technology, ultra-processed foods, chemicals and overmedicalisation – fail to understand how chronic diseases work, Brauer added. Chronic diseases result from multiple risk factors – including but not limited to diet, sleep habits, smoking, environmental exposures, age and preexisting conditions – that pile up together, not single identifiable causes, he explained. “It’s trying to pinpoint ‘this is the cause of this, this is the cause of that,” Brauer said. “For chronic diseases, that’s just not the way things work.” Global food policy experts have also expressed doubts about Kennedy’s approach to ultra-processed foods – one of the four pillars he does address. They question whether he will follow necessary science and use proven interventions to tackle this threat. A Secretary Undermining His Own Mission Kennedy’s actions since taking office contradict his stated mission of making chronic disease his department’s top priority. Despite insisting throughout confirmation hearings in Congress he would not stand in the way of access to vaccines, the HHS secretary – who rose to political prominence as the leader of the world’s largest anti-vaccine group during the pandemic – moved last month to remove the COVID-19 vaccine from the CDC immunisation schedule. This would eliminate federal funding for COVID vaccines for uninsured children and pregnant women, effectively ending access for millions of Americans. This comes as new estimates from the American Academy of Paediatrics find long COVID, a chronic neuroimmune disorder affecting the brain, spinal cord and nervous system with no known cure, may have overtaken asthma as the most prevalent chronic condition in US children. Kennedy’s HHS argues children rarely die from COVID-19 – ignoring that long COVID has become a leading chronic condition among children, potentially placing millions at risk of an as-yet incurable disease. Kennedy’s policy decisions also run counter to the emphasis placed on chemicals and environmental exposures for children in the MAHA report. While the policy paper dedicates one of its four chapters to this threat, he axed the division at the Center for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) that investigates environmental hazards like heavy metals and air pollution – the very data required to craft policy protecting children from dangers highlighted by his own commission. With the CDC’s environmental health division eliminated, protecting Americans from toxic exposures would fall even more heavily on the Environmental Protection Agency. Yet that agency faces a proposed 55% budget cut – from $9 billion to $4 billion – in the White House’s 2025 budget, the largest reduction in EPA history. Administrative Assault HHS is not alone in undermining the MAHA agenda – the Trump administration strikes new blows against the health objectives it claims to champion seemingly every week. A wave of policies has targeted the agencies, programs, scientific research and laws that protect children and the wider public from chronic disease risk factors since the new administration took office – and members of the MAHA commission are leading the charge. Commission members include Lee Zeldin, the EPA chief, and Russell Vought, the architect of Project 2025 and head of the Office of Management and Budget, who has spearheaded mass firings across the federal government’s scientific and health agencies. Kennedy touts the firing of a quarter of the federal health workforce overseen by Vought — 10,000 total staff across the CDC, National Institutes of Health, and Food and Drug Administration — as necessary to rein in the “pandemonium” of “sprawling bureaucracy” and reverse the “chronic disease epidemic.” Meanwhile, Zeldin’s EPA issued a legal filing on Tuesday “reconsidering” a ban on chrysotile asbestos, known as “white asbestos,” the last type of the deadly carcinogen still in use in the US. Asbestos exposure causes mesothelioma, lung cancer, and other fatal diseases that kill 40,000 Americans annually. That filing included a statement of support from EPA administrator Lynn Ann Dekleva, who joined the agency from her post as a lobbyist for the American Chemistry Council – the petrochemical industry’s largest trade group representing Chevron, ExxonMobil, Shell, and other major corporations – which brought the lawsuit to reverse the ban the EPA now supports. Labeling efforts to fight climate change a “cult” at a press conference in Washington last week, Zeldin announced his agency would remove greenhouse gas emissions limits from power plants. The EPA stated in a press release that pollution from coal, gas and oil plants were “not significant contributors to dangerous air pollution,” deciding the agency should review pollutants individually before reconsidering emissions limits. Asked if there is any uncertainty on the science of fossil fuel pollution’s health effects, Brauer was short: “No.” “Anything burning is going to create air pollution and air pollution is harmful,” Brauer said. “That’s not something we need to reinvestigate or do more science on – it’s very clear.” The same regulatory rollback removes limits on dangerous chemical discharges of mercury, arsenic and lead from power plants – chemicals that cause cancer, brain damage and developmental disabilities even at low exposure levels. In an apparent contradiction, the EPA described the rule it is repealing – known as MATS – as “highly effective in protecting public health and the environment.” The agency’s own press release cited the rule’s success: a 90% drop in mercury emissions from coal plants, 96% reduction in acid gas emissions, and 81% cuts in nickel, arsenic and lead discharges since 2012. The self-defeating argument suggests possible AI authorship of the release. The EPA has already eliminated requirements for most power plants and heavy industry to monitor greenhouse gas emissions, citing financial burden to industry. It also pushed back a tax on methane emissions – the potent greenhouse gas up to 80 times more powerful than CO2 over 20 years – by a decade to 2035. Beyond air emissions, the EPA postponed requirements for chemical manufacturers to disclose internal safety studies on 16 toxic substances – including known carcinogens like benzene and chemicals linked to developmental harm such as BPA – extending the deadline by more than a year to May 2026. The delay keeps critical health data hidden from communities facing exposure to chemicals that cause cancer, brain damage in children, and reproductive disorders through everyday products like plastics, gasoline, and rubber tires – the very exposures the MAHA commission claims to prevent. “We know industries will pollute to the levels they are allowed to,” Brauer said. “If we’re blind they’ll pollute more. That’s why we monitor – so we can enforce the laws that we have.” Chemical Counter Currents The MAHA report makes special mention of the threats of “Superfund sites,” described in the commission paper as “areas contaminated with industrial toxic waste which, depending on their level of contamination and cleanup status, could further compound their risk for chemical exposure and associated adverse outcomes.” Nearly 25% of US children live in close proximity to one of the 1,341 Superfund sites nationwide, according to the report. These sites include abandoned chemical plants, former mining operations, ecological disasters, closed military bases with toxic waste, and industrial dumps where hazardous materials like lead, asbestos, and radioactive waste have contaminated soil and groundwater. Yet the administration is systematically dismantling the agencies that protect communities from these very chemical hazards. The Chemical Safety Board (CSB), an independent federal oversight committee that analyzes industrial chemical accidents and develops safety recommendations, is slated for elimination in Trump’s budget proposal. White House pressure led the CSB — a strictly advisory body with no power to legislate, fine or pursue legal action — to submit a budget request of zero dollars for the first time in its history. The Clean Air Scientific Advisory Committee (CASAC) – an independent body of scientists created by Congress to ensure air quality policies protect public health from toxic pollutants including lead, mercury, and fine particulate matter – was similarly dismantled in January. Federal filings show the board remains empty at the time of writing. Bodies like the CSB and CASAC serve as critical watchdogs for communities exposed to chemical risks and environmental pollution, investigating everything from refinery explosions and pipeline ruptures to toxic releases at Superfund sites, chemical plant fires, and industrial accidents that threaten nearby schools and neighborhoods. Without these oversight bodies, residents near industrial facilities and contaminated sites lose their primary source of independent accident investigation, safety recommendations, and public health data. Communities would have no federal entity to determine why a chemical plant exploded, what toxins were released, or how to prevent future disasters. The disconnect between the MAHA report’s concern for Superfund sites and the administration’s actions grows starker. The Trump administration has sued New York and Vermont to block laws requiring oil companies to pay for cleanup costs at the very Superfund sites the MAHA commission identifies as threats to children’s health. The Department of Justice called these state efforts to hold polluters accountable “climate extremism” and “unconstitutional overreach,” despite the laws targeting the same contaminated sites Kennedy’s report warns endanger millions of American children. “The last Administration wasted billions on ‘research’ and fake science in Green New Scam and culturally Marxist programs,” Rachel Cauley, a spokesperson for OMB, told E&E news of the administration’s rollbacks. “Under President Trump, our science agencies are actually doing science again.” The Cost in Lives As the administration dismisses climate science as “fake,” researchers at the University of Maryland published a first-of-its-kind analysis last week calculating the real-world costs of these rollbacks in lives and dollars. Under what researchers describe as a “full rollback scenario” – reversing major legislation including the Inflation Reduction Act, infrastructure bills, and Clean Air Act protections totaling over $1 trillion, plus major EPA policy reversals – an estimated 22,800 Americans would die from increased air pollution over the next decade, with a $1.1 trillion loss to US GDP by 2035. Fine particulate matter, known as PM2.5 – microscopic particles that penetrate deep into lungs and bloodstream, causing heart disease, stroke, and lung cancer – would increase by 10% under the rollbacks, killing approximately 3,100 additional Americans annually. States with weaker air quality regulations would bear the heaviest burden in the absence of federal standards, with West Virginia, North Dakota, and Texas among the hardest hit, the report found. The researchers note that 77% of IRA funding has flowed to Republican-majority districts – suggesting these lawmakers may face pressure from constituents benefiting from clean energy jobs and investments to preserve the programs, despite party opposition to the legislation. “Basically this can be thought of as an underestimate,” said Alicia Zhao, the study’s lead author. “Like a lower bound of what repealing these clean energy policies could result in.” The analysis excludes other toxic pollutants and climate impacts like intensifying wildfires – a growing threat as smoke laden with toxic particles increasingly blankets American cities, triggering asthma, heart attacks, early onset dementia, and premature death. The administration’s proposed cuts would eliminate NASA and NOAA satellites that track this smoke, leaving communities without critical air quality warnings. “Wildfire smoke is not something we’re going to be able to control,” Brauer said. “We can’t put a law and say: forests, stop burning! That’s exactly why we need to maintain progress on controllable pollution sources – not take our foot off the gas.” Taking Aim at Air Pollution These projected deaths would only increase under the administration’s legislative agenda. Buried within the 1,116 pages of Trump’s “Big Beautiful Bill” – the behemoth budget reconciliation measure currently before the Senate – lies a direct assault on America’s air pollution infrastructure. An analysis by Health Policy Watch of the budget measure found nearly $37 billion in federal funding cuts to air quality and pollution programs running between 2021 and 2031 – the largest cut to air pollution funding in US history. The eliminated programs, spread across the Inflation Reduction Act and Clean Air Act, include laws addressing air pollution at ports, schools, and cities; tailpipe emission restrictions for standard and diesel vehicles; air quality monitoring stations in low-income communities; reduction, reporting and enforcement of greenhouse gas limits nationwide; and EPA funding for timely scientific reviews. While it remains unclear at the time of writing how much funding has been distributed from programs slated for termination, the Greenhouse Gas Reduction Fund – the largest single item at $27 billion – saw $20 billion frozen by the EPA in March. If funds were distributed evenly over program lifespans, an estimated $5.88 billion would remain unspent through January 2025, or $25.88 billion including the frozen GGRF funds. “This marks a stark turn from the waste and self-dealing of the Biden-Harris Administration intentionally tossing ‘gold bars off the Titanic,'” Zeldin said of freezing the GGRF funds, which he alleges were distributed through “crony capitalism” to partisan organizations. Air pollution policies enacted by the EPA undergo rigorous cost-benefit analysis before approval. Despite their price tags, these regulations consistently deliver some of the highest returns on investment in government, ranging from 3-to-1 to 30-to-1 per dollar invested. “We want to provide the public with the best information, full stop,” Brauer said. “We’re not doing this for any other reason. It’s to provide policymakers the information they need to prioritize how federal dollars are spent.” “This is information that actually helps the government spend money more effectively,” Brauer concluded. “As a citizen, if the government is not doing that, then I don’t think the government’s doing its work well.” Mike Ryan Steps Down as WHO Emergency Chief After Eight Years 27/06/2025 Stefan Anderson Dr Mike Ryan steps down after a near three decade career at WHO. Dr Mike Ryan, director of the World Health Organization’s emergency response division, held his final press conference Friday in Geneva after eight years leading the UN health agency’s response to global health crises from war and famine to disease outbreaks. In his farewell remarks, Ryan warned of an “era of collapsed funding” following the Trump administration’s decision to halt funding for UN agencies and international humanitarian efforts while withdrawing from WHO for a second time, compounding a global trend of declining humanitarian and health aid that has dropped a bomb on Geneva’s humanitarian sector. “It’s easy to be brave when there’s nothing at stake. It’s hard to be courageous when everything’s at stake and I think we live in a world where a lot is at stake,” Ryan said. “Immunization is at stake, peace is at stake, health is at stake. Honesty is at stake. Truth is at stake. So I think we have a common cause.” Ryan, an Irish epidemiologist who has led WHO’s Health Emergencies Programme since 2017, has been at the forefront of the organization’s response to humanitarian crises from Gaza to Myanmar and Sudan, as well as Ebola outbreaks and other disease emergencies across the globe. He became particularly visible during the COVID-19 pandemic, where his direct, plain-speaking style made him one of WHO’s most recognizable faces. His farewell coincided with WHO’s release of the latest report from its Scientific Advisory Group for the Origins of Novel Pathogens (SAGO), which concluded that China continues to withhold data necessary to determine how COVID-19 emerged, leading Ryan to address the controversy and call for international cooperation despite ongoing conflicts. “Would I like to know what the origins of this virus are? Yes, because we want to be able to shut the door, close the trap door, so that virus can never escape again, but there are many, many other viruses in the world,” he said. “We need to continue to look at origins and everything else, but if that’s only been driven by political outcomes, if that’s only been driven by the intent to hurt, if your intent to investigate is only to punish, you will never have justice,” Ryan continued. “If your intent to investigate is to be enlightened, then you will find justice through the process.” Ryan, who joined WHO in 1996, is one of the organization’s longest-serving senior officials. His field experience included coordinating responses to cholera, meningitis, and hemorrhagic fever outbreaks across Africa, Asia and the Middle East, often in areas affected by conflict and displacement. Ryan defended the progress made during his tenure in global health cooperation through improvements in the International Health Regulations, pandemic accord negotiations, and institutions like Gavi and the pandemic fund. “We’ve moved progressively in cooperation in the IHR revision of 2005 and into the IHR amendments provision under Tedros, the pandemic accord,” Ryan said. “We’re actually learning better ways to cooperate globally on epidemics and on emergencies.” “Are we getting better at this? We are,” he added. “Are we perfect? No, we’re not.” His acknowledgment of the imperfections of WHO, its sister UN agencies, and international aid organizations came with a plea for continued support, noting the complexity of their global mandates amid shrinking resources. “In this era of collapsed funding, of mistrust in public institutions, of the attacks that international UN and NGO organizations are under, this is not helping,” Ryan said. Ryan’s departure comes as WHO faces an existential funding crisis that has forced it to trim its ambitions across the world. The US funding cuts have transformed Geneva’s already underfunded humanitarian system, but Ryan argued that withdrawing support would only worsen global health security. “One needs to be courageous at times like this,” he said. “Our job is to enlighten you as to what the real issues are. We have a framework that’s been approved by our member states. That’s enough to move forward.” Animal Source Most Likely Origin of SARS-CoV2 but Missing Chinese Data Leave Findings Inconclusive: WHO Expert Group 27/06/2025 Elaine Ruth Fletcher & Stefan Anderson Dr Marietjie Venter, SAGO chair and Professor, University of Witwatersrand, South Africa A four year WHO-sponsored investigation of the origins of the COVID pandemic by an international group of experts has concluded that “most scientific data and accessible published scientific evidence” support the hypothesis that the novel SARS-CoV2 virus first entered the human population either directly from virus-carrying bats, or from bats to humans via intermediate hosts. But the possibility that the virus escaped from a lab leak remains on the table, the Scientific Advisory Group for the Origins of of Novel Pathogens (SAGO) said in a press conference just ahead of the publication of its final report on Friday. Large gaps in data provided by China, as well as a lack of access to key United States and German intelligence reports, have confounded investigation of the lab leak hypothesis, the 27-member report of international experts concluded. “ Much of the information needed to assess this hypothesis has not been made available to WHO and SAGO, despite repeated request to the government of China, and therefore this hypothesis could not be investigated or excluded,” said Dr Marietjie Venter, SAGO chair and Distinguished Professor at the University of the Witwatersrand, South Africa. “Data provided in intelligence reports was also assessed, but tended to be very speculative, based on political opinions and not backed up by science,” Venter added. “SAGO and WHO have requested further information from member states, including the government of China, Germany and the United States of America, on an unpublished [intelligence] report that has been reported in the press. However, at the time of writing the required information, has not been provided to WHO or SAGO.” Maria Van Kerkhove: Work on the origins of the COVID pandemic is ‘unfinished.’ “The work to understand the origins of COVID-19 is unfinished,” said Maria Van Kerkhove, WHO’s technical lead during most of the pandemic. “We really need official and further information from China, because this is where the first cases were reported. “This is a global search, but it really is important to make sure that the comprehensive studies that need to be done in China, where those first cases were reported, are conducted. More work needs to be done,” she said. Zoonotic transmission via the Wuhan live animal market or another source? Caged animals held for sale and slaughter in unsanitary conditions at Wuhan’s Huanan Seafood Market, prior to the outbreak of COVID-19, including: (a) King rat snake (Elaphe carinata), (b) Chinese bamboo rat (Rhizomys sinensis), (c) Amur hedgehog (Erinaceus amurensis) (the finger points to a tick), (d) Raccoon dog (Nyctereutes procyonoides), (e) Marmot (Marmota himalayana) (beneath the marmots is a cage containing hedgehogs), and (f) Hog badger (Arctonyx albogularis). In terms of the most plausible hypothesis, questions also remain as to whether SARS-CoV2 first infected humans via animals in the Wuhan live animal market, or whether the market simply became an efficient site for the virus transmission after an infected human worked or visited there. “SAGO is not currently able to conclude exactly when, where, and how SARS-CoV2 first entered the human population,” she explained, adding that “the closest known precursor strains were identified in bats in China in 2013 and in Laos in 2020. “These strains are too distantly related to SARS-CoV2 to be the direct source of the COVID-19 pandemic,” Van Kerkhove said. “The Huanan seafood market in Wuhan, China, played a significant role in the early transmission and amplification of the virus, with 60% of early cases in December 2019 that could be traced to the market or [people who] lived in close proximity to the market with a risk of exposure to visitors or animal products from the market. No evidence exists of widespread human or animal cases prior to December, 2019, anywhere.” And at the same time, there are in fact two SARS-CoV2 lineages, which were identified in infected humans at the market. This suggests that there had already been prior evolution in animals or in humans, rather than a single source, she said. “Metagenomic evidence identified several species of wildlife that were present in the market that can be considered as potential intermediate hosts and that might have infected early human cases. Comprehensive upstream investigation at the source of wildlife species trade at this market and other markets in and around Wuhan is, however, still lacking. It is therefore not yet clear if the seafood market was where the virus first spilled over into humans or if it occurred through upstream-infected humans or animals at the market.” As per those questions, China has shared some of this information, “but not everything that we have requested,” Venter said. “China has provided hundreds of viral sequences from individuals with COVID-19 early in the pandemic, but more detailed information [is needed] on animals sold at markets in Wuhan, and information on work done and biosafety conditions at laboratories in Wuhan. Looked at four hypotheses The committee examined four hypotheses, including: a spillover from animals to humans, via bats or indirectly; an accidental lab leak during field investigations or due to a break in biosafety; a third hypothesis, promoted by the Chinese in the early days, that the virus was transmitted via imported frozen food products imported into China; and a fourth hypothesis, promoted by conspiracy fans, that the virus was the product of deliberate laboratory manipulation. The third hypothesis was ruled out, SAGO concluded, and the fourth, regarding deliberate manipulation, remains “largely unsupported by other scientific and intelligence reports,” Venter added. SAGO will reevaluate these hypotheses, should additional scientific evidence become available. In the meantime, a zoonotic origin, with the spillover from animals to humans, is currently considered the best supported hypothesis by the available scientific data, until further requests for information are met,” she said, adding: “Until more scientific data becomes available, the origins of SARS CoV2, and how it entered the human population will remain inconclusive.” Image Credits: Trinity Care Foundation/Flickr, Nature . Israel Halts Gaza Aid Deliveries as UN Appeals to Israeli Military to ‘Stop Shooting People Trying to Get Food’ 26/06/2025 Stefan Anderson & Elaine Ruth Fletcher Gaza palestinians tote away food from a UN distribution site Monday, amidst scenes of devastation. This story was updated to reflect new developments on Friday, 27 June. Israel ordered a near-total halt to food and humanitarian aid deliveries to over two million Gazans facing a territory-wide threat of famine on Thursday after an AFP video surfaced showing dozens of armed men riding atop a convoy of flatbed trucks loaded with flour for northern Gaza. As hard-right ministers in Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s government threatened to resign over alleged aid theft by Hamas, Israeli soldiers testified to local and international media outlets that their commanding military officers issued direct open fire orders on unarmed civilians waiting at food distribution points throughout the past month. “It’s a killing field,” one soldier told Israeli outlet Haaretz. “Where I was stationed, between one and five people were killed every day. They’re treated like a hostile force – no crowd-control measures, no tear gas – just live fire with everything imaginable: heavy machine guns, grenade launchers, mortars. Then, once the center opens, the shooting stops, and they know they can approach. Our form of communication is gunfire.” The Integrated Food Security Phase Classification warned last month that all 2.1 million Palestinians in Gaza face life-threatening food insecurity after a total 11-week blockade of food, medicine and life-saving humanitarian aid by Israel, lifted on 19 May. The threat of another blockade of humanitarian aid to Gaza and Israeli soldier testimonies follow weeks of reports on the mounting death toll of Palestinians trying to reach a limited number of Gaza food distribution sites set up by the Gaza Humanitarian Foundation (GHF), a private Israel-US backed aid group with no prior experience in humanitarian operations that became Gaza’s leading distributor of food aid last month. The group has been mired in controversy over its opaque financial backing, insufficient aid distribution from just four locations in Gaza – down from 400 previously operated by the United Nations and aid groups – and international condemnation for its practices, with the UN and leading humanitarian organisations allege violates international law. Israel says the private aid distribution model is necessary due to mass Hamas theft of aid shipments. Its government has not yet provided substantial evidence on the alleged scale of the Hamas seizures. The reported number of Palestinians shot while trying to reach GHF aid sites surpassed 400 on Wednesday, as the United Nations Human Rights Office pleaded with Israel’s military to “stop shooting at people trying to get food.“ The plea came hours after Israeli troops and drones opened fire on people approaching an aid distribution site operated by GHF in southern Gaza on Tuesday, killing at least 44 people, bringing Palestinian deaths in the war above 56,000, according to local health authorities. “Desperate, hungry people in Gaza continue to face the inhumane choice of either starving to death or risk being killed while trying to get food,” Thameen Al-Kheetan, a spokesperson for the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights (OHCHR), told reporters at a briefing in Geneva on Wednesday. The UN has independently verified over 410 deaths from “Israeli military shelling and shooting” of Palestinians travelling to aid sites since GHF operations began last month, Al-Kheetan said. An additional 93 deaths await verification, while confirmed injuries have risen to at least 3,000 as of Wednesday. The UN numbers do not include casualties that occurred since Tuesday. “Humanitarian assistance must never be used as a bargaining chip in any conflict,” Al-Kheetan said. “The weaponisation of food for civilians, in addition to restricting or preventing their access to life-sustaining services, constitutes a war crime.” Gaza groups deny Hamas theft as Israel announces aid halt An ambulance rushed to reach Palestinians reportedly shot by Israeli troops while trying to reach a UN aid distribution site on 23 June. Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu said Wednesday his government received information “indicating that Hamas is once again taking control of humanitarian aid entering the northern Gaza Strip and stealing it from civilians.” He announced that he had instructed the military to draft a plan “to prevent Hamas from seizing the aid.” On Thursday, Israeli authorities told Reuters that aid was still being allowed to enter from the south, but not the north. Another prolonged blockade of life-saving aid of food, and medicine would have catastrophic consequences, the UN and international aid agencies said. As of Friday morning, messaging from Israel’s government is unclear on what aid will continue to be allowed into Gaza, or if GHF is excluded from the new restrictions. This video was filmed today in Gaza. It shows Hamas gunmen once again taking control of food trucks This is how Hamas continues to be fed with money and power pic.twitter.com/pCi1X4cNZ5 — ME24 – Middle East 24 (@MiddleEast_24) June 25, 2025 Gaza’s ‘Higher Committee for Tribal Affairs’ – a civilian group not affiliated with Hamas, created during the war – rejected Netanyahu’s “false claims” that the video posted by AFP showed Hamas was stealing the food aid. “Gaza’s tribal leaders affirmed that all aid is fully secured under their direct supervision and is being distributed exclusively through international agencies,” the committee representing a group of influential Gaza families said in a statement published on Thursday by AFP and the Saudi-based Al Arabiya. “The securing of aid has been carried out purely through tribal efforts,” it added, suggesting the masked men aboard the trucks were not Hamas fighters at all. The Committee called for a United Nations delegation to determine if aid was being correctly dispatched in Gaza. Meanwhile, the controversial Gaza Humanitarian Foundation (GHF), said it had continued food aid deliveries Thursday, despite the Israeli closure notice, posting on X in mid-afternoon that it had delivered “again today to the Palestinian people in Gaza, all without incident.” In a subsequent X post Thursday evening, GHF said that it had been allowed by Israel to continue its Gaza operations amid an Israeli pause on UN food deliveries: “Our hope is this will be a temporary pause and all other aid organizations will soon be able to resume distribution.” Controversial Aid Provider Takes Control GHF says it’s delivering food directly to people in need – but only at four Gaza sites. It’s critics say the UN operated 400 distribution points, and cite the high rate of shooting deaths amongst people making the long trek GHF points. GHF, a private US-Israel backed initiative, emerged following Israel’s total 11-week blockade that ended May 19. It became Gaza’s largest aid provider overnight following the siege on the territory, which pushed 2.1 million residents to the edge of famine. The initiative, led by the Reverend Johnnie Moore, an evangelical minister and public relations consultant with no prior humanitarian experience but deep ties to the administration of US President Donald Trump, has been universally criticised by the UN and NGO aid institutions. The Israeli military has claimed violence at the aid sites resulted from firing warning shots at “suspects” approaching troops streaming towards the food sites. It has opened multiple incident investigations but denies responsibility for the deaths. GHF denies any connection to the violence, while attacks typically have occurred during lengthy marches by thousands of Palestinians streamed toward its aid stations. GHF also says Hamas, which killed around 1,200 Israelis and took hundreds hostage in its October 7 attacks, has also threatened and attacked its Palestinian aid workers, killing eight people on a bus transporting GHF workers, on 12 June. There have also been shootings of people waiting at UN distribution sites. MSNBC reported said 60 people were shot on June 17 while waiting for the arrival of UN convoys. UK-based Channel 4 on 23 June also cited shootings into a crowd approaching a UN distribution site in north Gaza. A range of independent reports have attributed most of the shootings to the Israeli military, with Israel’s liberal daily Ha’aretz describing the GHF model as a “fatal failure” last week. “The attempt to survive is being met with a death sentence,” said Jonathan Whittall, who leads the UN Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs in Gaza and the West Bank at Wednesday’s media briefing. “There shouldn’t be a death toll associated with accessing the essentials for life.” Forced Displacement Through Hunger IPC hunger projections for the Gaza Strip, May-September 2025 Israel has meanwhile claimed that more free food aid is reaching Palestinians than before. In an open letter published yesterday, GHF even offered to “partner” with the UN to coordinate more food deliveries. “The UN and GHF share the same goal: getting food to those who need it. We can help bring these scenes to an end if the UN and other international organizations partner with us to distribute aid safely and at scale,” said GHF in an X post. Scenes like this at an apparent UNICEF site reflect the desperation on the ground in Gaza. The UN and GHF share the same goal: getting food to those who need it. We can help bring these scenes to an end if the UN and other international organizations partner with us to distribute… https://t.co/wacj6w2N0l — Gaza Humanitarian Foundation (@GHFUpdates) June 24, 2025 But the UN and other major aid organizations, including Médecins Sans Frontières, the International Committee of the Red Cross, Oxfam, Amnesty International and Save the Children, have refused to work with GHF – even if it means their aid is denied access to Gaza. “The position of the UN as a whole has been made clear,” Al-Kheetan said. “We are not part of this operation because it does not comply with international standards on aid distribution.” Funneling over two million starving people to just a few heavily militarized sites – including only four administered mainly by the GHF – creates deadly chaos by design, critics have said. It also excludes all but the most able-bodied from reaching the delivery locations. UN agencies previously delivered assistance through approximately 400 points across Gaza, while NGO partners operated food kitchens. Only the most able-bodied can run the gauntlet to reach Gaza’s limited food distribution points. GHF claimed Wednesday to have distributed 40 million meals in its first month of operations. That amounts to approximately 0.6 meals per person per day for Gaza’s 2.1 million residents — less than one meal daily in a population facing starvation. But with all 2.1 million Palestinians in Gaza face life-threatening food insecurity, according to last month’s Integrated Food Security Phase Classification, nowhere near enough food, medicine, water and other life-saving supplies are able to enter Gaza to address the scale of the crisis, UN humanitarian groups have noted. “Can the GHF prevent famine? The reality is, far too little aid is being distributed from far too few distribution points, all amid concerns that families travelling from northern Gaza to reach sites in the south will not be allowed to return,” said UNICEF chief spokesman James Elder at Wednesday’s briefing. UN activities operating under severe restrictions Hunger in Gaza. While GHF operates freely with Israeli government support, severe restrictions remain on UN activities in Gaza. Of 16 humanitarian coordination requests the UN submitted for permits this weekend, Israeli authorities denied half, the UN Human Rights Office told reporters. Meanwhile, hundreds of tons of UN-organized food aid are sitting in warehouses in Jordan or in trucks along the Israeli border, awaiting entry to Gaza, UN officials have said. “The newly created so-called aid mechanism is an abomination that humiliates and degrades desperate people,” Philippe Lazzarini, who leads UNRWA, the Palestinian refugee agency banned by Israel’s government, said in Berlin Tuesday. “It is a death trap costing more lives than it saves.” Announcements of the GHF sites’ opening hours are made exclusively on Facebook and X, despite frequent internet blackouts across the strip. With internet access both inconsistent and expensive, many civilians make the dangerous trek to distribution sites only to find them closed. Aid groups and the UN say the system weaponizes hunger to force Palestinians southward, away from northern Gaza, where the Israeli Defense Forces (IDF) launched a new offensive in May, which critics fear may lead to permanent Israeli control and resettlement of the area. Areas currently forbidden to Palestinian civilians by Israel’s military comprise 82% of the Gaza Strip, according to Israel’s Haaretz. Forced displacement is a war crime under international law. “This turns aid delivery into a weapon of war deployed against civilians,” Martin Griffiths, former UN human rights chief, told The Guardian. “This is a system that exploits hunger to drag desperate people south.” GHF Attacks UN and Secretary-General GHF sends letter to UN chief requesting partnership through its aid delivery model | The National https://t.co/FSTClinI6A — Rev. Johnnie Moore ن (@JohnnieM) June 25, 2025 GHF’s recent offers to partner with the UN and other humanitarian groups have been accompanied by searing attacks. In a letter to Secretary-General António Guterres on Wednesday, Moore blamed the international body for Gaza’s humanitarian crisis while promoting GHF as the solution. “The time has come to confront, without euphemism or delay, the structural failure of aid delivery in Gaza,” Moore wrote in the letter published by the Gulf daily, The National, and posted to X. “The United Nations’ continued reliance on what it has termed ‘existing infrastructure’ has, in practice, enabled the obstruction of aid.” Moore accused the UN of enabling “mass diversion, looting, and the manipulation of humanitarian flows by bad actors” while claiming GHF distributed food despite facing “a vast disinformation campaign.” Moore’s letter comes as legal scrutiny of his organization intensifies. Fourteen leading international human rights organizations warned Tuesday the company and its security contractors of potential criminal liability for war crimes if they did not immediately cease operations. The groups said the scheme “creates an immediate risk of forced displacement” by “obliging starving, exhausted Palestinians to walk long distances through militarized zones.” Who’s Behind GHF? Moore replaced GHF’s original director, Jake Wood, who resigned in late May, after just two weeks in his position, stating it was “not possible to implement this plan while also strictly adhering to the humanitarian principles of humanity, neutrality, impartiality, and independence.” As Moore both attacks UN groups but also offers to cooperate, GHF’s funding remains shrouded in secrecy. Despite weeks of press inquiries, GHF has refused to disclose its financial backers. Registered as a Geneva-based non-profit, the organization also has a US headquarters in Dover Delaware. But when the BBC visited, they found only a red brick building with no GHF markings or staff. While Israel officially denies funding GHF, Israeli media reports citing government sources say the government approved a nearly $300 million transfer to the company last month, attempting to hide it under an expenditure marked only as “defense establishment.” GHF claims it also received $100 million from a foreign government donor but has refused to specify which one. Meanwhile, the US State Department is weighing a $500 million grant to underwrite the company’s operations for the next 180 days at Israel’s request, Reuters reported. “The questions surrounding GHF – its funding sources and connection to the Trump administration, its use of private contractors, its ability to serve and be seen as a neutral entity, its abandonment by its founders, and its basic competence in providing aid – must be answered before the State Department commits any funding to the organization,” Senator Elizabeth Warren wrote to Secretary of State Marco Rubio, in a 20 June letter published on her website. Meanwhile on the ground, the hunger and killings continue. This is what the world has decided to normalize, one blogger wrote on Tuesday This is what the world has decided to normalize. This is what Palestinians have to go through just to receive aid and they are killed daily. Just today, 25 Palestinians were killed while trying to get aid. pic.twitter.com/7ymcULvibc — Suppressed News. (@SuppressedNws) June 24, 2025 Image Credits: X/Channel 4 News , X/Gaza Humanitaria Foundation , IPC , X/Channel 4 , WHO . World is Off Track to Achieve Universal Energy Access by 2030 25/06/2025 Kerry Cullinan Women and children are worst affected by pollution caused by cooking on open fires While almost 92% of the world’s population now has basic access to electricity – an improvement since 2022 – over 666 million people remain without access, and the world is off track to reach universal access by 2030, according to the Tracking SDG 7: The Energy Progress Report 2025 released on Wednesday. “Clean cooking access is progressing but below the rates of progress seen in the 2010s, as efforts remain hobbled by setbacks during the COVID-19 pandemic, following energy price shocks, and debt crises,” according to a media release from five bodies responsible for Social Development Goal (SDG) 7. These are the International Energy Agency (IEA), International Renewable Energy Agency (IRENA), United Nations Statistics Division (UNSD), the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO). Access to clean cooking 2000-2023 Little to no change was observed in access to clean fuels and technologies for cooking between 2022 and 2023, with around 2.1 billion people dependent on polluting fuels such as firewood and charcoal for their cooking needs. “If current trends continue, only 78% of the global population will have access to clean cooking by 2030,” the bodies note. Eighteen of the 20 countries with the largest electricity access deficits in 2023 were in sub-Saharan Africa, and 85% of people without electricity access live in the region. Four in five families are without access to clean cooking, and the number of people without clean cooking access in the region continues to grow at a rate of 14 million people yearly. In contrast, Central and Southern Asia, with both regions made “significant strides towards universal electricity access, reducing their basic access gap from 414 million in 2010 to just 27 million in 2023”, the report notes. Access to electricity 2010-2023 IEA executive director Fatih Birol described the expansion of access to electricity and clean cooking as “disappointingly slow, especially in Africa”. Birol added that this is “contributing to millions of premature deaths each year linked to smoke inhalation, and is holding back development and education opportunities” and called for “greater investment in clean cooking and electricity supply”. WHO Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus said that “the same pollutants that are poisoning our planet are also poisoning people, contributing to millions of deaths each year from cardiovascular and respiratory diseases, particularly among the most vulnerable, including women and children”. Lack of finance hobbles renewables In 2022, almost 18% of energy came from renewable energy sources. But progress is unequal and insufficient to meet international climate and sustainable development goals. In addition, global efforts must address significant disparities. Least developed countries and sub-Saharan Africa had only 40 watts per capita in installed renewables capacity, compared to developed countries, which had over 1,100 watts installed. On a more positive note, international financial flows to developing countries in support of clean energy increased by 27% from 2022 to reach $21.6 billion in 2023. But despite this increase, “only two regions in the world have seen real progress in the financial flows”, noted IRENA Director-General Francesco La Camera. A “lack of sufficient and affordable financing” is a key reason for regional inequalities and slow progress, the report notes. World Bank vice-president for infrastructure Guangzhe Chen said that 12 African nations have launched national energy compacts, committing to “substantial reforms to lower costs of generation and transmission, and scale up distributed renewable energy solutions”. Image Credits: Mission 300 Summit, World Bank. GAVI Vaccine Alliance Secures More than $9 Billion from Donors – Despite US Ambush at Pledging Event 25/06/2025 Kerry Cullinan & Elaine Ruth Fletcher The introduction of the pentavalent vaccine in Nigeria, is estimated to save the lives of at least 30,000 children annually. In an harsh reprimand at the global vaccine pledging summit Wednesday, US Health and Human Services Secretary Robert F Kennedy Jr. attacked Gavi’s record on vaccine safety and said the United States was halting support for the alliance, until it could “re-earn” the public trust. He charged that Gavi had stifled “free speech and legitimate questions” during the COVID pandemic and had continued to make “questionable recommendations” encouraging pregnant women to receive COVID vaccines – advise that has save women’s lives and those of their unborn children, according to the World Health Organization. Despite the US snub, Gavi later announced that it had secured more than $9 billion out of it’s $11.9 billion pledging goal – with a record number of donors commiting for the coming five years (2026-30). In his stunning pre-taped video message, Kennedy said he admired Gavi’s commitment to “making medicine affordable to all the world’s people” but that the United States would only re-engage after Gavi had “re-earned the public trust” on issues like vaccine safety. In its zeal to promote universal vaccination, @gavi, the Vaccine Alliance has neglected the key issue of vaccine safety. When vaccine safety issues have come before GAVI, it has treated them not as a patient health problem, but as a public relations problem. During the COVID-19… pic.twitter.com/z140rJQMnn — Secretary Kennedy (@SecKennedy) June 25, 2025 Kennedy lashed out, in particular, against the Gavi policy of support for traditional diptheria, tetanus and whole cell pertussis vaccines (DTPw) as compared to newer DTaP (acellular pertussis) jabs that most developed countries have shifted to, and which cause fewer side effects. “All currently available evidence suggests that the DTPw vaccine may kill more children from other causes than it saves from diptheria, tetanus and pertussis…” Kennedy said, citing what he described as a landmark 2017 peer-reviewed study by top experts. The Lancet study, a retrospective analysis based on data from one urban community in the 1980s indeed found that all cause mortality for 3-5 month children vaccinated with the DPTw jab was five times higher than mortality for the unvaccinated. Co-administration of an oral polio vaccine, reduced that rate significantly. Nonetheless, the study authors called upon WHO to revisit its recommendations on DPTw, based on the findings. Said Kennedy, “when the science was inconvenient today, Gavi ignored the science. I call upon Gavi to re-earn the public trust and to justify the $8 billion that America has provided in funding since 2001…. Consider the best science available even when the science contradicts established paradigms. Until that happens, the United States won’t contribute more to Gavi. Business as usual is over.” But Kennedy’s reference to the evidence around the safety of DPTw vaccines was quickly challenged by experts. “The study quoted by Kennedy is based on data from a non-randomized study collected 42 years ago on a small sample of children in Guinea-Bissau,” said British paediatrician Anthony Costello, former WHO director of maternal, child and adolescent health, and now a professor of University College London (UCL). The study quoted by Kennedy is based on data from a non-randomized study collected 42 years ago on a small sample of children in Guinea-Bissau where infant mortality was 138 per 1000 at that time. With wide confidence intervals. https://t.co/I4nVfOmr5n — Anthony Costello (@globalhlthtwit) June 25, 2025 Gavi – DPTw vaccine is more effective for infants in high-risk settings In a reply issued just after Kennedy’s address, Gavi stated that while the DTaP vaccine does have fewer side events (which it described as minor), “evidence also suggests it offers less long-lasting protection, requiring more regular booster shots.” Such boosters are usually highly impractical, or impossible, in low- and lower-middle income settings where Gavi vaccine support is focused. “Having reviewed all available data, including any studies that raised concerns, global immunisation experts continue to recommend DTPw for infants in high-risk settings,” the Gavi statement continued. “The disease burden for diphtheria, tetanus and pertussis in lower-income countries is much higher than in high-income countries, and health systems are far less equipped to offer frequent booster doses… “By contrast, DTaP is more commonly used in high-income countries, where the disease burden is far lower and healthcare systems can support booster doses to extend protection. In places where access to hospitals is limited and disease risk is high, the stronger protection from DTPw against these life-threatening diseases far outweighs the temporary side-effects this vaccine may cause, such as fever or swelling at the injection site (which are signs the immune system is responding). “The DTPw vaccine has been administered to millions of children around the world for decades, and is estimated to have saved more than 40 million lives over the past 50 years,” Gavi said, citing another recent Lancet study, from 2024, modelled estimates of averted mortality since from 1974 when WHO’s Expanded Programme on Immunization was launched to make vaccinations available to all children, globally. “Gavi’s utmost concern is the health and safety of children,” Gavi said. It’s new five-year plan aims to protect 500 million children from preventable diseases, saving 8-9 million lives, the organization said. Gavi seeking $9 billion amidst projections that 2030 vaccine targets will be missed Kennedy’s address had been long anticipated at the pledging summit, where Gavi was seeking funds to ramp up vaccinations, particularly for “zero-dose” children, in line with the 2030 Sustainable Development Goals. The summit comes against news that 2030 childhood immunisation targets will be missed unless substantial improvements are made. Prior to leaving office, former US President Joe Biden had pledged $1.58 billion to the global pledging round, for about $300 million a year. But in March, the Trump administration suggested those funds would be pared back, and there is no funding for Gavi in the massive US budget bill now before Congress. Kennedy’s long-known record on vaccine hesistancy also compounded the doubts. Even so, the complete cut off in funding seemed to take many by surprise. Only countries in the “high-income super region” are projected to reach the World Health Organization’s (WHO) 2030 immunisation target of halving the number of zero-dose children compared to 2019, according to a report published in The Lancet, also on Wednesday. “Global immunisation goals for 2030 will not be met without targeted, equitable immunisation strategies, alongside primary healthcare strengthening and efforts to tackle vaccine misinformation and hesitancy,” according to a media release from the University of Washington’s Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME). which conducted the analysis, based on the 2023 Global Burden of Disease study. Coverage of 90% or greater for each of the life-course vaccines – diphtheria-tetanus-pertussis, measles vaccines, and pneumococcal vaccine – is the central target for 2030. Only 18 of 204 countries have already met this target. In 2023, some 15.7 million zero-dose children received no DTPw or DTaP vaccines in their first year of life, and over half lived in just eight countries. Nigeria tops the list with the largest number of unvaccinated children (2.5 million), followed by India (1.4 million), the Democratic Republic of Congo (882,000), Ethiopia (782,000), Somalia (710,000), Sudan (627,000), Indonesia (538,000) and Brazil (452,000). By proportion, a mere 25.7% of Somalian children were vaccinated in 2023, by far the lowest percentage in the world, followed by 56.3% in South Sudan. Vaccination rates were under 75% in Guinea, Central African Republic, Angola, Democratic Republic of Congo, Nigeria, Mali and Madagascar. “Successful vaccination programmes are built on understanding and responding to people’s beliefs, concerns, and expectations,” said lead author Dr Emily Haeuser. “Vaccination services must prioritise trust-building, engage community leaders, and tailor interventions with more culturally appropriate local strategies to improve vaccine confidence and uptake.” Gates support remains strong The summit, co-hosted by the European Union and the Gates Foundation, sought support for Gavi amidst a broader global health funding crisis – due to the sharp decline in Overseas Development Assistance for health systems and services, since Donald Trump assumed the US presidency in January. Ahead of the Gavi pledging event, the Global Summit: Health & Prosperity through Immunisation, the Gates Foundation announced it would commit $1.6 billion over the next five years. “For the first time in decades, the number of kids dying around the world will likely go up this year instead of down because of massive cuts to foreign aid. That is a tragedy,” warned Bill Gates, chair of the Gates Foundation. “Fully funding Gavi is the single most powerful step we can take to stop it.” Despite the funding hiatus, the US government recently put forward Mark Lloyd as its representative to the Gavi board. Lloyd is the assistant administrator for Global Health at the US Agency for International Development. A long-time conservative activist for the Tea Party, he was a USAID religious freedom advisor in the previous Trump administration and was criticized for anti-Islamic comments. The US is in the midst of one of its worst measles outbreaks in 30 years, and Kennedy recently fired the 17-person entire Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP) of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) and replaced it with eight people comprising mostly of vaccine sceptics. Kennedy faces heat in the US, including from Republican Senator Bill Cassidy, who has called for the meeting of the new ACIP – also scheduled for Wednesday – to be delayed. Although the appointees to ACIP have scientific credentials, many do not have significant experience studying microbiology, epidemiology or immunology. In particular, some lack experience studying new technologies such as mRNA vaccines, and may even have a preconceived bias… — U.S. Senator Bill Cassidy, M.D. (@SenBillCassidy) June 23, 2025 “Wednesday’s meeting should not proceed with a relatively small panel, and no CDC Director in place to approve the panel’s recommendations,” said Cassidy on X. “The meeting should be delayed until the panel is fully staffed with more robust and balanced representation – as required by law – including those with more direct relevant expertise. Otherwise, ACIP’s recommendations could be viewed with skepticism, which will work against the success of this Administration’s efforts.” Editor’s note, an earlier version of this story stated that Gavi had secured $11.9 billion from donors, in fact it secured over $9 billion in the pledging event out of its 5-year, $11.9 billion pledging goal. Updated 26.6.2025 Image Credits: GAVI/2013/Adrian Brooks. Time for Africa to Replace the Curative Consumption Trap with Health Production Model 24/06/2025 Githinji Gitahi A community health worker uses a smartphone to collect medical information in Liberia. Africa is at a crossroads in its health journey – not simply because of shifting geopolitical dynamics or shrinking donor aid, although these are real challenges, but because we must confront a deeper structural flaw in how our health systems are designed. The continent, home to over 1.4 billion people and projected to house one in five of the world’s population in the coming decades, faces a critical paradox. Despite progress in tackling infectious diseases, African health systems remain fragile, underfunded, overstretched, and trapped in a cycle of curative interventions. These systems prioritise expensive, hospital-based care that waits for disease, while neglecting prevention, health promotion, and community engagement to reduce the disease burden. This model is neither sustainable nor equitable, and it keeps us locked in the “curative consumption trap.” It drains our already limited resources, perpetuates inequities, and undermines our vision for universal health coverage (UHC). Community-driven systems It’s time to shift from a reactive, hospital-centric model to one that invests in health production — resilient, community-driven, people-centred systems that prevent disease, empower people, and build a healthier future for all Africans. A quick back-of-the-envelope calculation shows that high-income countries spend around $4000 per capita on healthcare, mostly through public financing. In sub-Saharan Africa, that figure is closer to $40 – and that is assuming countries meet the aspirational goal of allocating 15% of national budgets to health. Most do not. Can Africa afford healthcare as currently structured? The answer is clearly no. This consumption-based model has colonial roots built for the rich who came to Africa and needed a health system that reflected their needs, as they were used to back in their home countries, reinforced by political incentives that favour short-term infrastructure projects over long-term people-centred reforms. During the recent Africa Health Agenda International Conference (AHAIC) 2025 in Kigali, it was evident that many African health systems still focus on treating disease rather than preventing it — a legacy that must be urgently overcome. Vicious cycle of curative consumption trap Hospitals and clinics often serve as the epicentre of care, with resources skewed toward expensive, tertiary-level interventions that politicians prioritise to appeal to voters. This curative bias comes at the expense of preventative measures needed to reduce the disease burden, particularly the rising tide of non-communicable diseases (NCDs) like diabetes, hypertension, and cancer. In 2019, NCDs accounted for 37% of deaths in sub-Saharan Africa, up from 24% in 2000, and the burden is rising. Our systems are ill-equipped to manage this growing crisis. The curative consumption trap is fuelled by several factors. First, a post-colonial bias for infrastructure-heavy, specialist-led care over community-based approaches informed by the health needs of those who built the health systems. Second, a health workforce trained to treat illness, not promote wellness. In medical school, I spent just one lethargic month on community health, compared to years learning about diagnosis, surgery, and pharmacology. This narrative is supported by political incentive as infrastructure is a vote driver for politicians and historical budgeting approaches prioritise infrastructure and equipment procurement. Third, a lack of trust in unfriendly, distant, supply-driven health systems leads people to seek care only when they are really sick, resulting in late diagnoses and high treatment costs. This isn’t just a health issue, but a social and economic crisis. When systems focus on curing instead of preventing, they consume scarce financial and human resources while ignoring root causes such as unsafe water, poor sanitation, undernutrition, and the proliferation of unhealthy processed foods full of industrial trans fats and sweetened beverages. The result is high costs for health services, with families pushed into poverty by catastrophic healthcare costs from out-of-pocket expenditure. The result is a vicious cycle where illness perpetuates poverty, and poverty perpetuates illness. People collecting water from a pump in Kinshasa in the Democratic Republic of the Congo. Several African countries including the DRC are experiencing cholera outbreaks caused primarily by lack of access to clean water and proper sanitation. Shifting the focus to health production To break this cycle, we need to embrace a model of health production that keeps people healthy, empowers communities, and addresses social determinants of health. It should be proactive, equitable, people-centred and sustainable, ensuring that every African has access to the tools and knowledge to live a healthy life, including reproductive health services for adolescents and women. This requires two major shifts. First, we must prioritise preventive and promotive health. Prevention is the cornerstone of health production. Evidence shows that primary healthcare, with a focus on primary care and prevention, community empowerment and engagement and multi-sectoral approaches, improves health outcomes, enhances equity, and increases system efficiency. Yet, only 48% of Africans have access to primary healthcare services, leaving 615 million people without adequate services. To address this, we need to invest in community health systems including community health workers (CHWs), who are the backbone of primary healthcare. CHWs are often the first and only point of contact for underserved communities. They deliver preventive services such as vaccines, they educate communities on healthy practices, and detect early warning signs of disease, yet, many remain underpaid, under-trained, and disconnected from formal health systems. Governments need to commit to financing and integrating CHW programmes into national health systems, as outlined in the 2018 WHO guidelines – not as stopgaps, but as core pillars of national health strategy. Mapping of Community Health Worker accreditation and salary status worldwide. Promotive health also means tackling the social determinants of health – poverty, education, clean water and sanitation, nutrition, and environmental factors. We also need policies that tackle risk factors. Taxing unhealthy products like industrial trans fats, tobacco, alcohol, and sugar-sweetened beverages can reduce the burden of NCDs while generating revenue for health programmes. These funds can be channelled into community-led initiatives that promote clean water, sanitation, and nutrition, addressing the root causes of disease. Second, we need to empower communities as active participants in their health. Health systems cannot succeed without the trust and participation of the people they serve. Too often, African health systems are designed around institutions and diseases rather than people. Some have jokingly referred to our ministries of health as “ministries of disease” — a reflection of how disconnected the system can feel from lived realities. Communities – including youth, women, and marginalised groups – must have a seat at the decision-making table. Health policies should be co-designed and governed by those they are meant to serve. It is time to update the current WHO framework and recognise “people” as the seventh building block of effective health systems, alongside service delivery, health workforce, information systems, health financing, access to medicines and health technologies, as well as leadership and governance. Empowering communities also requires fostering accountability. Civil society-led mechanisms can hold governments, the private sector and other partners accountable for delivering on UHC commitments, ensuring that policies align with the principles of social justice. By giving communities a stake in their health systems, we can build trust, encourage early health-seeking behaviour and reduce the reliance on curative care. Moreover, African governments must address inefficiencies and corruption, optimising the use of limited resources. By embracing digital technology and artificial intelligence, we can improve health data systems, enhance service delivery and target interventions more effectively. Technology must be deployed at the community level, not just in hospitals, to enhance equitable access, particularly at the last mile. Building health systems of the future Shukulu Nibogore sits on her mother’s lap while Athanasie Mukamana, a community health worker in Rwanda, measures her arm for signs of malnutrition. The curative consumption trap is a legacy of colonial health systems and misaligned global priorities. It is not inevitable. Africa has the opportunity to redefine its health agenda, leveraging its youthful population, rich cultural heritage, and growing technological innovation. But this requires bold leadership and collective action. African governments should prioritise health in national budgets, recognising that health is not a cost but an investment in human capital for socioeconomic development. Donors and global health partners must shift their focus from short-term, disease-specific interventions to long-term health system strengthening in line with the Lusaka Agenda, an effort for all to prioritise strengthening health systems, promoting sustainable health financing and enhancing equity through national-level co-ordination. At Amref Health Africa, we are committed to this vision. Our work with community health workers, youth, and local leaders across 35 countries for over 67 years demonstrates that health production is possible when people are at the heart of the system. As we approach 2030, the deadline for achieving UHC, we must decide: do we continue down the path of reactive, costly care with limited returns or do we embrace a model that produces health, dignity, and opportunity for all? The curative trap may be the legacy we inherited, but health production is the legacy we must build. Dr Githinji Gitahi is the Group CEO of Amref Health Africa and a passionate advocate for pro-poor universal health coverage. Image Credits: Last Mile Health, Eduardo Soteras Jalil/ WHO, Community Health Impact Coalition @Mapbox @OpenStreetMap, Cecille Joan Avila / Partners In Health. Tobacco Control Has Made Huge Progress But New Products Pose Challenges 23/06/2025 Kerry Cullinan Flavoured additives are designed to get young people hooked on new tobacco and nicotine products. Three-quarters of the world’s citizens – 6.1 billion people – are covered by at least one of the six tobacco control measures advocated by the World Health Organization (WHO), according to the global body’s annual Tobacco Epidemic 2025 report launched at the World Conference on Tobacco Control in Dublin on Monday evening. However, tobacco use still claims over seven million lives a year and the WHO warns that there are still significant global gaps in tobacco control, particularly to counter growing industry interference. The report focuses on the six proven WHO MPOWER tobacco control measures to reduce tobacco use, introduced in 2008. Each of the letters of ‘MPOWER’ stands for an intervention: Monitoring tobacco use and prevention policies; Protecting people from tobacco smoke with smoke-free air legislation; Offering help to quit tobacco use; Warning about the dangers of tobacco with pack labels and mass media; Enforcing bans on tobacco advertising, promotion and sponsorship; and Raising taxes on tobacco. Some 155 countries have implemented at least one of the MPOWER measures, and four countries – Brazil, Mauritius, the Netherlands and Türkiye – have implemented all six measures. Seven countries have implemented five of the six measures, namely Ethiopia, Ireland, Jordan, Mexico, New Zealand, Slovenia and Spain. Graphic health warnings Warning labels on tobacco packs The most striking gains have been in graphic health warnings, with 110 countries enforcing these on cigarette packs. The average size of warnings has also grown from a global average of covering 30% of the pack in 2007 to almost 60% in 2024, with two countries thus far increasing the size of the warning to 92.5% (on the front and back). The WHO also warns of “major gaps”, as 40 countries that are home to two billion people still have no MPOWER measures, while 22 countries still do not have warning labels on cigarette packs. Health warnings should be applied to new and emerging nicotine and tobacco products including e-cigarettes and nicotine pouches, according to the WHO report, which describes e-cigarettes with nicotine as “highly addictive and harmful to health”. “Twenty years since the adoption of the WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control, we have many successes to celebrate, but the tobacco industry continues to evolve and so must we,” WHO Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told the conference opening. “By uniting science, policy and political will, we can create a world where tobacco no longer claims lives, damages economies or steals futures. Together, we can end the tobacco epidemic.” Tackling e-cigarettes FCTC Secretariat’s Andrew Black, The Union’s Professor Guy Marks, Bloomberg Philanthropies’ Kelly Larson and WHO’s Rűdiger Kretch address a media briefing on Monday. Dr Rüdiger Krech, the WHO’s director of Health Promotion, told a media briefing on Monday that the WHO report highlights the new threats – the spread of e-cigarettes, heated tobacco products and other nicotine products like nicotine pouches – that are being “aggressively marketed to young people”. Krech added that the tobacco industry was deliberately flooding the market with “thousands of new products”, which made it very difficult for government regulators to keep up. “We are calling on governments to act boldly, raise tobacco taxes to best practice levels, give people the support they need to quit tobacco, strengthen health warnings and run sustained media campaigns and protect policies from tobacco industry interference,” said Krech. He highlighted that “134 countries have failed to make cigarettes less affordable since 2022, just three have increased taxes to the best practice level, over 30 countries allow the sales of cigarettes without health warnings, one third of the world lacks access to basic smoke free environments, and only a third of people have access to cost-covered quit services. “Tobacco control is one of public health’s greatest success stories, and without our tobacco control efforts, we would have 300 million more smokers today. But it is not a fight we have won. Progress has come through evidence, policy and perseverance to protect future generations. We must stay the course with renewed stamina, robust research and strong partnerships,” said Krech. The WHO urges countries to act against new tobacco and nicotine products. Raising taxes While the global health sector has faced enormous aid cuts over the past few months, primarily from United States, tobacco control has been relatively sheltered as it is supported by Bloomberg Philanthropies, which over the past 20 years has committed about $1.6 billion to strengthen tobacco control policies in low- and middle-income countries, according to Bloomberg’s Kelly Larson. Expressing full commitment to the WHO’s urgent work, founder Michael Bloomberg said that, since Bloomberg Philanthropies started supporting global tobacco control efforts in 2007, “there has been a sea change in the way countries prevent tobacco use, but there is still a long way to go.” However, Andrew Black, from the secretariat of the Framework Convention of Tobacco Control (FCTC), urged countries to raise taxes on cigarettes to compensate for the loss of overseas development assistance. Image Credits: WHO, Chemist 4 U/Flickr, Filter. Global Tobacco Conference Outcomes Will Help Shape Four Upcoming Multilateral Negotiations 23/06/2025 Deborah Sy As the World Conference on Tobacco Control (WCTC) opened in Dublin on Monday, the world’s largest convening of tobacco control advocates, researchers, and policy strategists is positioned to play an influential role in shaping the technical and civil society contributions that will feed into a series of important multilateral processes taking place this year. Between June and November 2025, four major global negotiations are scheduled. The first is the Fourth International Conference on Financing for Development (FfD4) in Seville. Tobacco taxes are a proven but underutilized financing tool. A 10% price increase typically reduces consumption by 4–5%, while generating substantial domestic revenue. Tobacco taxation has long been recognized in the Addis Ababa Action Agenda, and the final draft of the Compromiso de Sevilla ahead of FfD4 proposes elevating tobacco taxes as a non-distortionary tax source. While this marks a significant step forward in fiscal framing, it remains to be seen whether this language will be retained, strengthened, or weakened in the final adopted outcome. Toxic pollution The second process is the Resumed Fifth Session of the UN Plastics Treaty negotiations (INC-5.2) in Geneva. Cigarette butts, the most littered single-use plastic item on earth, will inevitably be addressed as part of the plastics crisis. Cigarette filters have long been marketed as a “harm reduction” feature despite being linked to increased risk of adenocarcinoma, a more aggressive lung cancer. In addition, filter microfibers are hard to control as they are very small and fall out. Conservative estimates put the cost of tobacco plastics at $26 billion annually. The World Health Organization (WHO), along with the Netherlands and Belgium, has called for banning cigarette filters. Meanwhile, Belgium, France, and the United Kingdom are banning disposable vapes, joining over 40 countries with some form of ban. INC-5.2 will be a test of whether the COP10 decision of the WHO FCTC will be recognized—especially its call to protect environmental policy from tobacco industry interference and to reject Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) schemes used as a disguise for corporate social responsibility, which the FCTC seeks to ban. The third process is the UN General Assembly High-Level Meeting on Noncommunicable Diseases and Mental Health, which will convene in New York in September. Tobacco and nicotine addiction are increasingly linked to anxiety, depression, and mental health struggles among youth. The Political Declaration’s zero draft includes tobacco taxes, offering an opportunity to integrate prevention, financing, and accountability into mental health responses. The fourth global negotiation involves the 11th Conference of the Parties (COP11) to the WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control (FCTC). COP11 will consider liability under Article 19 and forward-looking measures under Article 2.1—key to ensuring the tobacco industry is held responsible for health harms, plastic pollution, and youth-targeted marketing of addictive products. Environmental impact Several of the WCTC sessions directly intersect with these negotiations. These include a focused discussion on Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) and the environmental impact of tobacco product waste—an issue closely aligned with the plastics treaty talks in August. Other sessions examine tobacco endgames and industry liability which are relevant to COP11 when it decides on matters relating to liability (Art 19) and forward-looking measures (Art 2.1). Civil society coalitions such as the NCD Alliance are also engaged in preparatory discussions for the September UN General Assembly meeting on mental health and noncommunicable diseases. Additional sessions on tobacco taxation and development financing contribute to dialogues ahead of FfD4. Refreshing focus on youth The 2025 WCTC agenda reflects a notable shift. While previous conferences centered primarily on cessation strategies and clinical research, this year’s program places greater emphasis on targeting of youth/ youth involvement (eight sessions and over 70 presentations) and industry interference (six sessions and 33 presentations) – comparable to cessation (seven sessions and over 70 presentations). The increased presence of youth advocates also highlights the growing involvement of young people – exemplified by the global movement Global Youth Voices (GYV) that call for bans on addictive recreational products and compensation for tobacco harms. Increased youth participation also reflects the rising concern over the marketing of flavored and disposable tobacco and nicotine products, and the persistent regulatory gaps that allow these products to remain on the market. Higher taxes, ban on cigarette filters? WCTC follows the recent World Health Assembly resolution titled “Promoting and Prioritizing an Integrated Approach to Lung Health,” which underscored the need to integrate tobacco control into public health systems. Given that tobacco use is the leading cause of lung vulnerability—and increases susceptibility to respiratory pandemics—it should be treated as a key element of pandemic preparedness, a priority reinforced by the pandemic agreement adopted at the same Assembly. This makes tobacco control a timely topic and WCTC a timely venue—not only for technical exchange, but for convening advocates to build consensus on matters that can inform formal negotiations. Outcomes from Dublin may influence proposals to further strengthen the role of tobacco excise taxes as a sustainable financing tool at FfD4, ban cigarette filters and single-use vapes and classify them as hazardous plastics under the plastics treaty, exclude tobacco producers from EPR schemes, and strengthen language in the UNGA Political Declaration on tobacco taxation and conflict of interest. These discussions will inevitably reinforce the implementation of Article 5.3 of the FCTC, the backbone of the tobacco control treaty as it seeks to protect policy from tobacco industry influence. With multilateral talks resuming across health, finance, and environmental domains, the key question is whether governments will act on these proposals and translate them into enforceable commitments. We need to do better – young people are watching closely, not only as affected stakeholders and active participants, but as future decision-makers. The youth may not remember it, but around 20 years ago, Ireland was the first country in the world to ban smoking in pubs, so perhaps there’s no better place to be reminded that it’s possible to dream big, and act boldly. Deborah Sy is the head of Global Public Policy and Strategy at the Global Center for Good Governance in Tobacco Control at Thammasat University in Thailand and the founder and senior advisor of HealthJustice in the Philippines. She is a member of the bar in the Philippines and in New York and has served as legal adviser to the Philippine delegation at numerous international meetings. Image Credits: Steven Pahel/ Unsplash. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
MAHA Says Its Focus Is Chronic Diseases – Kennedy and Trump Actions Show Otherwise 30/06/2025 Stefan Anderson US Health Secretary Robert F. Kennedy Jr’s policy decisions run counter to the stated goals of his administration’s health agenda. Since Robert F. Kennedy Jr suspended an independent presidential run to back Donald Trump’s bid for the White House, his laser-focus has been on one mission: “Make America Healthy Again” by attacking the threat of chronic disease. Now sitting atop the United States health system, the anti-vaccine scion of the Kennedy dynasty released a major policy paper to advance that agenda last month, known as the “MAHA commission” report. Its centrepiece: the childhood chronic disease epidemic. The 73-page document, pledging a return to “gold-standard” science and reversal of the childhood chronic disease crisis by “confronting its root causes—not just its symptoms,” was quickly found to be riddled with factual inaccuracies, mischaracterisation of research presented as evidence, and citations of at least seven studies that did not exist at all. The report’s technical errors, bad science and blatant use of artificial intelligence dominated media coverage following its release. Lost in the controversy over its scientific flaws was what the report left out: several of the deadliest causes of chronic disease in the United States – the very “epidemic” Kennedy’s MAHA manifesto claims to tackle. Tobacco, the largest preventable cause of chronic disease in the US, causing lung cancer, heart disease and stroke, claims around 450,000 lives annually per CDC figures. It is never mentioned, despite most smokers starting as children. Alcohol deaths, which rose 29% from 2016 to 2021, and drug overdoses claiming over 80,000 lives yearly – both risks that often begin in adolescence – are entirely absent, despite fentanyl being central to Trump’s ‘war on cartels’ and the deportation raids that sparked the largest protests in US history last week. Air pollution, responsible for 50,000 to 200,000 preventable deaths in the US every year from chronic diseases such as heart disease, stroke, lung cancer and respiratory illness, is omitted entirely from the report. “Pollution” writ-large – from vehicles, industrial emissions and other sources that cause chronic disease – is mentioned five times: four times in footnotes, with its sole appearance in the main text a reference to “light pollution” from smartphones, tablets and laptops disrupting sleep patterns. Trump administration policies have banned the terms ‘pollution’ and ‘air pollution’ from federal documents, according to leaked memos and free speech groups. Taken together, the report ignores the first, fifth, sixth and seventh leading causes of preventable death in the United States from chronic diseases – which the report, and Kennedy’s HHS, claim as their north star. The chronic disease risk factors left out of the report are responsible for an estimated 2.2 million deaths annually – roughly 30% of all deaths in America and 70% from the top eight preventable causes each year as identified by the CDC. “Those are big causes of death,” said Michael Brauer, an expert in chronic disease at the University of British Columbia and lead author on the global burden of disease report, a landmark international study compiling the causes of death around the world. “These are huge omissions.” The MAHA commission’s four silos – children’s exposure to technology, ultra-processed foods, chemicals and overmedicalisation – fail to understand how chronic diseases work, Brauer added. Chronic diseases result from multiple risk factors – including but not limited to diet, sleep habits, smoking, environmental exposures, age and preexisting conditions – that pile up together, not single identifiable causes, he explained. “It’s trying to pinpoint ‘this is the cause of this, this is the cause of that,” Brauer said. “For chronic diseases, that’s just not the way things work.” Global food policy experts have also expressed doubts about Kennedy’s approach to ultra-processed foods – one of the four pillars he does address. They question whether he will follow necessary science and use proven interventions to tackle this threat. A Secretary Undermining His Own Mission Kennedy’s actions since taking office contradict his stated mission of making chronic disease his department’s top priority. Despite insisting throughout confirmation hearings in Congress he would not stand in the way of access to vaccines, the HHS secretary – who rose to political prominence as the leader of the world’s largest anti-vaccine group during the pandemic – moved last month to remove the COVID-19 vaccine from the CDC immunisation schedule. This would eliminate federal funding for COVID vaccines for uninsured children and pregnant women, effectively ending access for millions of Americans. This comes as new estimates from the American Academy of Paediatrics find long COVID, a chronic neuroimmune disorder affecting the brain, spinal cord and nervous system with no known cure, may have overtaken asthma as the most prevalent chronic condition in US children. Kennedy’s HHS argues children rarely die from COVID-19 – ignoring that long COVID has become a leading chronic condition among children, potentially placing millions at risk of an as-yet incurable disease. Kennedy’s policy decisions also run counter to the emphasis placed on chemicals and environmental exposures for children in the MAHA report. While the policy paper dedicates one of its four chapters to this threat, he axed the division at the Center for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) that investigates environmental hazards like heavy metals and air pollution – the very data required to craft policy protecting children from dangers highlighted by his own commission. With the CDC’s environmental health division eliminated, protecting Americans from toxic exposures would fall even more heavily on the Environmental Protection Agency. Yet that agency faces a proposed 55% budget cut – from $9 billion to $4 billion – in the White House’s 2025 budget, the largest reduction in EPA history. Administrative Assault HHS is not alone in undermining the MAHA agenda – the Trump administration strikes new blows against the health objectives it claims to champion seemingly every week. A wave of policies has targeted the agencies, programs, scientific research and laws that protect children and the wider public from chronic disease risk factors since the new administration took office – and members of the MAHA commission are leading the charge. Commission members include Lee Zeldin, the EPA chief, and Russell Vought, the architect of Project 2025 and head of the Office of Management and Budget, who has spearheaded mass firings across the federal government’s scientific and health agencies. Kennedy touts the firing of a quarter of the federal health workforce overseen by Vought — 10,000 total staff across the CDC, National Institutes of Health, and Food and Drug Administration — as necessary to rein in the “pandemonium” of “sprawling bureaucracy” and reverse the “chronic disease epidemic.” Meanwhile, Zeldin’s EPA issued a legal filing on Tuesday “reconsidering” a ban on chrysotile asbestos, known as “white asbestos,” the last type of the deadly carcinogen still in use in the US. Asbestos exposure causes mesothelioma, lung cancer, and other fatal diseases that kill 40,000 Americans annually. That filing included a statement of support from EPA administrator Lynn Ann Dekleva, who joined the agency from her post as a lobbyist for the American Chemistry Council – the petrochemical industry’s largest trade group representing Chevron, ExxonMobil, Shell, and other major corporations – which brought the lawsuit to reverse the ban the EPA now supports. Labeling efforts to fight climate change a “cult” at a press conference in Washington last week, Zeldin announced his agency would remove greenhouse gas emissions limits from power plants. The EPA stated in a press release that pollution from coal, gas and oil plants were “not significant contributors to dangerous air pollution,” deciding the agency should review pollutants individually before reconsidering emissions limits. Asked if there is any uncertainty on the science of fossil fuel pollution’s health effects, Brauer was short: “No.” “Anything burning is going to create air pollution and air pollution is harmful,” Brauer said. “That’s not something we need to reinvestigate or do more science on – it’s very clear.” The same regulatory rollback removes limits on dangerous chemical discharges of mercury, arsenic and lead from power plants – chemicals that cause cancer, brain damage and developmental disabilities even at low exposure levels. In an apparent contradiction, the EPA described the rule it is repealing – known as MATS – as “highly effective in protecting public health and the environment.” The agency’s own press release cited the rule’s success: a 90% drop in mercury emissions from coal plants, 96% reduction in acid gas emissions, and 81% cuts in nickel, arsenic and lead discharges since 2012. The self-defeating argument suggests possible AI authorship of the release. The EPA has already eliminated requirements for most power plants and heavy industry to monitor greenhouse gas emissions, citing financial burden to industry. It also pushed back a tax on methane emissions – the potent greenhouse gas up to 80 times more powerful than CO2 over 20 years – by a decade to 2035. Beyond air emissions, the EPA postponed requirements for chemical manufacturers to disclose internal safety studies on 16 toxic substances – including known carcinogens like benzene and chemicals linked to developmental harm such as BPA – extending the deadline by more than a year to May 2026. The delay keeps critical health data hidden from communities facing exposure to chemicals that cause cancer, brain damage in children, and reproductive disorders through everyday products like plastics, gasoline, and rubber tires – the very exposures the MAHA commission claims to prevent. “We know industries will pollute to the levels they are allowed to,” Brauer said. “If we’re blind they’ll pollute more. That’s why we monitor – so we can enforce the laws that we have.” Chemical Counter Currents The MAHA report makes special mention of the threats of “Superfund sites,” described in the commission paper as “areas contaminated with industrial toxic waste which, depending on their level of contamination and cleanup status, could further compound their risk for chemical exposure and associated adverse outcomes.” Nearly 25% of US children live in close proximity to one of the 1,341 Superfund sites nationwide, according to the report. These sites include abandoned chemical plants, former mining operations, ecological disasters, closed military bases with toxic waste, and industrial dumps where hazardous materials like lead, asbestos, and radioactive waste have contaminated soil and groundwater. Yet the administration is systematically dismantling the agencies that protect communities from these very chemical hazards. The Chemical Safety Board (CSB), an independent federal oversight committee that analyzes industrial chemical accidents and develops safety recommendations, is slated for elimination in Trump’s budget proposal. White House pressure led the CSB — a strictly advisory body with no power to legislate, fine or pursue legal action — to submit a budget request of zero dollars for the first time in its history. The Clean Air Scientific Advisory Committee (CASAC) – an independent body of scientists created by Congress to ensure air quality policies protect public health from toxic pollutants including lead, mercury, and fine particulate matter – was similarly dismantled in January. Federal filings show the board remains empty at the time of writing. Bodies like the CSB and CASAC serve as critical watchdogs for communities exposed to chemical risks and environmental pollution, investigating everything from refinery explosions and pipeline ruptures to toxic releases at Superfund sites, chemical plant fires, and industrial accidents that threaten nearby schools and neighborhoods. Without these oversight bodies, residents near industrial facilities and contaminated sites lose their primary source of independent accident investigation, safety recommendations, and public health data. Communities would have no federal entity to determine why a chemical plant exploded, what toxins were released, or how to prevent future disasters. The disconnect between the MAHA report’s concern for Superfund sites and the administration’s actions grows starker. The Trump administration has sued New York and Vermont to block laws requiring oil companies to pay for cleanup costs at the very Superfund sites the MAHA commission identifies as threats to children’s health. The Department of Justice called these state efforts to hold polluters accountable “climate extremism” and “unconstitutional overreach,” despite the laws targeting the same contaminated sites Kennedy’s report warns endanger millions of American children. “The last Administration wasted billions on ‘research’ and fake science in Green New Scam and culturally Marxist programs,” Rachel Cauley, a spokesperson for OMB, told E&E news of the administration’s rollbacks. “Under President Trump, our science agencies are actually doing science again.” The Cost in Lives As the administration dismisses climate science as “fake,” researchers at the University of Maryland published a first-of-its-kind analysis last week calculating the real-world costs of these rollbacks in lives and dollars. Under what researchers describe as a “full rollback scenario” – reversing major legislation including the Inflation Reduction Act, infrastructure bills, and Clean Air Act protections totaling over $1 trillion, plus major EPA policy reversals – an estimated 22,800 Americans would die from increased air pollution over the next decade, with a $1.1 trillion loss to US GDP by 2035. Fine particulate matter, known as PM2.5 – microscopic particles that penetrate deep into lungs and bloodstream, causing heart disease, stroke, and lung cancer – would increase by 10% under the rollbacks, killing approximately 3,100 additional Americans annually. States with weaker air quality regulations would bear the heaviest burden in the absence of federal standards, with West Virginia, North Dakota, and Texas among the hardest hit, the report found. The researchers note that 77% of IRA funding has flowed to Republican-majority districts – suggesting these lawmakers may face pressure from constituents benefiting from clean energy jobs and investments to preserve the programs, despite party opposition to the legislation. “Basically this can be thought of as an underestimate,” said Alicia Zhao, the study’s lead author. “Like a lower bound of what repealing these clean energy policies could result in.” The analysis excludes other toxic pollutants and climate impacts like intensifying wildfires – a growing threat as smoke laden with toxic particles increasingly blankets American cities, triggering asthma, heart attacks, early onset dementia, and premature death. The administration’s proposed cuts would eliminate NASA and NOAA satellites that track this smoke, leaving communities without critical air quality warnings. “Wildfire smoke is not something we’re going to be able to control,” Brauer said. “We can’t put a law and say: forests, stop burning! That’s exactly why we need to maintain progress on controllable pollution sources – not take our foot off the gas.” Taking Aim at Air Pollution These projected deaths would only increase under the administration’s legislative agenda. Buried within the 1,116 pages of Trump’s “Big Beautiful Bill” – the behemoth budget reconciliation measure currently before the Senate – lies a direct assault on America’s air pollution infrastructure. An analysis by Health Policy Watch of the budget measure found nearly $37 billion in federal funding cuts to air quality and pollution programs running between 2021 and 2031 – the largest cut to air pollution funding in US history. The eliminated programs, spread across the Inflation Reduction Act and Clean Air Act, include laws addressing air pollution at ports, schools, and cities; tailpipe emission restrictions for standard and diesel vehicles; air quality monitoring stations in low-income communities; reduction, reporting and enforcement of greenhouse gas limits nationwide; and EPA funding for timely scientific reviews. While it remains unclear at the time of writing how much funding has been distributed from programs slated for termination, the Greenhouse Gas Reduction Fund – the largest single item at $27 billion – saw $20 billion frozen by the EPA in March. If funds were distributed evenly over program lifespans, an estimated $5.88 billion would remain unspent through January 2025, or $25.88 billion including the frozen GGRF funds. “This marks a stark turn from the waste and self-dealing of the Biden-Harris Administration intentionally tossing ‘gold bars off the Titanic,'” Zeldin said of freezing the GGRF funds, which he alleges were distributed through “crony capitalism” to partisan organizations. Air pollution policies enacted by the EPA undergo rigorous cost-benefit analysis before approval. Despite their price tags, these regulations consistently deliver some of the highest returns on investment in government, ranging from 3-to-1 to 30-to-1 per dollar invested. “We want to provide the public with the best information, full stop,” Brauer said. “We’re not doing this for any other reason. It’s to provide policymakers the information they need to prioritize how federal dollars are spent.” “This is information that actually helps the government spend money more effectively,” Brauer concluded. “As a citizen, if the government is not doing that, then I don’t think the government’s doing its work well.” Mike Ryan Steps Down as WHO Emergency Chief After Eight Years 27/06/2025 Stefan Anderson Dr Mike Ryan steps down after a near three decade career at WHO. Dr Mike Ryan, director of the World Health Organization’s emergency response division, held his final press conference Friday in Geneva after eight years leading the UN health agency’s response to global health crises from war and famine to disease outbreaks. In his farewell remarks, Ryan warned of an “era of collapsed funding” following the Trump administration’s decision to halt funding for UN agencies and international humanitarian efforts while withdrawing from WHO for a second time, compounding a global trend of declining humanitarian and health aid that has dropped a bomb on Geneva’s humanitarian sector. “It’s easy to be brave when there’s nothing at stake. It’s hard to be courageous when everything’s at stake and I think we live in a world where a lot is at stake,” Ryan said. “Immunization is at stake, peace is at stake, health is at stake. Honesty is at stake. Truth is at stake. So I think we have a common cause.” Ryan, an Irish epidemiologist who has led WHO’s Health Emergencies Programme since 2017, has been at the forefront of the organization’s response to humanitarian crises from Gaza to Myanmar and Sudan, as well as Ebola outbreaks and other disease emergencies across the globe. He became particularly visible during the COVID-19 pandemic, where his direct, plain-speaking style made him one of WHO’s most recognizable faces. His farewell coincided with WHO’s release of the latest report from its Scientific Advisory Group for the Origins of Novel Pathogens (SAGO), which concluded that China continues to withhold data necessary to determine how COVID-19 emerged, leading Ryan to address the controversy and call for international cooperation despite ongoing conflicts. “Would I like to know what the origins of this virus are? Yes, because we want to be able to shut the door, close the trap door, so that virus can never escape again, but there are many, many other viruses in the world,” he said. “We need to continue to look at origins and everything else, but if that’s only been driven by political outcomes, if that’s only been driven by the intent to hurt, if your intent to investigate is only to punish, you will never have justice,” Ryan continued. “If your intent to investigate is to be enlightened, then you will find justice through the process.” Ryan, who joined WHO in 1996, is one of the organization’s longest-serving senior officials. His field experience included coordinating responses to cholera, meningitis, and hemorrhagic fever outbreaks across Africa, Asia and the Middle East, often in areas affected by conflict and displacement. Ryan defended the progress made during his tenure in global health cooperation through improvements in the International Health Regulations, pandemic accord negotiations, and institutions like Gavi and the pandemic fund. “We’ve moved progressively in cooperation in the IHR revision of 2005 and into the IHR amendments provision under Tedros, the pandemic accord,” Ryan said. “We’re actually learning better ways to cooperate globally on epidemics and on emergencies.” “Are we getting better at this? We are,” he added. “Are we perfect? No, we’re not.” His acknowledgment of the imperfections of WHO, its sister UN agencies, and international aid organizations came with a plea for continued support, noting the complexity of their global mandates amid shrinking resources. “In this era of collapsed funding, of mistrust in public institutions, of the attacks that international UN and NGO organizations are under, this is not helping,” Ryan said. Ryan’s departure comes as WHO faces an existential funding crisis that has forced it to trim its ambitions across the world. The US funding cuts have transformed Geneva’s already underfunded humanitarian system, but Ryan argued that withdrawing support would only worsen global health security. “One needs to be courageous at times like this,” he said. “Our job is to enlighten you as to what the real issues are. We have a framework that’s been approved by our member states. That’s enough to move forward.” Animal Source Most Likely Origin of SARS-CoV2 but Missing Chinese Data Leave Findings Inconclusive: WHO Expert Group 27/06/2025 Elaine Ruth Fletcher & Stefan Anderson Dr Marietjie Venter, SAGO chair and Professor, University of Witwatersrand, South Africa A four year WHO-sponsored investigation of the origins of the COVID pandemic by an international group of experts has concluded that “most scientific data and accessible published scientific evidence” support the hypothesis that the novel SARS-CoV2 virus first entered the human population either directly from virus-carrying bats, or from bats to humans via intermediate hosts. But the possibility that the virus escaped from a lab leak remains on the table, the Scientific Advisory Group for the Origins of of Novel Pathogens (SAGO) said in a press conference just ahead of the publication of its final report on Friday. Large gaps in data provided by China, as well as a lack of access to key United States and German intelligence reports, have confounded investigation of the lab leak hypothesis, the 27-member report of international experts concluded. “ Much of the information needed to assess this hypothesis has not been made available to WHO and SAGO, despite repeated request to the government of China, and therefore this hypothesis could not be investigated or excluded,” said Dr Marietjie Venter, SAGO chair and Distinguished Professor at the University of the Witwatersrand, South Africa. “Data provided in intelligence reports was also assessed, but tended to be very speculative, based on political opinions and not backed up by science,” Venter added. “SAGO and WHO have requested further information from member states, including the government of China, Germany and the United States of America, on an unpublished [intelligence] report that has been reported in the press. However, at the time of writing the required information, has not been provided to WHO or SAGO.” Maria Van Kerkhove: Work on the origins of the COVID pandemic is ‘unfinished.’ “The work to understand the origins of COVID-19 is unfinished,” said Maria Van Kerkhove, WHO’s technical lead during most of the pandemic. “We really need official and further information from China, because this is where the first cases were reported. “This is a global search, but it really is important to make sure that the comprehensive studies that need to be done in China, where those first cases were reported, are conducted. More work needs to be done,” she said. Zoonotic transmission via the Wuhan live animal market or another source? Caged animals held for sale and slaughter in unsanitary conditions at Wuhan’s Huanan Seafood Market, prior to the outbreak of COVID-19, including: (a) King rat snake (Elaphe carinata), (b) Chinese bamboo rat (Rhizomys sinensis), (c) Amur hedgehog (Erinaceus amurensis) (the finger points to a tick), (d) Raccoon dog (Nyctereutes procyonoides), (e) Marmot (Marmota himalayana) (beneath the marmots is a cage containing hedgehogs), and (f) Hog badger (Arctonyx albogularis). In terms of the most plausible hypothesis, questions also remain as to whether SARS-CoV2 first infected humans via animals in the Wuhan live animal market, or whether the market simply became an efficient site for the virus transmission after an infected human worked or visited there. “SAGO is not currently able to conclude exactly when, where, and how SARS-CoV2 first entered the human population,” she explained, adding that “the closest known precursor strains were identified in bats in China in 2013 and in Laos in 2020. “These strains are too distantly related to SARS-CoV2 to be the direct source of the COVID-19 pandemic,” Van Kerkhove said. “The Huanan seafood market in Wuhan, China, played a significant role in the early transmission and amplification of the virus, with 60% of early cases in December 2019 that could be traced to the market or [people who] lived in close proximity to the market with a risk of exposure to visitors or animal products from the market. No evidence exists of widespread human or animal cases prior to December, 2019, anywhere.” And at the same time, there are in fact two SARS-CoV2 lineages, which were identified in infected humans at the market. This suggests that there had already been prior evolution in animals or in humans, rather than a single source, she said. “Metagenomic evidence identified several species of wildlife that were present in the market that can be considered as potential intermediate hosts and that might have infected early human cases. Comprehensive upstream investigation at the source of wildlife species trade at this market and other markets in and around Wuhan is, however, still lacking. It is therefore not yet clear if the seafood market was where the virus first spilled over into humans or if it occurred through upstream-infected humans or animals at the market.” As per those questions, China has shared some of this information, “but not everything that we have requested,” Venter said. “China has provided hundreds of viral sequences from individuals with COVID-19 early in the pandemic, but more detailed information [is needed] on animals sold at markets in Wuhan, and information on work done and biosafety conditions at laboratories in Wuhan. Looked at four hypotheses The committee examined four hypotheses, including: a spillover from animals to humans, via bats or indirectly; an accidental lab leak during field investigations or due to a break in biosafety; a third hypothesis, promoted by the Chinese in the early days, that the virus was transmitted via imported frozen food products imported into China; and a fourth hypothesis, promoted by conspiracy fans, that the virus was the product of deliberate laboratory manipulation. The third hypothesis was ruled out, SAGO concluded, and the fourth, regarding deliberate manipulation, remains “largely unsupported by other scientific and intelligence reports,” Venter added. SAGO will reevaluate these hypotheses, should additional scientific evidence become available. In the meantime, a zoonotic origin, with the spillover from animals to humans, is currently considered the best supported hypothesis by the available scientific data, until further requests for information are met,” she said, adding: “Until more scientific data becomes available, the origins of SARS CoV2, and how it entered the human population will remain inconclusive.” Image Credits: Trinity Care Foundation/Flickr, Nature . Israel Halts Gaza Aid Deliveries as UN Appeals to Israeli Military to ‘Stop Shooting People Trying to Get Food’ 26/06/2025 Stefan Anderson & Elaine Ruth Fletcher Gaza palestinians tote away food from a UN distribution site Monday, amidst scenes of devastation. This story was updated to reflect new developments on Friday, 27 June. Israel ordered a near-total halt to food and humanitarian aid deliveries to over two million Gazans facing a territory-wide threat of famine on Thursday after an AFP video surfaced showing dozens of armed men riding atop a convoy of flatbed trucks loaded with flour for northern Gaza. As hard-right ministers in Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s government threatened to resign over alleged aid theft by Hamas, Israeli soldiers testified to local and international media outlets that their commanding military officers issued direct open fire orders on unarmed civilians waiting at food distribution points throughout the past month. “It’s a killing field,” one soldier told Israeli outlet Haaretz. “Where I was stationed, between one and five people were killed every day. They’re treated like a hostile force – no crowd-control measures, no tear gas – just live fire with everything imaginable: heavy machine guns, grenade launchers, mortars. Then, once the center opens, the shooting stops, and they know they can approach. Our form of communication is gunfire.” The Integrated Food Security Phase Classification warned last month that all 2.1 million Palestinians in Gaza face life-threatening food insecurity after a total 11-week blockade of food, medicine and life-saving humanitarian aid by Israel, lifted on 19 May. The threat of another blockade of humanitarian aid to Gaza and Israeli soldier testimonies follow weeks of reports on the mounting death toll of Palestinians trying to reach a limited number of Gaza food distribution sites set up by the Gaza Humanitarian Foundation (GHF), a private Israel-US backed aid group with no prior experience in humanitarian operations that became Gaza’s leading distributor of food aid last month. The group has been mired in controversy over its opaque financial backing, insufficient aid distribution from just four locations in Gaza – down from 400 previously operated by the United Nations and aid groups – and international condemnation for its practices, with the UN and leading humanitarian organisations allege violates international law. Israel says the private aid distribution model is necessary due to mass Hamas theft of aid shipments. Its government has not yet provided substantial evidence on the alleged scale of the Hamas seizures. The reported number of Palestinians shot while trying to reach GHF aid sites surpassed 400 on Wednesday, as the United Nations Human Rights Office pleaded with Israel’s military to “stop shooting at people trying to get food.“ The plea came hours after Israeli troops and drones opened fire on people approaching an aid distribution site operated by GHF in southern Gaza on Tuesday, killing at least 44 people, bringing Palestinian deaths in the war above 56,000, according to local health authorities. “Desperate, hungry people in Gaza continue to face the inhumane choice of either starving to death or risk being killed while trying to get food,” Thameen Al-Kheetan, a spokesperson for the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights (OHCHR), told reporters at a briefing in Geneva on Wednesday. The UN has independently verified over 410 deaths from “Israeli military shelling and shooting” of Palestinians travelling to aid sites since GHF operations began last month, Al-Kheetan said. An additional 93 deaths await verification, while confirmed injuries have risen to at least 3,000 as of Wednesday. The UN numbers do not include casualties that occurred since Tuesday. “Humanitarian assistance must never be used as a bargaining chip in any conflict,” Al-Kheetan said. “The weaponisation of food for civilians, in addition to restricting or preventing their access to life-sustaining services, constitutes a war crime.” Gaza groups deny Hamas theft as Israel announces aid halt An ambulance rushed to reach Palestinians reportedly shot by Israeli troops while trying to reach a UN aid distribution site on 23 June. Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu said Wednesday his government received information “indicating that Hamas is once again taking control of humanitarian aid entering the northern Gaza Strip and stealing it from civilians.” He announced that he had instructed the military to draft a plan “to prevent Hamas from seizing the aid.” On Thursday, Israeli authorities told Reuters that aid was still being allowed to enter from the south, but not the north. Another prolonged blockade of life-saving aid of food, and medicine would have catastrophic consequences, the UN and international aid agencies said. As of Friday morning, messaging from Israel’s government is unclear on what aid will continue to be allowed into Gaza, or if GHF is excluded from the new restrictions. This video was filmed today in Gaza. It shows Hamas gunmen once again taking control of food trucks This is how Hamas continues to be fed with money and power pic.twitter.com/pCi1X4cNZ5 — ME24 – Middle East 24 (@MiddleEast_24) June 25, 2025 Gaza’s ‘Higher Committee for Tribal Affairs’ – a civilian group not affiliated with Hamas, created during the war – rejected Netanyahu’s “false claims” that the video posted by AFP showed Hamas was stealing the food aid. “Gaza’s tribal leaders affirmed that all aid is fully secured under their direct supervision and is being distributed exclusively through international agencies,” the committee representing a group of influential Gaza families said in a statement published on Thursday by AFP and the Saudi-based Al Arabiya. “The securing of aid has been carried out purely through tribal efforts,” it added, suggesting the masked men aboard the trucks were not Hamas fighters at all. The Committee called for a United Nations delegation to determine if aid was being correctly dispatched in Gaza. Meanwhile, the controversial Gaza Humanitarian Foundation (GHF), said it had continued food aid deliveries Thursday, despite the Israeli closure notice, posting on X in mid-afternoon that it had delivered “again today to the Palestinian people in Gaza, all without incident.” In a subsequent X post Thursday evening, GHF said that it had been allowed by Israel to continue its Gaza operations amid an Israeli pause on UN food deliveries: “Our hope is this will be a temporary pause and all other aid organizations will soon be able to resume distribution.” Controversial Aid Provider Takes Control GHF says it’s delivering food directly to people in need – but only at four Gaza sites. It’s critics say the UN operated 400 distribution points, and cite the high rate of shooting deaths amongst people making the long trek GHF points. GHF, a private US-Israel backed initiative, emerged following Israel’s total 11-week blockade that ended May 19. It became Gaza’s largest aid provider overnight following the siege on the territory, which pushed 2.1 million residents to the edge of famine. The initiative, led by the Reverend Johnnie Moore, an evangelical minister and public relations consultant with no prior humanitarian experience but deep ties to the administration of US President Donald Trump, has been universally criticised by the UN and NGO aid institutions. The Israeli military has claimed violence at the aid sites resulted from firing warning shots at “suspects” approaching troops streaming towards the food sites. It has opened multiple incident investigations but denies responsibility for the deaths. GHF denies any connection to the violence, while attacks typically have occurred during lengthy marches by thousands of Palestinians streamed toward its aid stations. GHF also says Hamas, which killed around 1,200 Israelis and took hundreds hostage in its October 7 attacks, has also threatened and attacked its Palestinian aid workers, killing eight people on a bus transporting GHF workers, on 12 June. There have also been shootings of people waiting at UN distribution sites. MSNBC reported said 60 people were shot on June 17 while waiting for the arrival of UN convoys. UK-based Channel 4 on 23 June also cited shootings into a crowd approaching a UN distribution site in north Gaza. A range of independent reports have attributed most of the shootings to the Israeli military, with Israel’s liberal daily Ha’aretz describing the GHF model as a “fatal failure” last week. “The attempt to survive is being met with a death sentence,” said Jonathan Whittall, who leads the UN Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs in Gaza and the West Bank at Wednesday’s media briefing. “There shouldn’t be a death toll associated with accessing the essentials for life.” Forced Displacement Through Hunger IPC hunger projections for the Gaza Strip, May-September 2025 Israel has meanwhile claimed that more free food aid is reaching Palestinians than before. In an open letter published yesterday, GHF even offered to “partner” with the UN to coordinate more food deliveries. “The UN and GHF share the same goal: getting food to those who need it. We can help bring these scenes to an end if the UN and other international organizations partner with us to distribute aid safely and at scale,” said GHF in an X post. Scenes like this at an apparent UNICEF site reflect the desperation on the ground in Gaza. The UN and GHF share the same goal: getting food to those who need it. We can help bring these scenes to an end if the UN and other international organizations partner with us to distribute… https://t.co/wacj6w2N0l — Gaza Humanitarian Foundation (@GHFUpdates) June 24, 2025 But the UN and other major aid organizations, including Médecins Sans Frontières, the International Committee of the Red Cross, Oxfam, Amnesty International and Save the Children, have refused to work with GHF – even if it means their aid is denied access to Gaza. “The position of the UN as a whole has been made clear,” Al-Kheetan said. “We are not part of this operation because it does not comply with international standards on aid distribution.” Funneling over two million starving people to just a few heavily militarized sites – including only four administered mainly by the GHF – creates deadly chaos by design, critics have said. It also excludes all but the most able-bodied from reaching the delivery locations. UN agencies previously delivered assistance through approximately 400 points across Gaza, while NGO partners operated food kitchens. Only the most able-bodied can run the gauntlet to reach Gaza’s limited food distribution points. GHF claimed Wednesday to have distributed 40 million meals in its first month of operations. That amounts to approximately 0.6 meals per person per day for Gaza’s 2.1 million residents — less than one meal daily in a population facing starvation. But with all 2.1 million Palestinians in Gaza face life-threatening food insecurity, according to last month’s Integrated Food Security Phase Classification, nowhere near enough food, medicine, water and other life-saving supplies are able to enter Gaza to address the scale of the crisis, UN humanitarian groups have noted. “Can the GHF prevent famine? The reality is, far too little aid is being distributed from far too few distribution points, all amid concerns that families travelling from northern Gaza to reach sites in the south will not be allowed to return,” said UNICEF chief spokesman James Elder at Wednesday’s briefing. UN activities operating under severe restrictions Hunger in Gaza. While GHF operates freely with Israeli government support, severe restrictions remain on UN activities in Gaza. Of 16 humanitarian coordination requests the UN submitted for permits this weekend, Israeli authorities denied half, the UN Human Rights Office told reporters. Meanwhile, hundreds of tons of UN-organized food aid are sitting in warehouses in Jordan or in trucks along the Israeli border, awaiting entry to Gaza, UN officials have said. “The newly created so-called aid mechanism is an abomination that humiliates and degrades desperate people,” Philippe Lazzarini, who leads UNRWA, the Palestinian refugee agency banned by Israel’s government, said in Berlin Tuesday. “It is a death trap costing more lives than it saves.” Announcements of the GHF sites’ opening hours are made exclusively on Facebook and X, despite frequent internet blackouts across the strip. With internet access both inconsistent and expensive, many civilians make the dangerous trek to distribution sites only to find them closed. Aid groups and the UN say the system weaponizes hunger to force Palestinians southward, away from northern Gaza, where the Israeli Defense Forces (IDF) launched a new offensive in May, which critics fear may lead to permanent Israeli control and resettlement of the area. Areas currently forbidden to Palestinian civilians by Israel’s military comprise 82% of the Gaza Strip, according to Israel’s Haaretz. Forced displacement is a war crime under international law. “This turns aid delivery into a weapon of war deployed against civilians,” Martin Griffiths, former UN human rights chief, told The Guardian. “This is a system that exploits hunger to drag desperate people south.” GHF Attacks UN and Secretary-General GHF sends letter to UN chief requesting partnership through its aid delivery model | The National https://t.co/FSTClinI6A — Rev. Johnnie Moore ن (@JohnnieM) June 25, 2025 GHF’s recent offers to partner with the UN and other humanitarian groups have been accompanied by searing attacks. In a letter to Secretary-General António Guterres on Wednesday, Moore blamed the international body for Gaza’s humanitarian crisis while promoting GHF as the solution. “The time has come to confront, without euphemism or delay, the structural failure of aid delivery in Gaza,” Moore wrote in the letter published by the Gulf daily, The National, and posted to X. “The United Nations’ continued reliance on what it has termed ‘existing infrastructure’ has, in practice, enabled the obstruction of aid.” Moore accused the UN of enabling “mass diversion, looting, and the manipulation of humanitarian flows by bad actors” while claiming GHF distributed food despite facing “a vast disinformation campaign.” Moore’s letter comes as legal scrutiny of his organization intensifies. Fourteen leading international human rights organizations warned Tuesday the company and its security contractors of potential criminal liability for war crimes if they did not immediately cease operations. The groups said the scheme “creates an immediate risk of forced displacement” by “obliging starving, exhausted Palestinians to walk long distances through militarized zones.” Who’s Behind GHF? Moore replaced GHF’s original director, Jake Wood, who resigned in late May, after just two weeks in his position, stating it was “not possible to implement this plan while also strictly adhering to the humanitarian principles of humanity, neutrality, impartiality, and independence.” As Moore both attacks UN groups but also offers to cooperate, GHF’s funding remains shrouded in secrecy. Despite weeks of press inquiries, GHF has refused to disclose its financial backers. Registered as a Geneva-based non-profit, the organization also has a US headquarters in Dover Delaware. But when the BBC visited, they found only a red brick building with no GHF markings or staff. While Israel officially denies funding GHF, Israeli media reports citing government sources say the government approved a nearly $300 million transfer to the company last month, attempting to hide it under an expenditure marked only as “defense establishment.” GHF claims it also received $100 million from a foreign government donor but has refused to specify which one. Meanwhile, the US State Department is weighing a $500 million grant to underwrite the company’s operations for the next 180 days at Israel’s request, Reuters reported. “The questions surrounding GHF – its funding sources and connection to the Trump administration, its use of private contractors, its ability to serve and be seen as a neutral entity, its abandonment by its founders, and its basic competence in providing aid – must be answered before the State Department commits any funding to the organization,” Senator Elizabeth Warren wrote to Secretary of State Marco Rubio, in a 20 June letter published on her website. Meanwhile on the ground, the hunger and killings continue. This is what the world has decided to normalize, one blogger wrote on Tuesday This is what the world has decided to normalize. This is what Palestinians have to go through just to receive aid and they are killed daily. Just today, 25 Palestinians were killed while trying to get aid. pic.twitter.com/7ymcULvibc — Suppressed News. (@SuppressedNws) June 24, 2025 Image Credits: X/Channel 4 News , X/Gaza Humanitaria Foundation , IPC , X/Channel 4 , WHO . World is Off Track to Achieve Universal Energy Access by 2030 25/06/2025 Kerry Cullinan Women and children are worst affected by pollution caused by cooking on open fires While almost 92% of the world’s population now has basic access to electricity – an improvement since 2022 – over 666 million people remain without access, and the world is off track to reach universal access by 2030, according to the Tracking SDG 7: The Energy Progress Report 2025 released on Wednesday. “Clean cooking access is progressing but below the rates of progress seen in the 2010s, as efforts remain hobbled by setbacks during the COVID-19 pandemic, following energy price shocks, and debt crises,” according to a media release from five bodies responsible for Social Development Goal (SDG) 7. These are the International Energy Agency (IEA), International Renewable Energy Agency (IRENA), United Nations Statistics Division (UNSD), the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO). Access to clean cooking 2000-2023 Little to no change was observed in access to clean fuels and technologies for cooking between 2022 and 2023, with around 2.1 billion people dependent on polluting fuels such as firewood and charcoal for their cooking needs. “If current trends continue, only 78% of the global population will have access to clean cooking by 2030,” the bodies note. Eighteen of the 20 countries with the largest electricity access deficits in 2023 were in sub-Saharan Africa, and 85% of people without electricity access live in the region. Four in five families are without access to clean cooking, and the number of people without clean cooking access in the region continues to grow at a rate of 14 million people yearly. In contrast, Central and Southern Asia, with both regions made “significant strides towards universal electricity access, reducing their basic access gap from 414 million in 2010 to just 27 million in 2023”, the report notes. Access to electricity 2010-2023 IEA executive director Fatih Birol described the expansion of access to electricity and clean cooking as “disappointingly slow, especially in Africa”. Birol added that this is “contributing to millions of premature deaths each year linked to smoke inhalation, and is holding back development and education opportunities” and called for “greater investment in clean cooking and electricity supply”. WHO Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus said that “the same pollutants that are poisoning our planet are also poisoning people, contributing to millions of deaths each year from cardiovascular and respiratory diseases, particularly among the most vulnerable, including women and children”. Lack of finance hobbles renewables In 2022, almost 18% of energy came from renewable energy sources. But progress is unequal and insufficient to meet international climate and sustainable development goals. In addition, global efforts must address significant disparities. Least developed countries and sub-Saharan Africa had only 40 watts per capita in installed renewables capacity, compared to developed countries, which had over 1,100 watts installed. On a more positive note, international financial flows to developing countries in support of clean energy increased by 27% from 2022 to reach $21.6 billion in 2023. But despite this increase, “only two regions in the world have seen real progress in the financial flows”, noted IRENA Director-General Francesco La Camera. A “lack of sufficient and affordable financing” is a key reason for regional inequalities and slow progress, the report notes. World Bank vice-president for infrastructure Guangzhe Chen said that 12 African nations have launched national energy compacts, committing to “substantial reforms to lower costs of generation and transmission, and scale up distributed renewable energy solutions”. Image Credits: Mission 300 Summit, World Bank. GAVI Vaccine Alliance Secures More than $9 Billion from Donors – Despite US Ambush at Pledging Event 25/06/2025 Kerry Cullinan & Elaine Ruth Fletcher The introduction of the pentavalent vaccine in Nigeria, is estimated to save the lives of at least 30,000 children annually. In an harsh reprimand at the global vaccine pledging summit Wednesday, US Health and Human Services Secretary Robert F Kennedy Jr. attacked Gavi’s record on vaccine safety and said the United States was halting support for the alliance, until it could “re-earn” the public trust. He charged that Gavi had stifled “free speech and legitimate questions” during the COVID pandemic and had continued to make “questionable recommendations” encouraging pregnant women to receive COVID vaccines – advise that has save women’s lives and those of their unborn children, according to the World Health Organization. Despite the US snub, Gavi later announced that it had secured more than $9 billion out of it’s $11.9 billion pledging goal – with a record number of donors commiting for the coming five years (2026-30). In his stunning pre-taped video message, Kennedy said he admired Gavi’s commitment to “making medicine affordable to all the world’s people” but that the United States would only re-engage after Gavi had “re-earned the public trust” on issues like vaccine safety. In its zeal to promote universal vaccination, @gavi, the Vaccine Alliance has neglected the key issue of vaccine safety. When vaccine safety issues have come before GAVI, it has treated them not as a patient health problem, but as a public relations problem. During the COVID-19… pic.twitter.com/z140rJQMnn — Secretary Kennedy (@SecKennedy) June 25, 2025 Kennedy lashed out, in particular, against the Gavi policy of support for traditional diptheria, tetanus and whole cell pertussis vaccines (DTPw) as compared to newer DTaP (acellular pertussis) jabs that most developed countries have shifted to, and which cause fewer side effects. “All currently available evidence suggests that the DTPw vaccine may kill more children from other causes than it saves from diptheria, tetanus and pertussis…” Kennedy said, citing what he described as a landmark 2017 peer-reviewed study by top experts. The Lancet study, a retrospective analysis based on data from one urban community in the 1980s indeed found that all cause mortality for 3-5 month children vaccinated with the DPTw jab was five times higher than mortality for the unvaccinated. Co-administration of an oral polio vaccine, reduced that rate significantly. Nonetheless, the study authors called upon WHO to revisit its recommendations on DPTw, based on the findings. Said Kennedy, “when the science was inconvenient today, Gavi ignored the science. I call upon Gavi to re-earn the public trust and to justify the $8 billion that America has provided in funding since 2001…. Consider the best science available even when the science contradicts established paradigms. Until that happens, the United States won’t contribute more to Gavi. Business as usual is over.” But Kennedy’s reference to the evidence around the safety of DPTw vaccines was quickly challenged by experts. “The study quoted by Kennedy is based on data from a non-randomized study collected 42 years ago on a small sample of children in Guinea-Bissau,” said British paediatrician Anthony Costello, former WHO director of maternal, child and adolescent health, and now a professor of University College London (UCL). The study quoted by Kennedy is based on data from a non-randomized study collected 42 years ago on a small sample of children in Guinea-Bissau where infant mortality was 138 per 1000 at that time. With wide confidence intervals. https://t.co/I4nVfOmr5n — Anthony Costello (@globalhlthtwit) June 25, 2025 Gavi – DPTw vaccine is more effective for infants in high-risk settings In a reply issued just after Kennedy’s address, Gavi stated that while the DTaP vaccine does have fewer side events (which it described as minor), “evidence also suggests it offers less long-lasting protection, requiring more regular booster shots.” Such boosters are usually highly impractical, or impossible, in low- and lower-middle income settings where Gavi vaccine support is focused. “Having reviewed all available data, including any studies that raised concerns, global immunisation experts continue to recommend DTPw for infants in high-risk settings,” the Gavi statement continued. “The disease burden for diphtheria, tetanus and pertussis in lower-income countries is much higher than in high-income countries, and health systems are far less equipped to offer frequent booster doses… “By contrast, DTaP is more commonly used in high-income countries, where the disease burden is far lower and healthcare systems can support booster doses to extend protection. In places where access to hospitals is limited and disease risk is high, the stronger protection from DTPw against these life-threatening diseases far outweighs the temporary side-effects this vaccine may cause, such as fever or swelling at the injection site (which are signs the immune system is responding). “The DTPw vaccine has been administered to millions of children around the world for decades, and is estimated to have saved more than 40 million lives over the past 50 years,” Gavi said, citing another recent Lancet study, from 2024, modelled estimates of averted mortality since from 1974 when WHO’s Expanded Programme on Immunization was launched to make vaccinations available to all children, globally. “Gavi’s utmost concern is the health and safety of children,” Gavi said. It’s new five-year plan aims to protect 500 million children from preventable diseases, saving 8-9 million lives, the organization said. Gavi seeking $9 billion amidst projections that 2030 vaccine targets will be missed Kennedy’s address had been long anticipated at the pledging summit, where Gavi was seeking funds to ramp up vaccinations, particularly for “zero-dose” children, in line with the 2030 Sustainable Development Goals. The summit comes against news that 2030 childhood immunisation targets will be missed unless substantial improvements are made. Prior to leaving office, former US President Joe Biden had pledged $1.58 billion to the global pledging round, for about $300 million a year. But in March, the Trump administration suggested those funds would be pared back, and there is no funding for Gavi in the massive US budget bill now before Congress. Kennedy’s long-known record on vaccine hesistancy also compounded the doubts. Even so, the complete cut off in funding seemed to take many by surprise. Only countries in the “high-income super region” are projected to reach the World Health Organization’s (WHO) 2030 immunisation target of halving the number of zero-dose children compared to 2019, according to a report published in The Lancet, also on Wednesday. “Global immunisation goals for 2030 will not be met without targeted, equitable immunisation strategies, alongside primary healthcare strengthening and efforts to tackle vaccine misinformation and hesitancy,” according to a media release from the University of Washington’s Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME). which conducted the analysis, based on the 2023 Global Burden of Disease study. Coverage of 90% or greater for each of the life-course vaccines – diphtheria-tetanus-pertussis, measles vaccines, and pneumococcal vaccine – is the central target for 2030. Only 18 of 204 countries have already met this target. In 2023, some 15.7 million zero-dose children received no DTPw or DTaP vaccines in their first year of life, and over half lived in just eight countries. Nigeria tops the list with the largest number of unvaccinated children (2.5 million), followed by India (1.4 million), the Democratic Republic of Congo (882,000), Ethiopia (782,000), Somalia (710,000), Sudan (627,000), Indonesia (538,000) and Brazil (452,000). By proportion, a mere 25.7% of Somalian children were vaccinated in 2023, by far the lowest percentage in the world, followed by 56.3% in South Sudan. Vaccination rates were under 75% in Guinea, Central African Republic, Angola, Democratic Republic of Congo, Nigeria, Mali and Madagascar. “Successful vaccination programmes are built on understanding and responding to people’s beliefs, concerns, and expectations,” said lead author Dr Emily Haeuser. “Vaccination services must prioritise trust-building, engage community leaders, and tailor interventions with more culturally appropriate local strategies to improve vaccine confidence and uptake.” Gates support remains strong The summit, co-hosted by the European Union and the Gates Foundation, sought support for Gavi amidst a broader global health funding crisis – due to the sharp decline in Overseas Development Assistance for health systems and services, since Donald Trump assumed the US presidency in January. Ahead of the Gavi pledging event, the Global Summit: Health & Prosperity through Immunisation, the Gates Foundation announced it would commit $1.6 billion over the next five years. “For the first time in decades, the number of kids dying around the world will likely go up this year instead of down because of massive cuts to foreign aid. That is a tragedy,” warned Bill Gates, chair of the Gates Foundation. “Fully funding Gavi is the single most powerful step we can take to stop it.” Despite the funding hiatus, the US government recently put forward Mark Lloyd as its representative to the Gavi board. Lloyd is the assistant administrator for Global Health at the US Agency for International Development. A long-time conservative activist for the Tea Party, he was a USAID religious freedom advisor in the previous Trump administration and was criticized for anti-Islamic comments. The US is in the midst of one of its worst measles outbreaks in 30 years, and Kennedy recently fired the 17-person entire Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP) of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) and replaced it with eight people comprising mostly of vaccine sceptics. Kennedy faces heat in the US, including from Republican Senator Bill Cassidy, who has called for the meeting of the new ACIP – also scheduled for Wednesday – to be delayed. Although the appointees to ACIP have scientific credentials, many do not have significant experience studying microbiology, epidemiology or immunology. In particular, some lack experience studying new technologies such as mRNA vaccines, and may even have a preconceived bias… — U.S. Senator Bill Cassidy, M.D. (@SenBillCassidy) June 23, 2025 “Wednesday’s meeting should not proceed with a relatively small panel, and no CDC Director in place to approve the panel’s recommendations,” said Cassidy on X. “The meeting should be delayed until the panel is fully staffed with more robust and balanced representation – as required by law – including those with more direct relevant expertise. Otherwise, ACIP’s recommendations could be viewed with skepticism, which will work against the success of this Administration’s efforts.” Editor’s note, an earlier version of this story stated that Gavi had secured $11.9 billion from donors, in fact it secured over $9 billion in the pledging event out of its 5-year, $11.9 billion pledging goal. Updated 26.6.2025 Image Credits: GAVI/2013/Adrian Brooks. Time for Africa to Replace the Curative Consumption Trap with Health Production Model 24/06/2025 Githinji Gitahi A community health worker uses a smartphone to collect medical information in Liberia. Africa is at a crossroads in its health journey – not simply because of shifting geopolitical dynamics or shrinking donor aid, although these are real challenges, but because we must confront a deeper structural flaw in how our health systems are designed. The continent, home to over 1.4 billion people and projected to house one in five of the world’s population in the coming decades, faces a critical paradox. Despite progress in tackling infectious diseases, African health systems remain fragile, underfunded, overstretched, and trapped in a cycle of curative interventions. These systems prioritise expensive, hospital-based care that waits for disease, while neglecting prevention, health promotion, and community engagement to reduce the disease burden. This model is neither sustainable nor equitable, and it keeps us locked in the “curative consumption trap.” It drains our already limited resources, perpetuates inequities, and undermines our vision for universal health coverage (UHC). Community-driven systems It’s time to shift from a reactive, hospital-centric model to one that invests in health production — resilient, community-driven, people-centred systems that prevent disease, empower people, and build a healthier future for all Africans. A quick back-of-the-envelope calculation shows that high-income countries spend around $4000 per capita on healthcare, mostly through public financing. In sub-Saharan Africa, that figure is closer to $40 – and that is assuming countries meet the aspirational goal of allocating 15% of national budgets to health. Most do not. Can Africa afford healthcare as currently structured? The answer is clearly no. This consumption-based model has colonial roots built for the rich who came to Africa and needed a health system that reflected their needs, as they were used to back in their home countries, reinforced by political incentives that favour short-term infrastructure projects over long-term people-centred reforms. During the recent Africa Health Agenda International Conference (AHAIC) 2025 in Kigali, it was evident that many African health systems still focus on treating disease rather than preventing it — a legacy that must be urgently overcome. Vicious cycle of curative consumption trap Hospitals and clinics often serve as the epicentre of care, with resources skewed toward expensive, tertiary-level interventions that politicians prioritise to appeal to voters. This curative bias comes at the expense of preventative measures needed to reduce the disease burden, particularly the rising tide of non-communicable diseases (NCDs) like diabetes, hypertension, and cancer. In 2019, NCDs accounted for 37% of deaths in sub-Saharan Africa, up from 24% in 2000, and the burden is rising. Our systems are ill-equipped to manage this growing crisis. The curative consumption trap is fuelled by several factors. First, a post-colonial bias for infrastructure-heavy, specialist-led care over community-based approaches informed by the health needs of those who built the health systems. Second, a health workforce trained to treat illness, not promote wellness. In medical school, I spent just one lethargic month on community health, compared to years learning about diagnosis, surgery, and pharmacology. This narrative is supported by political incentive as infrastructure is a vote driver for politicians and historical budgeting approaches prioritise infrastructure and equipment procurement. Third, a lack of trust in unfriendly, distant, supply-driven health systems leads people to seek care only when they are really sick, resulting in late diagnoses and high treatment costs. This isn’t just a health issue, but a social and economic crisis. When systems focus on curing instead of preventing, they consume scarce financial and human resources while ignoring root causes such as unsafe water, poor sanitation, undernutrition, and the proliferation of unhealthy processed foods full of industrial trans fats and sweetened beverages. The result is high costs for health services, with families pushed into poverty by catastrophic healthcare costs from out-of-pocket expenditure. The result is a vicious cycle where illness perpetuates poverty, and poverty perpetuates illness. People collecting water from a pump in Kinshasa in the Democratic Republic of the Congo. Several African countries including the DRC are experiencing cholera outbreaks caused primarily by lack of access to clean water and proper sanitation. Shifting the focus to health production To break this cycle, we need to embrace a model of health production that keeps people healthy, empowers communities, and addresses social determinants of health. It should be proactive, equitable, people-centred and sustainable, ensuring that every African has access to the tools and knowledge to live a healthy life, including reproductive health services for adolescents and women. This requires two major shifts. First, we must prioritise preventive and promotive health. Prevention is the cornerstone of health production. Evidence shows that primary healthcare, with a focus on primary care and prevention, community empowerment and engagement and multi-sectoral approaches, improves health outcomes, enhances equity, and increases system efficiency. Yet, only 48% of Africans have access to primary healthcare services, leaving 615 million people without adequate services. To address this, we need to invest in community health systems including community health workers (CHWs), who are the backbone of primary healthcare. CHWs are often the first and only point of contact for underserved communities. They deliver preventive services such as vaccines, they educate communities on healthy practices, and detect early warning signs of disease, yet, many remain underpaid, under-trained, and disconnected from formal health systems. Governments need to commit to financing and integrating CHW programmes into national health systems, as outlined in the 2018 WHO guidelines – not as stopgaps, but as core pillars of national health strategy. Mapping of Community Health Worker accreditation and salary status worldwide. Promotive health also means tackling the social determinants of health – poverty, education, clean water and sanitation, nutrition, and environmental factors. We also need policies that tackle risk factors. Taxing unhealthy products like industrial trans fats, tobacco, alcohol, and sugar-sweetened beverages can reduce the burden of NCDs while generating revenue for health programmes. These funds can be channelled into community-led initiatives that promote clean water, sanitation, and nutrition, addressing the root causes of disease. Second, we need to empower communities as active participants in their health. Health systems cannot succeed without the trust and participation of the people they serve. Too often, African health systems are designed around institutions and diseases rather than people. Some have jokingly referred to our ministries of health as “ministries of disease” — a reflection of how disconnected the system can feel from lived realities. Communities – including youth, women, and marginalised groups – must have a seat at the decision-making table. Health policies should be co-designed and governed by those they are meant to serve. It is time to update the current WHO framework and recognise “people” as the seventh building block of effective health systems, alongside service delivery, health workforce, information systems, health financing, access to medicines and health technologies, as well as leadership and governance. Empowering communities also requires fostering accountability. Civil society-led mechanisms can hold governments, the private sector and other partners accountable for delivering on UHC commitments, ensuring that policies align with the principles of social justice. By giving communities a stake in their health systems, we can build trust, encourage early health-seeking behaviour and reduce the reliance on curative care. Moreover, African governments must address inefficiencies and corruption, optimising the use of limited resources. By embracing digital technology and artificial intelligence, we can improve health data systems, enhance service delivery and target interventions more effectively. Technology must be deployed at the community level, not just in hospitals, to enhance equitable access, particularly at the last mile. Building health systems of the future Shukulu Nibogore sits on her mother’s lap while Athanasie Mukamana, a community health worker in Rwanda, measures her arm for signs of malnutrition. The curative consumption trap is a legacy of colonial health systems and misaligned global priorities. It is not inevitable. Africa has the opportunity to redefine its health agenda, leveraging its youthful population, rich cultural heritage, and growing technological innovation. But this requires bold leadership and collective action. African governments should prioritise health in national budgets, recognising that health is not a cost but an investment in human capital for socioeconomic development. Donors and global health partners must shift their focus from short-term, disease-specific interventions to long-term health system strengthening in line with the Lusaka Agenda, an effort for all to prioritise strengthening health systems, promoting sustainable health financing and enhancing equity through national-level co-ordination. At Amref Health Africa, we are committed to this vision. Our work with community health workers, youth, and local leaders across 35 countries for over 67 years demonstrates that health production is possible when people are at the heart of the system. As we approach 2030, the deadline for achieving UHC, we must decide: do we continue down the path of reactive, costly care with limited returns or do we embrace a model that produces health, dignity, and opportunity for all? The curative trap may be the legacy we inherited, but health production is the legacy we must build. Dr Githinji Gitahi is the Group CEO of Amref Health Africa and a passionate advocate for pro-poor universal health coverage. Image Credits: Last Mile Health, Eduardo Soteras Jalil/ WHO, Community Health Impact Coalition @Mapbox @OpenStreetMap, Cecille Joan Avila / Partners In Health. Tobacco Control Has Made Huge Progress But New Products Pose Challenges 23/06/2025 Kerry Cullinan Flavoured additives are designed to get young people hooked on new tobacco and nicotine products. Three-quarters of the world’s citizens – 6.1 billion people – are covered by at least one of the six tobacco control measures advocated by the World Health Organization (WHO), according to the global body’s annual Tobacco Epidemic 2025 report launched at the World Conference on Tobacco Control in Dublin on Monday evening. However, tobacco use still claims over seven million lives a year and the WHO warns that there are still significant global gaps in tobacco control, particularly to counter growing industry interference. The report focuses on the six proven WHO MPOWER tobacco control measures to reduce tobacco use, introduced in 2008. Each of the letters of ‘MPOWER’ stands for an intervention: Monitoring tobacco use and prevention policies; Protecting people from tobacco smoke with smoke-free air legislation; Offering help to quit tobacco use; Warning about the dangers of tobacco with pack labels and mass media; Enforcing bans on tobacco advertising, promotion and sponsorship; and Raising taxes on tobacco. Some 155 countries have implemented at least one of the MPOWER measures, and four countries – Brazil, Mauritius, the Netherlands and Türkiye – have implemented all six measures. Seven countries have implemented five of the six measures, namely Ethiopia, Ireland, Jordan, Mexico, New Zealand, Slovenia and Spain. Graphic health warnings Warning labels on tobacco packs The most striking gains have been in graphic health warnings, with 110 countries enforcing these on cigarette packs. The average size of warnings has also grown from a global average of covering 30% of the pack in 2007 to almost 60% in 2024, with two countries thus far increasing the size of the warning to 92.5% (on the front and back). The WHO also warns of “major gaps”, as 40 countries that are home to two billion people still have no MPOWER measures, while 22 countries still do not have warning labels on cigarette packs. Health warnings should be applied to new and emerging nicotine and tobacco products including e-cigarettes and nicotine pouches, according to the WHO report, which describes e-cigarettes with nicotine as “highly addictive and harmful to health”. “Twenty years since the adoption of the WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control, we have many successes to celebrate, but the tobacco industry continues to evolve and so must we,” WHO Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told the conference opening. “By uniting science, policy and political will, we can create a world where tobacco no longer claims lives, damages economies or steals futures. Together, we can end the tobacco epidemic.” Tackling e-cigarettes FCTC Secretariat’s Andrew Black, The Union’s Professor Guy Marks, Bloomberg Philanthropies’ Kelly Larson and WHO’s Rűdiger Kretch address a media briefing on Monday. Dr Rüdiger Krech, the WHO’s director of Health Promotion, told a media briefing on Monday that the WHO report highlights the new threats – the spread of e-cigarettes, heated tobacco products and other nicotine products like nicotine pouches – that are being “aggressively marketed to young people”. Krech added that the tobacco industry was deliberately flooding the market with “thousands of new products”, which made it very difficult for government regulators to keep up. “We are calling on governments to act boldly, raise tobacco taxes to best practice levels, give people the support they need to quit tobacco, strengthen health warnings and run sustained media campaigns and protect policies from tobacco industry interference,” said Krech. He highlighted that “134 countries have failed to make cigarettes less affordable since 2022, just three have increased taxes to the best practice level, over 30 countries allow the sales of cigarettes without health warnings, one third of the world lacks access to basic smoke free environments, and only a third of people have access to cost-covered quit services. “Tobacco control is one of public health’s greatest success stories, and without our tobacco control efforts, we would have 300 million more smokers today. But it is not a fight we have won. Progress has come through evidence, policy and perseverance to protect future generations. We must stay the course with renewed stamina, robust research and strong partnerships,” said Krech. The WHO urges countries to act against new tobacco and nicotine products. Raising taxes While the global health sector has faced enormous aid cuts over the past few months, primarily from United States, tobacco control has been relatively sheltered as it is supported by Bloomberg Philanthropies, which over the past 20 years has committed about $1.6 billion to strengthen tobacco control policies in low- and middle-income countries, according to Bloomberg’s Kelly Larson. Expressing full commitment to the WHO’s urgent work, founder Michael Bloomberg said that, since Bloomberg Philanthropies started supporting global tobacco control efforts in 2007, “there has been a sea change in the way countries prevent tobacco use, but there is still a long way to go.” However, Andrew Black, from the secretariat of the Framework Convention of Tobacco Control (FCTC), urged countries to raise taxes on cigarettes to compensate for the loss of overseas development assistance. Image Credits: WHO, Chemist 4 U/Flickr, Filter. Global Tobacco Conference Outcomes Will Help Shape Four Upcoming Multilateral Negotiations 23/06/2025 Deborah Sy As the World Conference on Tobacco Control (WCTC) opened in Dublin on Monday, the world’s largest convening of tobacco control advocates, researchers, and policy strategists is positioned to play an influential role in shaping the technical and civil society contributions that will feed into a series of important multilateral processes taking place this year. Between June and November 2025, four major global negotiations are scheduled. The first is the Fourth International Conference on Financing for Development (FfD4) in Seville. Tobacco taxes are a proven but underutilized financing tool. A 10% price increase typically reduces consumption by 4–5%, while generating substantial domestic revenue. Tobacco taxation has long been recognized in the Addis Ababa Action Agenda, and the final draft of the Compromiso de Sevilla ahead of FfD4 proposes elevating tobacco taxes as a non-distortionary tax source. While this marks a significant step forward in fiscal framing, it remains to be seen whether this language will be retained, strengthened, or weakened in the final adopted outcome. Toxic pollution The second process is the Resumed Fifth Session of the UN Plastics Treaty negotiations (INC-5.2) in Geneva. Cigarette butts, the most littered single-use plastic item on earth, will inevitably be addressed as part of the plastics crisis. Cigarette filters have long been marketed as a “harm reduction” feature despite being linked to increased risk of adenocarcinoma, a more aggressive lung cancer. In addition, filter microfibers are hard to control as they are very small and fall out. Conservative estimates put the cost of tobacco plastics at $26 billion annually. The World Health Organization (WHO), along with the Netherlands and Belgium, has called for banning cigarette filters. Meanwhile, Belgium, France, and the United Kingdom are banning disposable vapes, joining over 40 countries with some form of ban. INC-5.2 will be a test of whether the COP10 decision of the WHO FCTC will be recognized—especially its call to protect environmental policy from tobacco industry interference and to reject Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) schemes used as a disguise for corporate social responsibility, which the FCTC seeks to ban. The third process is the UN General Assembly High-Level Meeting on Noncommunicable Diseases and Mental Health, which will convene in New York in September. Tobacco and nicotine addiction are increasingly linked to anxiety, depression, and mental health struggles among youth. The Political Declaration’s zero draft includes tobacco taxes, offering an opportunity to integrate prevention, financing, and accountability into mental health responses. The fourth global negotiation involves the 11th Conference of the Parties (COP11) to the WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control (FCTC). COP11 will consider liability under Article 19 and forward-looking measures under Article 2.1—key to ensuring the tobacco industry is held responsible for health harms, plastic pollution, and youth-targeted marketing of addictive products. Environmental impact Several of the WCTC sessions directly intersect with these negotiations. These include a focused discussion on Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) and the environmental impact of tobacco product waste—an issue closely aligned with the plastics treaty talks in August. Other sessions examine tobacco endgames and industry liability which are relevant to COP11 when it decides on matters relating to liability (Art 19) and forward-looking measures (Art 2.1). Civil society coalitions such as the NCD Alliance are also engaged in preparatory discussions for the September UN General Assembly meeting on mental health and noncommunicable diseases. Additional sessions on tobacco taxation and development financing contribute to dialogues ahead of FfD4. Refreshing focus on youth The 2025 WCTC agenda reflects a notable shift. While previous conferences centered primarily on cessation strategies and clinical research, this year’s program places greater emphasis on targeting of youth/ youth involvement (eight sessions and over 70 presentations) and industry interference (six sessions and 33 presentations) – comparable to cessation (seven sessions and over 70 presentations). The increased presence of youth advocates also highlights the growing involvement of young people – exemplified by the global movement Global Youth Voices (GYV) that call for bans on addictive recreational products and compensation for tobacco harms. Increased youth participation also reflects the rising concern over the marketing of flavored and disposable tobacco and nicotine products, and the persistent regulatory gaps that allow these products to remain on the market. Higher taxes, ban on cigarette filters? WCTC follows the recent World Health Assembly resolution titled “Promoting and Prioritizing an Integrated Approach to Lung Health,” which underscored the need to integrate tobacco control into public health systems. Given that tobacco use is the leading cause of lung vulnerability—and increases susceptibility to respiratory pandemics—it should be treated as a key element of pandemic preparedness, a priority reinforced by the pandemic agreement adopted at the same Assembly. This makes tobacco control a timely topic and WCTC a timely venue—not only for technical exchange, but for convening advocates to build consensus on matters that can inform formal negotiations. Outcomes from Dublin may influence proposals to further strengthen the role of tobacco excise taxes as a sustainable financing tool at FfD4, ban cigarette filters and single-use vapes and classify them as hazardous plastics under the plastics treaty, exclude tobacco producers from EPR schemes, and strengthen language in the UNGA Political Declaration on tobacco taxation and conflict of interest. These discussions will inevitably reinforce the implementation of Article 5.3 of the FCTC, the backbone of the tobacco control treaty as it seeks to protect policy from tobacco industry influence. With multilateral talks resuming across health, finance, and environmental domains, the key question is whether governments will act on these proposals and translate them into enforceable commitments. We need to do better – young people are watching closely, not only as affected stakeholders and active participants, but as future decision-makers. The youth may not remember it, but around 20 years ago, Ireland was the first country in the world to ban smoking in pubs, so perhaps there’s no better place to be reminded that it’s possible to dream big, and act boldly. Deborah Sy is the head of Global Public Policy and Strategy at the Global Center for Good Governance in Tobacco Control at Thammasat University in Thailand and the founder and senior advisor of HealthJustice in the Philippines. She is a member of the bar in the Philippines and in New York and has served as legal adviser to the Philippine delegation at numerous international meetings. Image Credits: Steven Pahel/ Unsplash. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Mike Ryan Steps Down as WHO Emergency Chief After Eight Years 27/06/2025 Stefan Anderson Dr Mike Ryan steps down after a near three decade career at WHO. Dr Mike Ryan, director of the World Health Organization’s emergency response division, held his final press conference Friday in Geneva after eight years leading the UN health agency’s response to global health crises from war and famine to disease outbreaks. In his farewell remarks, Ryan warned of an “era of collapsed funding” following the Trump administration’s decision to halt funding for UN agencies and international humanitarian efforts while withdrawing from WHO for a second time, compounding a global trend of declining humanitarian and health aid that has dropped a bomb on Geneva’s humanitarian sector. “It’s easy to be brave when there’s nothing at stake. It’s hard to be courageous when everything’s at stake and I think we live in a world where a lot is at stake,” Ryan said. “Immunization is at stake, peace is at stake, health is at stake. Honesty is at stake. Truth is at stake. So I think we have a common cause.” Ryan, an Irish epidemiologist who has led WHO’s Health Emergencies Programme since 2017, has been at the forefront of the organization’s response to humanitarian crises from Gaza to Myanmar and Sudan, as well as Ebola outbreaks and other disease emergencies across the globe. He became particularly visible during the COVID-19 pandemic, where his direct, plain-speaking style made him one of WHO’s most recognizable faces. His farewell coincided with WHO’s release of the latest report from its Scientific Advisory Group for the Origins of Novel Pathogens (SAGO), which concluded that China continues to withhold data necessary to determine how COVID-19 emerged, leading Ryan to address the controversy and call for international cooperation despite ongoing conflicts. “Would I like to know what the origins of this virus are? Yes, because we want to be able to shut the door, close the trap door, so that virus can never escape again, but there are many, many other viruses in the world,” he said. “We need to continue to look at origins and everything else, but if that’s only been driven by political outcomes, if that’s only been driven by the intent to hurt, if your intent to investigate is only to punish, you will never have justice,” Ryan continued. “If your intent to investigate is to be enlightened, then you will find justice through the process.” Ryan, who joined WHO in 1996, is one of the organization’s longest-serving senior officials. His field experience included coordinating responses to cholera, meningitis, and hemorrhagic fever outbreaks across Africa, Asia and the Middle East, often in areas affected by conflict and displacement. Ryan defended the progress made during his tenure in global health cooperation through improvements in the International Health Regulations, pandemic accord negotiations, and institutions like Gavi and the pandemic fund. “We’ve moved progressively in cooperation in the IHR revision of 2005 and into the IHR amendments provision under Tedros, the pandemic accord,” Ryan said. “We’re actually learning better ways to cooperate globally on epidemics and on emergencies.” “Are we getting better at this? We are,” he added. “Are we perfect? No, we’re not.” His acknowledgment of the imperfections of WHO, its sister UN agencies, and international aid organizations came with a plea for continued support, noting the complexity of their global mandates amid shrinking resources. “In this era of collapsed funding, of mistrust in public institutions, of the attacks that international UN and NGO organizations are under, this is not helping,” Ryan said. Ryan’s departure comes as WHO faces an existential funding crisis that has forced it to trim its ambitions across the world. The US funding cuts have transformed Geneva’s already underfunded humanitarian system, but Ryan argued that withdrawing support would only worsen global health security. “One needs to be courageous at times like this,” he said. “Our job is to enlighten you as to what the real issues are. We have a framework that’s been approved by our member states. That’s enough to move forward.” Animal Source Most Likely Origin of SARS-CoV2 but Missing Chinese Data Leave Findings Inconclusive: WHO Expert Group 27/06/2025 Elaine Ruth Fletcher & Stefan Anderson Dr Marietjie Venter, SAGO chair and Professor, University of Witwatersrand, South Africa A four year WHO-sponsored investigation of the origins of the COVID pandemic by an international group of experts has concluded that “most scientific data and accessible published scientific evidence” support the hypothesis that the novel SARS-CoV2 virus first entered the human population either directly from virus-carrying bats, or from bats to humans via intermediate hosts. But the possibility that the virus escaped from a lab leak remains on the table, the Scientific Advisory Group for the Origins of of Novel Pathogens (SAGO) said in a press conference just ahead of the publication of its final report on Friday. Large gaps in data provided by China, as well as a lack of access to key United States and German intelligence reports, have confounded investigation of the lab leak hypothesis, the 27-member report of international experts concluded. “ Much of the information needed to assess this hypothesis has not been made available to WHO and SAGO, despite repeated request to the government of China, and therefore this hypothesis could not be investigated or excluded,” said Dr Marietjie Venter, SAGO chair and Distinguished Professor at the University of the Witwatersrand, South Africa. “Data provided in intelligence reports was also assessed, but tended to be very speculative, based on political opinions and not backed up by science,” Venter added. “SAGO and WHO have requested further information from member states, including the government of China, Germany and the United States of America, on an unpublished [intelligence] report that has been reported in the press. However, at the time of writing the required information, has not been provided to WHO or SAGO.” Maria Van Kerkhove: Work on the origins of the COVID pandemic is ‘unfinished.’ “The work to understand the origins of COVID-19 is unfinished,” said Maria Van Kerkhove, WHO’s technical lead during most of the pandemic. “We really need official and further information from China, because this is where the first cases were reported. “This is a global search, but it really is important to make sure that the comprehensive studies that need to be done in China, where those first cases were reported, are conducted. More work needs to be done,” she said. Zoonotic transmission via the Wuhan live animal market or another source? Caged animals held for sale and slaughter in unsanitary conditions at Wuhan’s Huanan Seafood Market, prior to the outbreak of COVID-19, including: (a) King rat snake (Elaphe carinata), (b) Chinese bamboo rat (Rhizomys sinensis), (c) Amur hedgehog (Erinaceus amurensis) (the finger points to a tick), (d) Raccoon dog (Nyctereutes procyonoides), (e) Marmot (Marmota himalayana) (beneath the marmots is a cage containing hedgehogs), and (f) Hog badger (Arctonyx albogularis). In terms of the most plausible hypothesis, questions also remain as to whether SARS-CoV2 first infected humans via animals in the Wuhan live animal market, or whether the market simply became an efficient site for the virus transmission after an infected human worked or visited there. “SAGO is not currently able to conclude exactly when, where, and how SARS-CoV2 first entered the human population,” she explained, adding that “the closest known precursor strains were identified in bats in China in 2013 and in Laos in 2020. “These strains are too distantly related to SARS-CoV2 to be the direct source of the COVID-19 pandemic,” Van Kerkhove said. “The Huanan seafood market in Wuhan, China, played a significant role in the early transmission and amplification of the virus, with 60% of early cases in December 2019 that could be traced to the market or [people who] lived in close proximity to the market with a risk of exposure to visitors or animal products from the market. No evidence exists of widespread human or animal cases prior to December, 2019, anywhere.” And at the same time, there are in fact two SARS-CoV2 lineages, which were identified in infected humans at the market. This suggests that there had already been prior evolution in animals or in humans, rather than a single source, she said. “Metagenomic evidence identified several species of wildlife that were present in the market that can be considered as potential intermediate hosts and that might have infected early human cases. Comprehensive upstream investigation at the source of wildlife species trade at this market and other markets in and around Wuhan is, however, still lacking. It is therefore not yet clear if the seafood market was where the virus first spilled over into humans or if it occurred through upstream-infected humans or animals at the market.” As per those questions, China has shared some of this information, “but not everything that we have requested,” Venter said. “China has provided hundreds of viral sequences from individuals with COVID-19 early in the pandemic, but more detailed information [is needed] on animals sold at markets in Wuhan, and information on work done and biosafety conditions at laboratories in Wuhan. Looked at four hypotheses The committee examined four hypotheses, including: a spillover from animals to humans, via bats or indirectly; an accidental lab leak during field investigations or due to a break in biosafety; a third hypothesis, promoted by the Chinese in the early days, that the virus was transmitted via imported frozen food products imported into China; and a fourth hypothesis, promoted by conspiracy fans, that the virus was the product of deliberate laboratory manipulation. The third hypothesis was ruled out, SAGO concluded, and the fourth, regarding deliberate manipulation, remains “largely unsupported by other scientific and intelligence reports,” Venter added. SAGO will reevaluate these hypotheses, should additional scientific evidence become available. In the meantime, a zoonotic origin, with the spillover from animals to humans, is currently considered the best supported hypothesis by the available scientific data, until further requests for information are met,” she said, adding: “Until more scientific data becomes available, the origins of SARS CoV2, and how it entered the human population will remain inconclusive.” Image Credits: Trinity Care Foundation/Flickr, Nature . Israel Halts Gaza Aid Deliveries as UN Appeals to Israeli Military to ‘Stop Shooting People Trying to Get Food’ 26/06/2025 Stefan Anderson & Elaine Ruth Fletcher Gaza palestinians tote away food from a UN distribution site Monday, amidst scenes of devastation. This story was updated to reflect new developments on Friday, 27 June. Israel ordered a near-total halt to food and humanitarian aid deliveries to over two million Gazans facing a territory-wide threat of famine on Thursday after an AFP video surfaced showing dozens of armed men riding atop a convoy of flatbed trucks loaded with flour for northern Gaza. As hard-right ministers in Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s government threatened to resign over alleged aid theft by Hamas, Israeli soldiers testified to local and international media outlets that their commanding military officers issued direct open fire orders on unarmed civilians waiting at food distribution points throughout the past month. “It’s a killing field,” one soldier told Israeli outlet Haaretz. “Where I was stationed, between one and five people were killed every day. They’re treated like a hostile force – no crowd-control measures, no tear gas – just live fire with everything imaginable: heavy machine guns, grenade launchers, mortars. Then, once the center opens, the shooting stops, and they know they can approach. Our form of communication is gunfire.” The Integrated Food Security Phase Classification warned last month that all 2.1 million Palestinians in Gaza face life-threatening food insecurity after a total 11-week blockade of food, medicine and life-saving humanitarian aid by Israel, lifted on 19 May. The threat of another blockade of humanitarian aid to Gaza and Israeli soldier testimonies follow weeks of reports on the mounting death toll of Palestinians trying to reach a limited number of Gaza food distribution sites set up by the Gaza Humanitarian Foundation (GHF), a private Israel-US backed aid group with no prior experience in humanitarian operations that became Gaza’s leading distributor of food aid last month. The group has been mired in controversy over its opaque financial backing, insufficient aid distribution from just four locations in Gaza – down from 400 previously operated by the United Nations and aid groups – and international condemnation for its practices, with the UN and leading humanitarian organisations allege violates international law. Israel says the private aid distribution model is necessary due to mass Hamas theft of aid shipments. Its government has not yet provided substantial evidence on the alleged scale of the Hamas seizures. The reported number of Palestinians shot while trying to reach GHF aid sites surpassed 400 on Wednesday, as the United Nations Human Rights Office pleaded with Israel’s military to “stop shooting at people trying to get food.“ The plea came hours after Israeli troops and drones opened fire on people approaching an aid distribution site operated by GHF in southern Gaza on Tuesday, killing at least 44 people, bringing Palestinian deaths in the war above 56,000, according to local health authorities. “Desperate, hungry people in Gaza continue to face the inhumane choice of either starving to death or risk being killed while trying to get food,” Thameen Al-Kheetan, a spokesperson for the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights (OHCHR), told reporters at a briefing in Geneva on Wednesday. The UN has independently verified over 410 deaths from “Israeli military shelling and shooting” of Palestinians travelling to aid sites since GHF operations began last month, Al-Kheetan said. An additional 93 deaths await verification, while confirmed injuries have risen to at least 3,000 as of Wednesday. The UN numbers do not include casualties that occurred since Tuesday. “Humanitarian assistance must never be used as a bargaining chip in any conflict,” Al-Kheetan said. “The weaponisation of food for civilians, in addition to restricting or preventing their access to life-sustaining services, constitutes a war crime.” Gaza groups deny Hamas theft as Israel announces aid halt An ambulance rushed to reach Palestinians reportedly shot by Israeli troops while trying to reach a UN aid distribution site on 23 June. Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu said Wednesday his government received information “indicating that Hamas is once again taking control of humanitarian aid entering the northern Gaza Strip and stealing it from civilians.” He announced that he had instructed the military to draft a plan “to prevent Hamas from seizing the aid.” On Thursday, Israeli authorities told Reuters that aid was still being allowed to enter from the south, but not the north. Another prolonged blockade of life-saving aid of food, and medicine would have catastrophic consequences, the UN and international aid agencies said. As of Friday morning, messaging from Israel’s government is unclear on what aid will continue to be allowed into Gaza, or if GHF is excluded from the new restrictions. This video was filmed today in Gaza. It shows Hamas gunmen once again taking control of food trucks This is how Hamas continues to be fed with money and power pic.twitter.com/pCi1X4cNZ5 — ME24 – Middle East 24 (@MiddleEast_24) June 25, 2025 Gaza’s ‘Higher Committee for Tribal Affairs’ – a civilian group not affiliated with Hamas, created during the war – rejected Netanyahu’s “false claims” that the video posted by AFP showed Hamas was stealing the food aid. “Gaza’s tribal leaders affirmed that all aid is fully secured under their direct supervision and is being distributed exclusively through international agencies,” the committee representing a group of influential Gaza families said in a statement published on Thursday by AFP and the Saudi-based Al Arabiya. “The securing of aid has been carried out purely through tribal efforts,” it added, suggesting the masked men aboard the trucks were not Hamas fighters at all. The Committee called for a United Nations delegation to determine if aid was being correctly dispatched in Gaza. Meanwhile, the controversial Gaza Humanitarian Foundation (GHF), said it had continued food aid deliveries Thursday, despite the Israeli closure notice, posting on X in mid-afternoon that it had delivered “again today to the Palestinian people in Gaza, all without incident.” In a subsequent X post Thursday evening, GHF said that it had been allowed by Israel to continue its Gaza operations amid an Israeli pause on UN food deliveries: “Our hope is this will be a temporary pause and all other aid organizations will soon be able to resume distribution.” Controversial Aid Provider Takes Control GHF says it’s delivering food directly to people in need – but only at four Gaza sites. It’s critics say the UN operated 400 distribution points, and cite the high rate of shooting deaths amongst people making the long trek GHF points. GHF, a private US-Israel backed initiative, emerged following Israel’s total 11-week blockade that ended May 19. It became Gaza’s largest aid provider overnight following the siege on the territory, which pushed 2.1 million residents to the edge of famine. The initiative, led by the Reverend Johnnie Moore, an evangelical minister and public relations consultant with no prior humanitarian experience but deep ties to the administration of US President Donald Trump, has been universally criticised by the UN and NGO aid institutions. The Israeli military has claimed violence at the aid sites resulted from firing warning shots at “suspects” approaching troops streaming towards the food sites. It has opened multiple incident investigations but denies responsibility for the deaths. GHF denies any connection to the violence, while attacks typically have occurred during lengthy marches by thousands of Palestinians streamed toward its aid stations. GHF also says Hamas, which killed around 1,200 Israelis and took hundreds hostage in its October 7 attacks, has also threatened and attacked its Palestinian aid workers, killing eight people on a bus transporting GHF workers, on 12 June. There have also been shootings of people waiting at UN distribution sites. MSNBC reported said 60 people were shot on June 17 while waiting for the arrival of UN convoys. UK-based Channel 4 on 23 June also cited shootings into a crowd approaching a UN distribution site in north Gaza. A range of independent reports have attributed most of the shootings to the Israeli military, with Israel’s liberal daily Ha’aretz describing the GHF model as a “fatal failure” last week. “The attempt to survive is being met with a death sentence,” said Jonathan Whittall, who leads the UN Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs in Gaza and the West Bank at Wednesday’s media briefing. “There shouldn’t be a death toll associated with accessing the essentials for life.” Forced Displacement Through Hunger IPC hunger projections for the Gaza Strip, May-September 2025 Israel has meanwhile claimed that more free food aid is reaching Palestinians than before. In an open letter published yesterday, GHF even offered to “partner” with the UN to coordinate more food deliveries. “The UN and GHF share the same goal: getting food to those who need it. We can help bring these scenes to an end if the UN and other international organizations partner with us to distribute aid safely and at scale,” said GHF in an X post. Scenes like this at an apparent UNICEF site reflect the desperation on the ground in Gaza. The UN and GHF share the same goal: getting food to those who need it. We can help bring these scenes to an end if the UN and other international organizations partner with us to distribute… https://t.co/wacj6w2N0l — Gaza Humanitarian Foundation (@GHFUpdates) June 24, 2025 But the UN and other major aid organizations, including Médecins Sans Frontières, the International Committee of the Red Cross, Oxfam, Amnesty International and Save the Children, have refused to work with GHF – even if it means their aid is denied access to Gaza. “The position of the UN as a whole has been made clear,” Al-Kheetan said. “We are not part of this operation because it does not comply with international standards on aid distribution.” Funneling over two million starving people to just a few heavily militarized sites – including only four administered mainly by the GHF – creates deadly chaos by design, critics have said. It also excludes all but the most able-bodied from reaching the delivery locations. UN agencies previously delivered assistance through approximately 400 points across Gaza, while NGO partners operated food kitchens. Only the most able-bodied can run the gauntlet to reach Gaza’s limited food distribution points. GHF claimed Wednesday to have distributed 40 million meals in its first month of operations. That amounts to approximately 0.6 meals per person per day for Gaza’s 2.1 million residents — less than one meal daily in a population facing starvation. But with all 2.1 million Palestinians in Gaza face life-threatening food insecurity, according to last month’s Integrated Food Security Phase Classification, nowhere near enough food, medicine, water and other life-saving supplies are able to enter Gaza to address the scale of the crisis, UN humanitarian groups have noted. “Can the GHF prevent famine? The reality is, far too little aid is being distributed from far too few distribution points, all amid concerns that families travelling from northern Gaza to reach sites in the south will not be allowed to return,” said UNICEF chief spokesman James Elder at Wednesday’s briefing. UN activities operating under severe restrictions Hunger in Gaza. While GHF operates freely with Israeli government support, severe restrictions remain on UN activities in Gaza. Of 16 humanitarian coordination requests the UN submitted for permits this weekend, Israeli authorities denied half, the UN Human Rights Office told reporters. Meanwhile, hundreds of tons of UN-organized food aid are sitting in warehouses in Jordan or in trucks along the Israeli border, awaiting entry to Gaza, UN officials have said. “The newly created so-called aid mechanism is an abomination that humiliates and degrades desperate people,” Philippe Lazzarini, who leads UNRWA, the Palestinian refugee agency banned by Israel’s government, said in Berlin Tuesday. “It is a death trap costing more lives than it saves.” Announcements of the GHF sites’ opening hours are made exclusively on Facebook and X, despite frequent internet blackouts across the strip. With internet access both inconsistent and expensive, many civilians make the dangerous trek to distribution sites only to find them closed. Aid groups and the UN say the system weaponizes hunger to force Palestinians southward, away from northern Gaza, where the Israeli Defense Forces (IDF) launched a new offensive in May, which critics fear may lead to permanent Israeli control and resettlement of the area. Areas currently forbidden to Palestinian civilians by Israel’s military comprise 82% of the Gaza Strip, according to Israel’s Haaretz. Forced displacement is a war crime under international law. “This turns aid delivery into a weapon of war deployed against civilians,” Martin Griffiths, former UN human rights chief, told The Guardian. “This is a system that exploits hunger to drag desperate people south.” GHF Attacks UN and Secretary-General GHF sends letter to UN chief requesting partnership through its aid delivery model | The National https://t.co/FSTClinI6A — Rev. Johnnie Moore ن (@JohnnieM) June 25, 2025 GHF’s recent offers to partner with the UN and other humanitarian groups have been accompanied by searing attacks. In a letter to Secretary-General António Guterres on Wednesday, Moore blamed the international body for Gaza’s humanitarian crisis while promoting GHF as the solution. “The time has come to confront, without euphemism or delay, the structural failure of aid delivery in Gaza,” Moore wrote in the letter published by the Gulf daily, The National, and posted to X. “The United Nations’ continued reliance on what it has termed ‘existing infrastructure’ has, in practice, enabled the obstruction of aid.” Moore accused the UN of enabling “mass diversion, looting, and the manipulation of humanitarian flows by bad actors” while claiming GHF distributed food despite facing “a vast disinformation campaign.” Moore’s letter comes as legal scrutiny of his organization intensifies. Fourteen leading international human rights organizations warned Tuesday the company and its security contractors of potential criminal liability for war crimes if they did not immediately cease operations. The groups said the scheme “creates an immediate risk of forced displacement” by “obliging starving, exhausted Palestinians to walk long distances through militarized zones.” Who’s Behind GHF? Moore replaced GHF’s original director, Jake Wood, who resigned in late May, after just two weeks in his position, stating it was “not possible to implement this plan while also strictly adhering to the humanitarian principles of humanity, neutrality, impartiality, and independence.” As Moore both attacks UN groups but also offers to cooperate, GHF’s funding remains shrouded in secrecy. Despite weeks of press inquiries, GHF has refused to disclose its financial backers. Registered as a Geneva-based non-profit, the organization also has a US headquarters in Dover Delaware. But when the BBC visited, they found only a red brick building with no GHF markings or staff. While Israel officially denies funding GHF, Israeli media reports citing government sources say the government approved a nearly $300 million transfer to the company last month, attempting to hide it under an expenditure marked only as “defense establishment.” GHF claims it also received $100 million from a foreign government donor but has refused to specify which one. Meanwhile, the US State Department is weighing a $500 million grant to underwrite the company’s operations for the next 180 days at Israel’s request, Reuters reported. “The questions surrounding GHF – its funding sources and connection to the Trump administration, its use of private contractors, its ability to serve and be seen as a neutral entity, its abandonment by its founders, and its basic competence in providing aid – must be answered before the State Department commits any funding to the organization,” Senator Elizabeth Warren wrote to Secretary of State Marco Rubio, in a 20 June letter published on her website. Meanwhile on the ground, the hunger and killings continue. This is what the world has decided to normalize, one blogger wrote on Tuesday This is what the world has decided to normalize. This is what Palestinians have to go through just to receive aid and they are killed daily. Just today, 25 Palestinians were killed while trying to get aid. pic.twitter.com/7ymcULvibc — Suppressed News. (@SuppressedNws) June 24, 2025 Image Credits: X/Channel 4 News , X/Gaza Humanitaria Foundation , IPC , X/Channel 4 , WHO . World is Off Track to Achieve Universal Energy Access by 2030 25/06/2025 Kerry Cullinan Women and children are worst affected by pollution caused by cooking on open fires While almost 92% of the world’s population now has basic access to electricity – an improvement since 2022 – over 666 million people remain without access, and the world is off track to reach universal access by 2030, according to the Tracking SDG 7: The Energy Progress Report 2025 released on Wednesday. “Clean cooking access is progressing but below the rates of progress seen in the 2010s, as efforts remain hobbled by setbacks during the COVID-19 pandemic, following energy price shocks, and debt crises,” according to a media release from five bodies responsible for Social Development Goal (SDG) 7. These are the International Energy Agency (IEA), International Renewable Energy Agency (IRENA), United Nations Statistics Division (UNSD), the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO). Access to clean cooking 2000-2023 Little to no change was observed in access to clean fuels and technologies for cooking between 2022 and 2023, with around 2.1 billion people dependent on polluting fuels such as firewood and charcoal for their cooking needs. “If current trends continue, only 78% of the global population will have access to clean cooking by 2030,” the bodies note. Eighteen of the 20 countries with the largest electricity access deficits in 2023 were in sub-Saharan Africa, and 85% of people without electricity access live in the region. Four in five families are without access to clean cooking, and the number of people without clean cooking access in the region continues to grow at a rate of 14 million people yearly. In contrast, Central and Southern Asia, with both regions made “significant strides towards universal electricity access, reducing their basic access gap from 414 million in 2010 to just 27 million in 2023”, the report notes. Access to electricity 2010-2023 IEA executive director Fatih Birol described the expansion of access to electricity and clean cooking as “disappointingly slow, especially in Africa”. Birol added that this is “contributing to millions of premature deaths each year linked to smoke inhalation, and is holding back development and education opportunities” and called for “greater investment in clean cooking and electricity supply”. WHO Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus said that “the same pollutants that are poisoning our planet are also poisoning people, contributing to millions of deaths each year from cardiovascular and respiratory diseases, particularly among the most vulnerable, including women and children”. Lack of finance hobbles renewables In 2022, almost 18% of energy came from renewable energy sources. But progress is unequal and insufficient to meet international climate and sustainable development goals. In addition, global efforts must address significant disparities. Least developed countries and sub-Saharan Africa had only 40 watts per capita in installed renewables capacity, compared to developed countries, which had over 1,100 watts installed. On a more positive note, international financial flows to developing countries in support of clean energy increased by 27% from 2022 to reach $21.6 billion in 2023. But despite this increase, “only two regions in the world have seen real progress in the financial flows”, noted IRENA Director-General Francesco La Camera. A “lack of sufficient and affordable financing” is a key reason for regional inequalities and slow progress, the report notes. World Bank vice-president for infrastructure Guangzhe Chen said that 12 African nations have launched national energy compacts, committing to “substantial reforms to lower costs of generation and transmission, and scale up distributed renewable energy solutions”. Image Credits: Mission 300 Summit, World Bank. GAVI Vaccine Alliance Secures More than $9 Billion from Donors – Despite US Ambush at Pledging Event 25/06/2025 Kerry Cullinan & Elaine Ruth Fletcher The introduction of the pentavalent vaccine in Nigeria, is estimated to save the lives of at least 30,000 children annually. In an harsh reprimand at the global vaccine pledging summit Wednesday, US Health and Human Services Secretary Robert F Kennedy Jr. attacked Gavi’s record on vaccine safety and said the United States was halting support for the alliance, until it could “re-earn” the public trust. He charged that Gavi had stifled “free speech and legitimate questions” during the COVID pandemic and had continued to make “questionable recommendations” encouraging pregnant women to receive COVID vaccines – advise that has save women’s lives and those of their unborn children, according to the World Health Organization. Despite the US snub, Gavi later announced that it had secured more than $9 billion out of it’s $11.9 billion pledging goal – with a record number of donors commiting for the coming five years (2026-30). In his stunning pre-taped video message, Kennedy said he admired Gavi’s commitment to “making medicine affordable to all the world’s people” but that the United States would only re-engage after Gavi had “re-earned the public trust” on issues like vaccine safety. In its zeal to promote universal vaccination, @gavi, the Vaccine Alliance has neglected the key issue of vaccine safety. When vaccine safety issues have come before GAVI, it has treated them not as a patient health problem, but as a public relations problem. During the COVID-19… pic.twitter.com/z140rJQMnn — Secretary Kennedy (@SecKennedy) June 25, 2025 Kennedy lashed out, in particular, against the Gavi policy of support for traditional diptheria, tetanus and whole cell pertussis vaccines (DTPw) as compared to newer DTaP (acellular pertussis) jabs that most developed countries have shifted to, and which cause fewer side effects. “All currently available evidence suggests that the DTPw vaccine may kill more children from other causes than it saves from diptheria, tetanus and pertussis…” Kennedy said, citing what he described as a landmark 2017 peer-reviewed study by top experts. The Lancet study, a retrospective analysis based on data from one urban community in the 1980s indeed found that all cause mortality for 3-5 month children vaccinated with the DPTw jab was five times higher than mortality for the unvaccinated. Co-administration of an oral polio vaccine, reduced that rate significantly. Nonetheless, the study authors called upon WHO to revisit its recommendations on DPTw, based on the findings. Said Kennedy, “when the science was inconvenient today, Gavi ignored the science. I call upon Gavi to re-earn the public trust and to justify the $8 billion that America has provided in funding since 2001…. Consider the best science available even when the science contradicts established paradigms. Until that happens, the United States won’t contribute more to Gavi. Business as usual is over.” But Kennedy’s reference to the evidence around the safety of DPTw vaccines was quickly challenged by experts. “The study quoted by Kennedy is based on data from a non-randomized study collected 42 years ago on a small sample of children in Guinea-Bissau,” said British paediatrician Anthony Costello, former WHO director of maternal, child and adolescent health, and now a professor of University College London (UCL). The study quoted by Kennedy is based on data from a non-randomized study collected 42 years ago on a small sample of children in Guinea-Bissau where infant mortality was 138 per 1000 at that time. With wide confidence intervals. https://t.co/I4nVfOmr5n — Anthony Costello (@globalhlthtwit) June 25, 2025 Gavi – DPTw vaccine is more effective for infants in high-risk settings In a reply issued just after Kennedy’s address, Gavi stated that while the DTaP vaccine does have fewer side events (which it described as minor), “evidence also suggests it offers less long-lasting protection, requiring more regular booster shots.” Such boosters are usually highly impractical, or impossible, in low- and lower-middle income settings where Gavi vaccine support is focused. “Having reviewed all available data, including any studies that raised concerns, global immunisation experts continue to recommend DTPw for infants in high-risk settings,” the Gavi statement continued. “The disease burden for diphtheria, tetanus and pertussis in lower-income countries is much higher than in high-income countries, and health systems are far less equipped to offer frequent booster doses… “By contrast, DTaP is more commonly used in high-income countries, where the disease burden is far lower and healthcare systems can support booster doses to extend protection. In places where access to hospitals is limited and disease risk is high, the stronger protection from DTPw against these life-threatening diseases far outweighs the temporary side-effects this vaccine may cause, such as fever or swelling at the injection site (which are signs the immune system is responding). “The DTPw vaccine has been administered to millions of children around the world for decades, and is estimated to have saved more than 40 million lives over the past 50 years,” Gavi said, citing another recent Lancet study, from 2024, modelled estimates of averted mortality since from 1974 when WHO’s Expanded Programme on Immunization was launched to make vaccinations available to all children, globally. “Gavi’s utmost concern is the health and safety of children,” Gavi said. It’s new five-year plan aims to protect 500 million children from preventable diseases, saving 8-9 million lives, the organization said. Gavi seeking $9 billion amidst projections that 2030 vaccine targets will be missed Kennedy’s address had been long anticipated at the pledging summit, where Gavi was seeking funds to ramp up vaccinations, particularly for “zero-dose” children, in line with the 2030 Sustainable Development Goals. The summit comes against news that 2030 childhood immunisation targets will be missed unless substantial improvements are made. Prior to leaving office, former US President Joe Biden had pledged $1.58 billion to the global pledging round, for about $300 million a year. But in March, the Trump administration suggested those funds would be pared back, and there is no funding for Gavi in the massive US budget bill now before Congress. Kennedy’s long-known record on vaccine hesistancy also compounded the doubts. Even so, the complete cut off in funding seemed to take many by surprise. Only countries in the “high-income super region” are projected to reach the World Health Organization’s (WHO) 2030 immunisation target of halving the number of zero-dose children compared to 2019, according to a report published in The Lancet, also on Wednesday. “Global immunisation goals for 2030 will not be met without targeted, equitable immunisation strategies, alongside primary healthcare strengthening and efforts to tackle vaccine misinformation and hesitancy,” according to a media release from the University of Washington’s Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME). which conducted the analysis, based on the 2023 Global Burden of Disease study. Coverage of 90% or greater for each of the life-course vaccines – diphtheria-tetanus-pertussis, measles vaccines, and pneumococcal vaccine – is the central target for 2030. Only 18 of 204 countries have already met this target. In 2023, some 15.7 million zero-dose children received no DTPw or DTaP vaccines in their first year of life, and over half lived in just eight countries. Nigeria tops the list with the largest number of unvaccinated children (2.5 million), followed by India (1.4 million), the Democratic Republic of Congo (882,000), Ethiopia (782,000), Somalia (710,000), Sudan (627,000), Indonesia (538,000) and Brazil (452,000). By proportion, a mere 25.7% of Somalian children were vaccinated in 2023, by far the lowest percentage in the world, followed by 56.3% in South Sudan. Vaccination rates were under 75% in Guinea, Central African Republic, Angola, Democratic Republic of Congo, Nigeria, Mali and Madagascar. “Successful vaccination programmes are built on understanding and responding to people’s beliefs, concerns, and expectations,” said lead author Dr Emily Haeuser. “Vaccination services must prioritise trust-building, engage community leaders, and tailor interventions with more culturally appropriate local strategies to improve vaccine confidence and uptake.” Gates support remains strong The summit, co-hosted by the European Union and the Gates Foundation, sought support for Gavi amidst a broader global health funding crisis – due to the sharp decline in Overseas Development Assistance for health systems and services, since Donald Trump assumed the US presidency in January. Ahead of the Gavi pledging event, the Global Summit: Health & Prosperity through Immunisation, the Gates Foundation announced it would commit $1.6 billion over the next five years. “For the first time in decades, the number of kids dying around the world will likely go up this year instead of down because of massive cuts to foreign aid. That is a tragedy,” warned Bill Gates, chair of the Gates Foundation. “Fully funding Gavi is the single most powerful step we can take to stop it.” Despite the funding hiatus, the US government recently put forward Mark Lloyd as its representative to the Gavi board. Lloyd is the assistant administrator for Global Health at the US Agency for International Development. A long-time conservative activist for the Tea Party, he was a USAID religious freedom advisor in the previous Trump administration and was criticized for anti-Islamic comments. The US is in the midst of one of its worst measles outbreaks in 30 years, and Kennedy recently fired the 17-person entire Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP) of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) and replaced it with eight people comprising mostly of vaccine sceptics. Kennedy faces heat in the US, including from Republican Senator Bill Cassidy, who has called for the meeting of the new ACIP – also scheduled for Wednesday – to be delayed. Although the appointees to ACIP have scientific credentials, many do not have significant experience studying microbiology, epidemiology or immunology. In particular, some lack experience studying new technologies such as mRNA vaccines, and may even have a preconceived bias… — U.S. Senator Bill Cassidy, M.D. (@SenBillCassidy) June 23, 2025 “Wednesday’s meeting should not proceed with a relatively small panel, and no CDC Director in place to approve the panel’s recommendations,” said Cassidy on X. “The meeting should be delayed until the panel is fully staffed with more robust and balanced representation – as required by law – including those with more direct relevant expertise. Otherwise, ACIP’s recommendations could be viewed with skepticism, which will work against the success of this Administration’s efforts.” Editor’s note, an earlier version of this story stated that Gavi had secured $11.9 billion from donors, in fact it secured over $9 billion in the pledging event out of its 5-year, $11.9 billion pledging goal. Updated 26.6.2025 Image Credits: GAVI/2013/Adrian Brooks. Time for Africa to Replace the Curative Consumption Trap with Health Production Model 24/06/2025 Githinji Gitahi A community health worker uses a smartphone to collect medical information in Liberia. Africa is at a crossroads in its health journey – not simply because of shifting geopolitical dynamics or shrinking donor aid, although these are real challenges, but because we must confront a deeper structural flaw in how our health systems are designed. The continent, home to over 1.4 billion people and projected to house one in five of the world’s population in the coming decades, faces a critical paradox. Despite progress in tackling infectious diseases, African health systems remain fragile, underfunded, overstretched, and trapped in a cycle of curative interventions. These systems prioritise expensive, hospital-based care that waits for disease, while neglecting prevention, health promotion, and community engagement to reduce the disease burden. This model is neither sustainable nor equitable, and it keeps us locked in the “curative consumption trap.” It drains our already limited resources, perpetuates inequities, and undermines our vision for universal health coverage (UHC). Community-driven systems It’s time to shift from a reactive, hospital-centric model to one that invests in health production — resilient, community-driven, people-centred systems that prevent disease, empower people, and build a healthier future for all Africans. A quick back-of-the-envelope calculation shows that high-income countries spend around $4000 per capita on healthcare, mostly through public financing. In sub-Saharan Africa, that figure is closer to $40 – and that is assuming countries meet the aspirational goal of allocating 15% of national budgets to health. Most do not. Can Africa afford healthcare as currently structured? The answer is clearly no. This consumption-based model has colonial roots built for the rich who came to Africa and needed a health system that reflected their needs, as they were used to back in their home countries, reinforced by political incentives that favour short-term infrastructure projects over long-term people-centred reforms. During the recent Africa Health Agenda International Conference (AHAIC) 2025 in Kigali, it was evident that many African health systems still focus on treating disease rather than preventing it — a legacy that must be urgently overcome. Vicious cycle of curative consumption trap Hospitals and clinics often serve as the epicentre of care, with resources skewed toward expensive, tertiary-level interventions that politicians prioritise to appeal to voters. This curative bias comes at the expense of preventative measures needed to reduce the disease burden, particularly the rising tide of non-communicable diseases (NCDs) like diabetes, hypertension, and cancer. In 2019, NCDs accounted for 37% of deaths in sub-Saharan Africa, up from 24% in 2000, and the burden is rising. Our systems are ill-equipped to manage this growing crisis. The curative consumption trap is fuelled by several factors. First, a post-colonial bias for infrastructure-heavy, specialist-led care over community-based approaches informed by the health needs of those who built the health systems. Second, a health workforce trained to treat illness, not promote wellness. In medical school, I spent just one lethargic month on community health, compared to years learning about diagnosis, surgery, and pharmacology. This narrative is supported by political incentive as infrastructure is a vote driver for politicians and historical budgeting approaches prioritise infrastructure and equipment procurement. Third, a lack of trust in unfriendly, distant, supply-driven health systems leads people to seek care only when they are really sick, resulting in late diagnoses and high treatment costs. This isn’t just a health issue, but a social and economic crisis. When systems focus on curing instead of preventing, they consume scarce financial and human resources while ignoring root causes such as unsafe water, poor sanitation, undernutrition, and the proliferation of unhealthy processed foods full of industrial trans fats and sweetened beverages. The result is high costs for health services, with families pushed into poverty by catastrophic healthcare costs from out-of-pocket expenditure. The result is a vicious cycle where illness perpetuates poverty, and poverty perpetuates illness. People collecting water from a pump in Kinshasa in the Democratic Republic of the Congo. Several African countries including the DRC are experiencing cholera outbreaks caused primarily by lack of access to clean water and proper sanitation. Shifting the focus to health production To break this cycle, we need to embrace a model of health production that keeps people healthy, empowers communities, and addresses social determinants of health. It should be proactive, equitable, people-centred and sustainable, ensuring that every African has access to the tools and knowledge to live a healthy life, including reproductive health services for adolescents and women. This requires two major shifts. First, we must prioritise preventive and promotive health. Prevention is the cornerstone of health production. Evidence shows that primary healthcare, with a focus on primary care and prevention, community empowerment and engagement and multi-sectoral approaches, improves health outcomes, enhances equity, and increases system efficiency. Yet, only 48% of Africans have access to primary healthcare services, leaving 615 million people without adequate services. To address this, we need to invest in community health systems including community health workers (CHWs), who are the backbone of primary healthcare. CHWs are often the first and only point of contact for underserved communities. They deliver preventive services such as vaccines, they educate communities on healthy practices, and detect early warning signs of disease, yet, many remain underpaid, under-trained, and disconnected from formal health systems. Governments need to commit to financing and integrating CHW programmes into national health systems, as outlined in the 2018 WHO guidelines – not as stopgaps, but as core pillars of national health strategy. Mapping of Community Health Worker accreditation and salary status worldwide. Promotive health also means tackling the social determinants of health – poverty, education, clean water and sanitation, nutrition, and environmental factors. We also need policies that tackle risk factors. Taxing unhealthy products like industrial trans fats, tobacco, alcohol, and sugar-sweetened beverages can reduce the burden of NCDs while generating revenue for health programmes. These funds can be channelled into community-led initiatives that promote clean water, sanitation, and nutrition, addressing the root causes of disease. Second, we need to empower communities as active participants in their health. Health systems cannot succeed without the trust and participation of the people they serve. Too often, African health systems are designed around institutions and diseases rather than people. Some have jokingly referred to our ministries of health as “ministries of disease” — a reflection of how disconnected the system can feel from lived realities. Communities – including youth, women, and marginalised groups – must have a seat at the decision-making table. Health policies should be co-designed and governed by those they are meant to serve. It is time to update the current WHO framework and recognise “people” as the seventh building block of effective health systems, alongside service delivery, health workforce, information systems, health financing, access to medicines and health technologies, as well as leadership and governance. Empowering communities also requires fostering accountability. Civil society-led mechanisms can hold governments, the private sector and other partners accountable for delivering on UHC commitments, ensuring that policies align with the principles of social justice. By giving communities a stake in their health systems, we can build trust, encourage early health-seeking behaviour and reduce the reliance on curative care. Moreover, African governments must address inefficiencies and corruption, optimising the use of limited resources. By embracing digital technology and artificial intelligence, we can improve health data systems, enhance service delivery and target interventions more effectively. Technology must be deployed at the community level, not just in hospitals, to enhance equitable access, particularly at the last mile. Building health systems of the future Shukulu Nibogore sits on her mother’s lap while Athanasie Mukamana, a community health worker in Rwanda, measures her arm for signs of malnutrition. The curative consumption trap is a legacy of colonial health systems and misaligned global priorities. It is not inevitable. Africa has the opportunity to redefine its health agenda, leveraging its youthful population, rich cultural heritage, and growing technological innovation. But this requires bold leadership and collective action. African governments should prioritise health in national budgets, recognising that health is not a cost but an investment in human capital for socioeconomic development. Donors and global health partners must shift their focus from short-term, disease-specific interventions to long-term health system strengthening in line with the Lusaka Agenda, an effort for all to prioritise strengthening health systems, promoting sustainable health financing and enhancing equity through national-level co-ordination. At Amref Health Africa, we are committed to this vision. Our work with community health workers, youth, and local leaders across 35 countries for over 67 years demonstrates that health production is possible when people are at the heart of the system. As we approach 2030, the deadline for achieving UHC, we must decide: do we continue down the path of reactive, costly care with limited returns or do we embrace a model that produces health, dignity, and opportunity for all? The curative trap may be the legacy we inherited, but health production is the legacy we must build. Dr Githinji Gitahi is the Group CEO of Amref Health Africa and a passionate advocate for pro-poor universal health coverage. Image Credits: Last Mile Health, Eduardo Soteras Jalil/ WHO, Community Health Impact Coalition @Mapbox @OpenStreetMap, Cecille Joan Avila / Partners In Health. Tobacco Control Has Made Huge Progress But New Products Pose Challenges 23/06/2025 Kerry Cullinan Flavoured additives are designed to get young people hooked on new tobacco and nicotine products. Three-quarters of the world’s citizens – 6.1 billion people – are covered by at least one of the six tobacco control measures advocated by the World Health Organization (WHO), according to the global body’s annual Tobacco Epidemic 2025 report launched at the World Conference on Tobacco Control in Dublin on Monday evening. However, tobacco use still claims over seven million lives a year and the WHO warns that there are still significant global gaps in tobacco control, particularly to counter growing industry interference. The report focuses on the six proven WHO MPOWER tobacco control measures to reduce tobacco use, introduced in 2008. Each of the letters of ‘MPOWER’ stands for an intervention: Monitoring tobacco use and prevention policies; Protecting people from tobacco smoke with smoke-free air legislation; Offering help to quit tobacco use; Warning about the dangers of tobacco with pack labels and mass media; Enforcing bans on tobacco advertising, promotion and sponsorship; and Raising taxes on tobacco. Some 155 countries have implemented at least one of the MPOWER measures, and four countries – Brazil, Mauritius, the Netherlands and Türkiye – have implemented all six measures. Seven countries have implemented five of the six measures, namely Ethiopia, Ireland, Jordan, Mexico, New Zealand, Slovenia and Spain. Graphic health warnings Warning labels on tobacco packs The most striking gains have been in graphic health warnings, with 110 countries enforcing these on cigarette packs. The average size of warnings has also grown from a global average of covering 30% of the pack in 2007 to almost 60% in 2024, with two countries thus far increasing the size of the warning to 92.5% (on the front and back). The WHO also warns of “major gaps”, as 40 countries that are home to two billion people still have no MPOWER measures, while 22 countries still do not have warning labels on cigarette packs. Health warnings should be applied to new and emerging nicotine and tobacco products including e-cigarettes and nicotine pouches, according to the WHO report, which describes e-cigarettes with nicotine as “highly addictive and harmful to health”. “Twenty years since the adoption of the WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control, we have many successes to celebrate, but the tobacco industry continues to evolve and so must we,” WHO Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told the conference opening. “By uniting science, policy and political will, we can create a world where tobacco no longer claims lives, damages economies or steals futures. Together, we can end the tobacco epidemic.” Tackling e-cigarettes FCTC Secretariat’s Andrew Black, The Union’s Professor Guy Marks, Bloomberg Philanthropies’ Kelly Larson and WHO’s Rűdiger Kretch address a media briefing on Monday. Dr Rüdiger Krech, the WHO’s director of Health Promotion, told a media briefing on Monday that the WHO report highlights the new threats – the spread of e-cigarettes, heated tobacco products and other nicotine products like nicotine pouches – that are being “aggressively marketed to young people”. Krech added that the tobacco industry was deliberately flooding the market with “thousands of new products”, which made it very difficult for government regulators to keep up. “We are calling on governments to act boldly, raise tobacco taxes to best practice levels, give people the support they need to quit tobacco, strengthen health warnings and run sustained media campaigns and protect policies from tobacco industry interference,” said Krech. He highlighted that “134 countries have failed to make cigarettes less affordable since 2022, just three have increased taxes to the best practice level, over 30 countries allow the sales of cigarettes without health warnings, one third of the world lacks access to basic smoke free environments, and only a third of people have access to cost-covered quit services. “Tobacco control is one of public health’s greatest success stories, and without our tobacco control efforts, we would have 300 million more smokers today. But it is not a fight we have won. Progress has come through evidence, policy and perseverance to protect future generations. We must stay the course with renewed stamina, robust research and strong partnerships,” said Krech. The WHO urges countries to act against new tobacco and nicotine products. Raising taxes While the global health sector has faced enormous aid cuts over the past few months, primarily from United States, tobacco control has been relatively sheltered as it is supported by Bloomberg Philanthropies, which over the past 20 years has committed about $1.6 billion to strengthen tobacco control policies in low- and middle-income countries, according to Bloomberg’s Kelly Larson. Expressing full commitment to the WHO’s urgent work, founder Michael Bloomberg said that, since Bloomberg Philanthropies started supporting global tobacco control efforts in 2007, “there has been a sea change in the way countries prevent tobacco use, but there is still a long way to go.” However, Andrew Black, from the secretariat of the Framework Convention of Tobacco Control (FCTC), urged countries to raise taxes on cigarettes to compensate for the loss of overseas development assistance. Image Credits: WHO, Chemist 4 U/Flickr, Filter. Global Tobacco Conference Outcomes Will Help Shape Four Upcoming Multilateral Negotiations 23/06/2025 Deborah Sy As the World Conference on Tobacco Control (WCTC) opened in Dublin on Monday, the world’s largest convening of tobacco control advocates, researchers, and policy strategists is positioned to play an influential role in shaping the technical and civil society contributions that will feed into a series of important multilateral processes taking place this year. Between June and November 2025, four major global negotiations are scheduled. The first is the Fourth International Conference on Financing for Development (FfD4) in Seville. Tobacco taxes are a proven but underutilized financing tool. A 10% price increase typically reduces consumption by 4–5%, while generating substantial domestic revenue. Tobacco taxation has long been recognized in the Addis Ababa Action Agenda, and the final draft of the Compromiso de Sevilla ahead of FfD4 proposes elevating tobacco taxes as a non-distortionary tax source. While this marks a significant step forward in fiscal framing, it remains to be seen whether this language will be retained, strengthened, or weakened in the final adopted outcome. Toxic pollution The second process is the Resumed Fifth Session of the UN Plastics Treaty negotiations (INC-5.2) in Geneva. Cigarette butts, the most littered single-use plastic item on earth, will inevitably be addressed as part of the plastics crisis. Cigarette filters have long been marketed as a “harm reduction” feature despite being linked to increased risk of adenocarcinoma, a more aggressive lung cancer. In addition, filter microfibers are hard to control as they are very small and fall out. Conservative estimates put the cost of tobacco plastics at $26 billion annually. The World Health Organization (WHO), along with the Netherlands and Belgium, has called for banning cigarette filters. Meanwhile, Belgium, France, and the United Kingdom are banning disposable vapes, joining over 40 countries with some form of ban. INC-5.2 will be a test of whether the COP10 decision of the WHO FCTC will be recognized—especially its call to protect environmental policy from tobacco industry interference and to reject Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) schemes used as a disguise for corporate social responsibility, which the FCTC seeks to ban. The third process is the UN General Assembly High-Level Meeting on Noncommunicable Diseases and Mental Health, which will convene in New York in September. Tobacco and nicotine addiction are increasingly linked to anxiety, depression, and mental health struggles among youth. The Political Declaration’s zero draft includes tobacco taxes, offering an opportunity to integrate prevention, financing, and accountability into mental health responses. The fourth global negotiation involves the 11th Conference of the Parties (COP11) to the WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control (FCTC). COP11 will consider liability under Article 19 and forward-looking measures under Article 2.1—key to ensuring the tobacco industry is held responsible for health harms, plastic pollution, and youth-targeted marketing of addictive products. Environmental impact Several of the WCTC sessions directly intersect with these negotiations. These include a focused discussion on Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) and the environmental impact of tobacco product waste—an issue closely aligned with the plastics treaty talks in August. Other sessions examine tobacco endgames and industry liability which are relevant to COP11 when it decides on matters relating to liability (Art 19) and forward-looking measures (Art 2.1). Civil society coalitions such as the NCD Alliance are also engaged in preparatory discussions for the September UN General Assembly meeting on mental health and noncommunicable diseases. Additional sessions on tobacco taxation and development financing contribute to dialogues ahead of FfD4. Refreshing focus on youth The 2025 WCTC agenda reflects a notable shift. While previous conferences centered primarily on cessation strategies and clinical research, this year’s program places greater emphasis on targeting of youth/ youth involvement (eight sessions and over 70 presentations) and industry interference (six sessions and 33 presentations) – comparable to cessation (seven sessions and over 70 presentations). The increased presence of youth advocates also highlights the growing involvement of young people – exemplified by the global movement Global Youth Voices (GYV) that call for bans on addictive recreational products and compensation for tobacco harms. Increased youth participation also reflects the rising concern over the marketing of flavored and disposable tobacco and nicotine products, and the persistent regulatory gaps that allow these products to remain on the market. Higher taxes, ban on cigarette filters? WCTC follows the recent World Health Assembly resolution titled “Promoting and Prioritizing an Integrated Approach to Lung Health,” which underscored the need to integrate tobacco control into public health systems. Given that tobacco use is the leading cause of lung vulnerability—and increases susceptibility to respiratory pandemics—it should be treated as a key element of pandemic preparedness, a priority reinforced by the pandemic agreement adopted at the same Assembly. This makes tobacco control a timely topic and WCTC a timely venue—not only for technical exchange, but for convening advocates to build consensus on matters that can inform formal negotiations. Outcomes from Dublin may influence proposals to further strengthen the role of tobacco excise taxes as a sustainable financing tool at FfD4, ban cigarette filters and single-use vapes and classify them as hazardous plastics under the plastics treaty, exclude tobacco producers from EPR schemes, and strengthen language in the UNGA Political Declaration on tobacco taxation and conflict of interest. These discussions will inevitably reinforce the implementation of Article 5.3 of the FCTC, the backbone of the tobacco control treaty as it seeks to protect policy from tobacco industry influence. With multilateral talks resuming across health, finance, and environmental domains, the key question is whether governments will act on these proposals and translate them into enforceable commitments. We need to do better – young people are watching closely, not only as affected stakeholders and active participants, but as future decision-makers. The youth may not remember it, but around 20 years ago, Ireland was the first country in the world to ban smoking in pubs, so perhaps there’s no better place to be reminded that it’s possible to dream big, and act boldly. Deborah Sy is the head of Global Public Policy and Strategy at the Global Center for Good Governance in Tobacco Control at Thammasat University in Thailand and the founder and senior advisor of HealthJustice in the Philippines. She is a member of the bar in the Philippines and in New York and has served as legal adviser to the Philippine delegation at numerous international meetings. Image Credits: Steven Pahel/ Unsplash. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Animal Source Most Likely Origin of SARS-CoV2 but Missing Chinese Data Leave Findings Inconclusive: WHO Expert Group 27/06/2025 Elaine Ruth Fletcher & Stefan Anderson Dr Marietjie Venter, SAGO chair and Professor, University of Witwatersrand, South Africa A four year WHO-sponsored investigation of the origins of the COVID pandemic by an international group of experts has concluded that “most scientific data and accessible published scientific evidence” support the hypothesis that the novel SARS-CoV2 virus first entered the human population either directly from virus-carrying bats, or from bats to humans via intermediate hosts. But the possibility that the virus escaped from a lab leak remains on the table, the Scientific Advisory Group for the Origins of of Novel Pathogens (SAGO) said in a press conference just ahead of the publication of its final report on Friday. Large gaps in data provided by China, as well as a lack of access to key United States and German intelligence reports, have confounded investigation of the lab leak hypothesis, the 27-member report of international experts concluded. “ Much of the information needed to assess this hypothesis has not been made available to WHO and SAGO, despite repeated request to the government of China, and therefore this hypothesis could not be investigated or excluded,” said Dr Marietjie Venter, SAGO chair and Distinguished Professor at the University of the Witwatersrand, South Africa. “Data provided in intelligence reports was also assessed, but tended to be very speculative, based on political opinions and not backed up by science,” Venter added. “SAGO and WHO have requested further information from member states, including the government of China, Germany and the United States of America, on an unpublished [intelligence] report that has been reported in the press. However, at the time of writing the required information, has not been provided to WHO or SAGO.” Maria Van Kerkhove: Work on the origins of the COVID pandemic is ‘unfinished.’ “The work to understand the origins of COVID-19 is unfinished,” said Maria Van Kerkhove, WHO’s technical lead during most of the pandemic. “We really need official and further information from China, because this is where the first cases were reported. “This is a global search, but it really is important to make sure that the comprehensive studies that need to be done in China, where those first cases were reported, are conducted. More work needs to be done,” she said. Zoonotic transmission via the Wuhan live animal market or another source? Caged animals held for sale and slaughter in unsanitary conditions at Wuhan’s Huanan Seafood Market, prior to the outbreak of COVID-19, including: (a) King rat snake (Elaphe carinata), (b) Chinese bamboo rat (Rhizomys sinensis), (c) Amur hedgehog (Erinaceus amurensis) (the finger points to a tick), (d) Raccoon dog (Nyctereutes procyonoides), (e) Marmot (Marmota himalayana) (beneath the marmots is a cage containing hedgehogs), and (f) Hog badger (Arctonyx albogularis). In terms of the most plausible hypothesis, questions also remain as to whether SARS-CoV2 first infected humans via animals in the Wuhan live animal market, or whether the market simply became an efficient site for the virus transmission after an infected human worked or visited there. “SAGO is not currently able to conclude exactly when, where, and how SARS-CoV2 first entered the human population,” she explained, adding that “the closest known precursor strains were identified in bats in China in 2013 and in Laos in 2020. “These strains are too distantly related to SARS-CoV2 to be the direct source of the COVID-19 pandemic,” Van Kerkhove said. “The Huanan seafood market in Wuhan, China, played a significant role in the early transmission and amplification of the virus, with 60% of early cases in December 2019 that could be traced to the market or [people who] lived in close proximity to the market with a risk of exposure to visitors or animal products from the market. No evidence exists of widespread human or animal cases prior to December, 2019, anywhere.” And at the same time, there are in fact two SARS-CoV2 lineages, which were identified in infected humans at the market. This suggests that there had already been prior evolution in animals or in humans, rather than a single source, she said. “Metagenomic evidence identified several species of wildlife that were present in the market that can be considered as potential intermediate hosts and that might have infected early human cases. Comprehensive upstream investigation at the source of wildlife species trade at this market and other markets in and around Wuhan is, however, still lacking. It is therefore not yet clear if the seafood market was where the virus first spilled over into humans or if it occurred through upstream-infected humans or animals at the market.” As per those questions, China has shared some of this information, “but not everything that we have requested,” Venter said. “China has provided hundreds of viral sequences from individuals with COVID-19 early in the pandemic, but more detailed information [is needed] on animals sold at markets in Wuhan, and information on work done and biosafety conditions at laboratories in Wuhan. Looked at four hypotheses The committee examined four hypotheses, including: a spillover from animals to humans, via bats or indirectly; an accidental lab leak during field investigations or due to a break in biosafety; a third hypothesis, promoted by the Chinese in the early days, that the virus was transmitted via imported frozen food products imported into China; and a fourth hypothesis, promoted by conspiracy fans, that the virus was the product of deliberate laboratory manipulation. The third hypothesis was ruled out, SAGO concluded, and the fourth, regarding deliberate manipulation, remains “largely unsupported by other scientific and intelligence reports,” Venter added. SAGO will reevaluate these hypotheses, should additional scientific evidence become available. In the meantime, a zoonotic origin, with the spillover from animals to humans, is currently considered the best supported hypothesis by the available scientific data, until further requests for information are met,” she said, adding: “Until more scientific data becomes available, the origins of SARS CoV2, and how it entered the human population will remain inconclusive.” Image Credits: Trinity Care Foundation/Flickr, Nature . Israel Halts Gaza Aid Deliveries as UN Appeals to Israeli Military to ‘Stop Shooting People Trying to Get Food’ 26/06/2025 Stefan Anderson & Elaine Ruth Fletcher Gaza palestinians tote away food from a UN distribution site Monday, amidst scenes of devastation. This story was updated to reflect new developments on Friday, 27 June. Israel ordered a near-total halt to food and humanitarian aid deliveries to over two million Gazans facing a territory-wide threat of famine on Thursday after an AFP video surfaced showing dozens of armed men riding atop a convoy of flatbed trucks loaded with flour for northern Gaza. As hard-right ministers in Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s government threatened to resign over alleged aid theft by Hamas, Israeli soldiers testified to local and international media outlets that their commanding military officers issued direct open fire orders on unarmed civilians waiting at food distribution points throughout the past month. “It’s a killing field,” one soldier told Israeli outlet Haaretz. “Where I was stationed, between one and five people were killed every day. They’re treated like a hostile force – no crowd-control measures, no tear gas – just live fire with everything imaginable: heavy machine guns, grenade launchers, mortars. Then, once the center opens, the shooting stops, and they know they can approach. Our form of communication is gunfire.” The Integrated Food Security Phase Classification warned last month that all 2.1 million Palestinians in Gaza face life-threatening food insecurity after a total 11-week blockade of food, medicine and life-saving humanitarian aid by Israel, lifted on 19 May. The threat of another blockade of humanitarian aid to Gaza and Israeli soldier testimonies follow weeks of reports on the mounting death toll of Palestinians trying to reach a limited number of Gaza food distribution sites set up by the Gaza Humanitarian Foundation (GHF), a private Israel-US backed aid group with no prior experience in humanitarian operations that became Gaza’s leading distributor of food aid last month. The group has been mired in controversy over its opaque financial backing, insufficient aid distribution from just four locations in Gaza – down from 400 previously operated by the United Nations and aid groups – and international condemnation for its practices, with the UN and leading humanitarian organisations allege violates international law. Israel says the private aid distribution model is necessary due to mass Hamas theft of aid shipments. Its government has not yet provided substantial evidence on the alleged scale of the Hamas seizures. The reported number of Palestinians shot while trying to reach GHF aid sites surpassed 400 on Wednesday, as the United Nations Human Rights Office pleaded with Israel’s military to “stop shooting at people trying to get food.“ The plea came hours after Israeli troops and drones opened fire on people approaching an aid distribution site operated by GHF in southern Gaza on Tuesday, killing at least 44 people, bringing Palestinian deaths in the war above 56,000, according to local health authorities. “Desperate, hungry people in Gaza continue to face the inhumane choice of either starving to death or risk being killed while trying to get food,” Thameen Al-Kheetan, a spokesperson for the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights (OHCHR), told reporters at a briefing in Geneva on Wednesday. The UN has independently verified over 410 deaths from “Israeli military shelling and shooting” of Palestinians travelling to aid sites since GHF operations began last month, Al-Kheetan said. An additional 93 deaths await verification, while confirmed injuries have risen to at least 3,000 as of Wednesday. The UN numbers do not include casualties that occurred since Tuesday. “Humanitarian assistance must never be used as a bargaining chip in any conflict,” Al-Kheetan said. “The weaponisation of food for civilians, in addition to restricting or preventing their access to life-sustaining services, constitutes a war crime.” Gaza groups deny Hamas theft as Israel announces aid halt An ambulance rushed to reach Palestinians reportedly shot by Israeli troops while trying to reach a UN aid distribution site on 23 June. Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu said Wednesday his government received information “indicating that Hamas is once again taking control of humanitarian aid entering the northern Gaza Strip and stealing it from civilians.” He announced that he had instructed the military to draft a plan “to prevent Hamas from seizing the aid.” On Thursday, Israeli authorities told Reuters that aid was still being allowed to enter from the south, but not the north. Another prolonged blockade of life-saving aid of food, and medicine would have catastrophic consequences, the UN and international aid agencies said. As of Friday morning, messaging from Israel’s government is unclear on what aid will continue to be allowed into Gaza, or if GHF is excluded from the new restrictions. This video was filmed today in Gaza. It shows Hamas gunmen once again taking control of food trucks This is how Hamas continues to be fed with money and power pic.twitter.com/pCi1X4cNZ5 — ME24 – Middle East 24 (@MiddleEast_24) June 25, 2025 Gaza’s ‘Higher Committee for Tribal Affairs’ – a civilian group not affiliated with Hamas, created during the war – rejected Netanyahu’s “false claims” that the video posted by AFP showed Hamas was stealing the food aid. “Gaza’s tribal leaders affirmed that all aid is fully secured under their direct supervision and is being distributed exclusively through international agencies,” the committee representing a group of influential Gaza families said in a statement published on Thursday by AFP and the Saudi-based Al Arabiya. “The securing of aid has been carried out purely through tribal efforts,” it added, suggesting the masked men aboard the trucks were not Hamas fighters at all. The Committee called for a United Nations delegation to determine if aid was being correctly dispatched in Gaza. Meanwhile, the controversial Gaza Humanitarian Foundation (GHF), said it had continued food aid deliveries Thursday, despite the Israeli closure notice, posting on X in mid-afternoon that it had delivered “again today to the Palestinian people in Gaza, all without incident.” In a subsequent X post Thursday evening, GHF said that it had been allowed by Israel to continue its Gaza operations amid an Israeli pause on UN food deliveries: “Our hope is this will be a temporary pause and all other aid organizations will soon be able to resume distribution.” Controversial Aid Provider Takes Control GHF says it’s delivering food directly to people in need – but only at four Gaza sites. It’s critics say the UN operated 400 distribution points, and cite the high rate of shooting deaths amongst people making the long trek GHF points. GHF, a private US-Israel backed initiative, emerged following Israel’s total 11-week blockade that ended May 19. It became Gaza’s largest aid provider overnight following the siege on the territory, which pushed 2.1 million residents to the edge of famine. The initiative, led by the Reverend Johnnie Moore, an evangelical minister and public relations consultant with no prior humanitarian experience but deep ties to the administration of US President Donald Trump, has been universally criticised by the UN and NGO aid institutions. The Israeli military has claimed violence at the aid sites resulted from firing warning shots at “suspects” approaching troops streaming towards the food sites. It has opened multiple incident investigations but denies responsibility for the deaths. GHF denies any connection to the violence, while attacks typically have occurred during lengthy marches by thousands of Palestinians streamed toward its aid stations. GHF also says Hamas, which killed around 1,200 Israelis and took hundreds hostage in its October 7 attacks, has also threatened and attacked its Palestinian aid workers, killing eight people on a bus transporting GHF workers, on 12 June. There have also been shootings of people waiting at UN distribution sites. MSNBC reported said 60 people were shot on June 17 while waiting for the arrival of UN convoys. UK-based Channel 4 on 23 June also cited shootings into a crowd approaching a UN distribution site in north Gaza. A range of independent reports have attributed most of the shootings to the Israeli military, with Israel’s liberal daily Ha’aretz describing the GHF model as a “fatal failure” last week. “The attempt to survive is being met with a death sentence,” said Jonathan Whittall, who leads the UN Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs in Gaza and the West Bank at Wednesday’s media briefing. “There shouldn’t be a death toll associated with accessing the essentials for life.” Forced Displacement Through Hunger IPC hunger projections for the Gaza Strip, May-September 2025 Israel has meanwhile claimed that more free food aid is reaching Palestinians than before. In an open letter published yesterday, GHF even offered to “partner” with the UN to coordinate more food deliveries. “The UN and GHF share the same goal: getting food to those who need it. We can help bring these scenes to an end if the UN and other international organizations partner with us to distribute aid safely and at scale,” said GHF in an X post. Scenes like this at an apparent UNICEF site reflect the desperation on the ground in Gaza. The UN and GHF share the same goal: getting food to those who need it. We can help bring these scenes to an end if the UN and other international organizations partner with us to distribute… https://t.co/wacj6w2N0l — Gaza Humanitarian Foundation (@GHFUpdates) June 24, 2025 But the UN and other major aid organizations, including Médecins Sans Frontières, the International Committee of the Red Cross, Oxfam, Amnesty International and Save the Children, have refused to work with GHF – even if it means their aid is denied access to Gaza. “The position of the UN as a whole has been made clear,” Al-Kheetan said. “We are not part of this operation because it does not comply with international standards on aid distribution.” Funneling over two million starving people to just a few heavily militarized sites – including only four administered mainly by the GHF – creates deadly chaos by design, critics have said. It also excludes all but the most able-bodied from reaching the delivery locations. UN agencies previously delivered assistance through approximately 400 points across Gaza, while NGO partners operated food kitchens. Only the most able-bodied can run the gauntlet to reach Gaza’s limited food distribution points. GHF claimed Wednesday to have distributed 40 million meals in its first month of operations. That amounts to approximately 0.6 meals per person per day for Gaza’s 2.1 million residents — less than one meal daily in a population facing starvation. But with all 2.1 million Palestinians in Gaza face life-threatening food insecurity, according to last month’s Integrated Food Security Phase Classification, nowhere near enough food, medicine, water and other life-saving supplies are able to enter Gaza to address the scale of the crisis, UN humanitarian groups have noted. “Can the GHF prevent famine? The reality is, far too little aid is being distributed from far too few distribution points, all amid concerns that families travelling from northern Gaza to reach sites in the south will not be allowed to return,” said UNICEF chief spokesman James Elder at Wednesday’s briefing. UN activities operating under severe restrictions Hunger in Gaza. While GHF operates freely with Israeli government support, severe restrictions remain on UN activities in Gaza. Of 16 humanitarian coordination requests the UN submitted for permits this weekend, Israeli authorities denied half, the UN Human Rights Office told reporters. Meanwhile, hundreds of tons of UN-organized food aid are sitting in warehouses in Jordan or in trucks along the Israeli border, awaiting entry to Gaza, UN officials have said. “The newly created so-called aid mechanism is an abomination that humiliates and degrades desperate people,” Philippe Lazzarini, who leads UNRWA, the Palestinian refugee agency banned by Israel’s government, said in Berlin Tuesday. “It is a death trap costing more lives than it saves.” Announcements of the GHF sites’ opening hours are made exclusively on Facebook and X, despite frequent internet blackouts across the strip. With internet access both inconsistent and expensive, many civilians make the dangerous trek to distribution sites only to find them closed. Aid groups and the UN say the system weaponizes hunger to force Palestinians southward, away from northern Gaza, where the Israeli Defense Forces (IDF) launched a new offensive in May, which critics fear may lead to permanent Israeli control and resettlement of the area. Areas currently forbidden to Palestinian civilians by Israel’s military comprise 82% of the Gaza Strip, according to Israel’s Haaretz. Forced displacement is a war crime under international law. “This turns aid delivery into a weapon of war deployed against civilians,” Martin Griffiths, former UN human rights chief, told The Guardian. “This is a system that exploits hunger to drag desperate people south.” GHF Attacks UN and Secretary-General GHF sends letter to UN chief requesting partnership through its aid delivery model | The National https://t.co/FSTClinI6A — Rev. Johnnie Moore ن (@JohnnieM) June 25, 2025 GHF’s recent offers to partner with the UN and other humanitarian groups have been accompanied by searing attacks. In a letter to Secretary-General António Guterres on Wednesday, Moore blamed the international body for Gaza’s humanitarian crisis while promoting GHF as the solution. “The time has come to confront, without euphemism or delay, the structural failure of aid delivery in Gaza,” Moore wrote in the letter published by the Gulf daily, The National, and posted to X. “The United Nations’ continued reliance on what it has termed ‘existing infrastructure’ has, in practice, enabled the obstruction of aid.” Moore accused the UN of enabling “mass diversion, looting, and the manipulation of humanitarian flows by bad actors” while claiming GHF distributed food despite facing “a vast disinformation campaign.” Moore’s letter comes as legal scrutiny of his organization intensifies. Fourteen leading international human rights organizations warned Tuesday the company and its security contractors of potential criminal liability for war crimes if they did not immediately cease operations. The groups said the scheme “creates an immediate risk of forced displacement” by “obliging starving, exhausted Palestinians to walk long distances through militarized zones.” Who’s Behind GHF? Moore replaced GHF’s original director, Jake Wood, who resigned in late May, after just two weeks in his position, stating it was “not possible to implement this plan while also strictly adhering to the humanitarian principles of humanity, neutrality, impartiality, and independence.” As Moore both attacks UN groups but also offers to cooperate, GHF’s funding remains shrouded in secrecy. Despite weeks of press inquiries, GHF has refused to disclose its financial backers. Registered as a Geneva-based non-profit, the organization also has a US headquarters in Dover Delaware. But when the BBC visited, they found only a red brick building with no GHF markings or staff. While Israel officially denies funding GHF, Israeli media reports citing government sources say the government approved a nearly $300 million transfer to the company last month, attempting to hide it under an expenditure marked only as “defense establishment.” GHF claims it also received $100 million from a foreign government donor but has refused to specify which one. Meanwhile, the US State Department is weighing a $500 million grant to underwrite the company’s operations for the next 180 days at Israel’s request, Reuters reported. “The questions surrounding GHF – its funding sources and connection to the Trump administration, its use of private contractors, its ability to serve and be seen as a neutral entity, its abandonment by its founders, and its basic competence in providing aid – must be answered before the State Department commits any funding to the organization,” Senator Elizabeth Warren wrote to Secretary of State Marco Rubio, in a 20 June letter published on her website. Meanwhile on the ground, the hunger and killings continue. This is what the world has decided to normalize, one blogger wrote on Tuesday This is what the world has decided to normalize. This is what Palestinians have to go through just to receive aid and they are killed daily. Just today, 25 Palestinians were killed while trying to get aid. pic.twitter.com/7ymcULvibc — Suppressed News. (@SuppressedNws) June 24, 2025 Image Credits: X/Channel 4 News , X/Gaza Humanitaria Foundation , IPC , X/Channel 4 , WHO . World is Off Track to Achieve Universal Energy Access by 2030 25/06/2025 Kerry Cullinan Women and children are worst affected by pollution caused by cooking on open fires While almost 92% of the world’s population now has basic access to electricity – an improvement since 2022 – over 666 million people remain without access, and the world is off track to reach universal access by 2030, according to the Tracking SDG 7: The Energy Progress Report 2025 released on Wednesday. “Clean cooking access is progressing but below the rates of progress seen in the 2010s, as efforts remain hobbled by setbacks during the COVID-19 pandemic, following energy price shocks, and debt crises,” according to a media release from five bodies responsible for Social Development Goal (SDG) 7. These are the International Energy Agency (IEA), International Renewable Energy Agency (IRENA), United Nations Statistics Division (UNSD), the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO). Access to clean cooking 2000-2023 Little to no change was observed in access to clean fuels and technologies for cooking between 2022 and 2023, with around 2.1 billion people dependent on polluting fuels such as firewood and charcoal for their cooking needs. “If current trends continue, only 78% of the global population will have access to clean cooking by 2030,” the bodies note. Eighteen of the 20 countries with the largest electricity access deficits in 2023 were in sub-Saharan Africa, and 85% of people without electricity access live in the region. Four in five families are without access to clean cooking, and the number of people without clean cooking access in the region continues to grow at a rate of 14 million people yearly. In contrast, Central and Southern Asia, with both regions made “significant strides towards universal electricity access, reducing their basic access gap from 414 million in 2010 to just 27 million in 2023”, the report notes. Access to electricity 2010-2023 IEA executive director Fatih Birol described the expansion of access to electricity and clean cooking as “disappointingly slow, especially in Africa”. Birol added that this is “contributing to millions of premature deaths each year linked to smoke inhalation, and is holding back development and education opportunities” and called for “greater investment in clean cooking and electricity supply”. WHO Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus said that “the same pollutants that are poisoning our planet are also poisoning people, contributing to millions of deaths each year from cardiovascular and respiratory diseases, particularly among the most vulnerable, including women and children”. Lack of finance hobbles renewables In 2022, almost 18% of energy came from renewable energy sources. But progress is unequal and insufficient to meet international climate and sustainable development goals. In addition, global efforts must address significant disparities. Least developed countries and sub-Saharan Africa had only 40 watts per capita in installed renewables capacity, compared to developed countries, which had over 1,100 watts installed. On a more positive note, international financial flows to developing countries in support of clean energy increased by 27% from 2022 to reach $21.6 billion in 2023. But despite this increase, “only two regions in the world have seen real progress in the financial flows”, noted IRENA Director-General Francesco La Camera. A “lack of sufficient and affordable financing” is a key reason for regional inequalities and slow progress, the report notes. World Bank vice-president for infrastructure Guangzhe Chen said that 12 African nations have launched national energy compacts, committing to “substantial reforms to lower costs of generation and transmission, and scale up distributed renewable energy solutions”. Image Credits: Mission 300 Summit, World Bank. GAVI Vaccine Alliance Secures More than $9 Billion from Donors – Despite US Ambush at Pledging Event 25/06/2025 Kerry Cullinan & Elaine Ruth Fletcher The introduction of the pentavalent vaccine in Nigeria, is estimated to save the lives of at least 30,000 children annually. In an harsh reprimand at the global vaccine pledging summit Wednesday, US Health and Human Services Secretary Robert F Kennedy Jr. attacked Gavi’s record on vaccine safety and said the United States was halting support for the alliance, until it could “re-earn” the public trust. He charged that Gavi had stifled “free speech and legitimate questions” during the COVID pandemic and had continued to make “questionable recommendations” encouraging pregnant women to receive COVID vaccines – advise that has save women’s lives and those of their unborn children, according to the World Health Organization. Despite the US snub, Gavi later announced that it had secured more than $9 billion out of it’s $11.9 billion pledging goal – with a record number of donors commiting for the coming five years (2026-30). In his stunning pre-taped video message, Kennedy said he admired Gavi’s commitment to “making medicine affordable to all the world’s people” but that the United States would only re-engage after Gavi had “re-earned the public trust” on issues like vaccine safety. In its zeal to promote universal vaccination, @gavi, the Vaccine Alliance has neglected the key issue of vaccine safety. When vaccine safety issues have come before GAVI, it has treated them not as a patient health problem, but as a public relations problem. During the COVID-19… pic.twitter.com/z140rJQMnn — Secretary Kennedy (@SecKennedy) June 25, 2025 Kennedy lashed out, in particular, against the Gavi policy of support for traditional diptheria, tetanus and whole cell pertussis vaccines (DTPw) as compared to newer DTaP (acellular pertussis) jabs that most developed countries have shifted to, and which cause fewer side effects. “All currently available evidence suggests that the DTPw vaccine may kill more children from other causes than it saves from diptheria, tetanus and pertussis…” Kennedy said, citing what he described as a landmark 2017 peer-reviewed study by top experts. The Lancet study, a retrospective analysis based on data from one urban community in the 1980s indeed found that all cause mortality for 3-5 month children vaccinated with the DPTw jab was five times higher than mortality for the unvaccinated. Co-administration of an oral polio vaccine, reduced that rate significantly. Nonetheless, the study authors called upon WHO to revisit its recommendations on DPTw, based on the findings. Said Kennedy, “when the science was inconvenient today, Gavi ignored the science. I call upon Gavi to re-earn the public trust and to justify the $8 billion that America has provided in funding since 2001…. Consider the best science available even when the science contradicts established paradigms. Until that happens, the United States won’t contribute more to Gavi. Business as usual is over.” But Kennedy’s reference to the evidence around the safety of DPTw vaccines was quickly challenged by experts. “The study quoted by Kennedy is based on data from a non-randomized study collected 42 years ago on a small sample of children in Guinea-Bissau,” said British paediatrician Anthony Costello, former WHO director of maternal, child and adolescent health, and now a professor of University College London (UCL). The study quoted by Kennedy is based on data from a non-randomized study collected 42 years ago on a small sample of children in Guinea-Bissau where infant mortality was 138 per 1000 at that time. With wide confidence intervals. https://t.co/I4nVfOmr5n — Anthony Costello (@globalhlthtwit) June 25, 2025 Gavi – DPTw vaccine is more effective for infants in high-risk settings In a reply issued just after Kennedy’s address, Gavi stated that while the DTaP vaccine does have fewer side events (which it described as minor), “evidence also suggests it offers less long-lasting protection, requiring more regular booster shots.” Such boosters are usually highly impractical, or impossible, in low- and lower-middle income settings where Gavi vaccine support is focused. “Having reviewed all available data, including any studies that raised concerns, global immunisation experts continue to recommend DTPw for infants in high-risk settings,” the Gavi statement continued. “The disease burden for diphtheria, tetanus and pertussis in lower-income countries is much higher than in high-income countries, and health systems are far less equipped to offer frequent booster doses… “By contrast, DTaP is more commonly used in high-income countries, where the disease burden is far lower and healthcare systems can support booster doses to extend protection. In places where access to hospitals is limited and disease risk is high, the stronger protection from DTPw against these life-threatening diseases far outweighs the temporary side-effects this vaccine may cause, such as fever or swelling at the injection site (which are signs the immune system is responding). “The DTPw vaccine has been administered to millions of children around the world for decades, and is estimated to have saved more than 40 million lives over the past 50 years,” Gavi said, citing another recent Lancet study, from 2024, modelled estimates of averted mortality since from 1974 when WHO’s Expanded Programme on Immunization was launched to make vaccinations available to all children, globally. “Gavi’s utmost concern is the health and safety of children,” Gavi said. It’s new five-year plan aims to protect 500 million children from preventable diseases, saving 8-9 million lives, the organization said. Gavi seeking $9 billion amidst projections that 2030 vaccine targets will be missed Kennedy’s address had been long anticipated at the pledging summit, where Gavi was seeking funds to ramp up vaccinations, particularly for “zero-dose” children, in line with the 2030 Sustainable Development Goals. The summit comes against news that 2030 childhood immunisation targets will be missed unless substantial improvements are made. Prior to leaving office, former US President Joe Biden had pledged $1.58 billion to the global pledging round, for about $300 million a year. But in March, the Trump administration suggested those funds would be pared back, and there is no funding for Gavi in the massive US budget bill now before Congress. Kennedy’s long-known record on vaccine hesistancy also compounded the doubts. Even so, the complete cut off in funding seemed to take many by surprise. Only countries in the “high-income super region” are projected to reach the World Health Organization’s (WHO) 2030 immunisation target of halving the number of zero-dose children compared to 2019, according to a report published in The Lancet, also on Wednesday. “Global immunisation goals for 2030 will not be met without targeted, equitable immunisation strategies, alongside primary healthcare strengthening and efforts to tackle vaccine misinformation and hesitancy,” according to a media release from the University of Washington’s Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME). which conducted the analysis, based on the 2023 Global Burden of Disease study. Coverage of 90% or greater for each of the life-course vaccines – diphtheria-tetanus-pertussis, measles vaccines, and pneumococcal vaccine – is the central target for 2030. Only 18 of 204 countries have already met this target. In 2023, some 15.7 million zero-dose children received no DTPw or DTaP vaccines in their first year of life, and over half lived in just eight countries. Nigeria tops the list with the largest number of unvaccinated children (2.5 million), followed by India (1.4 million), the Democratic Republic of Congo (882,000), Ethiopia (782,000), Somalia (710,000), Sudan (627,000), Indonesia (538,000) and Brazil (452,000). By proportion, a mere 25.7% of Somalian children were vaccinated in 2023, by far the lowest percentage in the world, followed by 56.3% in South Sudan. Vaccination rates were under 75% in Guinea, Central African Republic, Angola, Democratic Republic of Congo, Nigeria, Mali and Madagascar. “Successful vaccination programmes are built on understanding and responding to people’s beliefs, concerns, and expectations,” said lead author Dr Emily Haeuser. “Vaccination services must prioritise trust-building, engage community leaders, and tailor interventions with more culturally appropriate local strategies to improve vaccine confidence and uptake.” Gates support remains strong The summit, co-hosted by the European Union and the Gates Foundation, sought support for Gavi amidst a broader global health funding crisis – due to the sharp decline in Overseas Development Assistance for health systems and services, since Donald Trump assumed the US presidency in January. Ahead of the Gavi pledging event, the Global Summit: Health & Prosperity through Immunisation, the Gates Foundation announced it would commit $1.6 billion over the next five years. “For the first time in decades, the number of kids dying around the world will likely go up this year instead of down because of massive cuts to foreign aid. That is a tragedy,” warned Bill Gates, chair of the Gates Foundation. “Fully funding Gavi is the single most powerful step we can take to stop it.” Despite the funding hiatus, the US government recently put forward Mark Lloyd as its representative to the Gavi board. Lloyd is the assistant administrator for Global Health at the US Agency for International Development. A long-time conservative activist for the Tea Party, he was a USAID religious freedom advisor in the previous Trump administration and was criticized for anti-Islamic comments. The US is in the midst of one of its worst measles outbreaks in 30 years, and Kennedy recently fired the 17-person entire Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP) of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) and replaced it with eight people comprising mostly of vaccine sceptics. Kennedy faces heat in the US, including from Republican Senator Bill Cassidy, who has called for the meeting of the new ACIP – also scheduled for Wednesday – to be delayed. Although the appointees to ACIP have scientific credentials, many do not have significant experience studying microbiology, epidemiology or immunology. In particular, some lack experience studying new technologies such as mRNA vaccines, and may even have a preconceived bias… — U.S. Senator Bill Cassidy, M.D. (@SenBillCassidy) June 23, 2025 “Wednesday’s meeting should not proceed with a relatively small panel, and no CDC Director in place to approve the panel’s recommendations,” said Cassidy on X. “The meeting should be delayed until the panel is fully staffed with more robust and balanced representation – as required by law – including those with more direct relevant expertise. Otherwise, ACIP’s recommendations could be viewed with skepticism, which will work against the success of this Administration’s efforts.” Editor’s note, an earlier version of this story stated that Gavi had secured $11.9 billion from donors, in fact it secured over $9 billion in the pledging event out of its 5-year, $11.9 billion pledging goal. Updated 26.6.2025 Image Credits: GAVI/2013/Adrian Brooks. Time for Africa to Replace the Curative Consumption Trap with Health Production Model 24/06/2025 Githinji Gitahi A community health worker uses a smartphone to collect medical information in Liberia. Africa is at a crossroads in its health journey – not simply because of shifting geopolitical dynamics or shrinking donor aid, although these are real challenges, but because we must confront a deeper structural flaw in how our health systems are designed. The continent, home to over 1.4 billion people and projected to house one in five of the world’s population in the coming decades, faces a critical paradox. Despite progress in tackling infectious diseases, African health systems remain fragile, underfunded, overstretched, and trapped in a cycle of curative interventions. These systems prioritise expensive, hospital-based care that waits for disease, while neglecting prevention, health promotion, and community engagement to reduce the disease burden. This model is neither sustainable nor equitable, and it keeps us locked in the “curative consumption trap.” It drains our already limited resources, perpetuates inequities, and undermines our vision for universal health coverage (UHC). Community-driven systems It’s time to shift from a reactive, hospital-centric model to one that invests in health production — resilient, community-driven, people-centred systems that prevent disease, empower people, and build a healthier future for all Africans. A quick back-of-the-envelope calculation shows that high-income countries spend around $4000 per capita on healthcare, mostly through public financing. In sub-Saharan Africa, that figure is closer to $40 – and that is assuming countries meet the aspirational goal of allocating 15% of national budgets to health. Most do not. Can Africa afford healthcare as currently structured? The answer is clearly no. This consumption-based model has colonial roots built for the rich who came to Africa and needed a health system that reflected their needs, as they were used to back in their home countries, reinforced by political incentives that favour short-term infrastructure projects over long-term people-centred reforms. During the recent Africa Health Agenda International Conference (AHAIC) 2025 in Kigali, it was evident that many African health systems still focus on treating disease rather than preventing it — a legacy that must be urgently overcome. Vicious cycle of curative consumption trap Hospitals and clinics often serve as the epicentre of care, with resources skewed toward expensive, tertiary-level interventions that politicians prioritise to appeal to voters. This curative bias comes at the expense of preventative measures needed to reduce the disease burden, particularly the rising tide of non-communicable diseases (NCDs) like diabetes, hypertension, and cancer. In 2019, NCDs accounted for 37% of deaths in sub-Saharan Africa, up from 24% in 2000, and the burden is rising. Our systems are ill-equipped to manage this growing crisis. The curative consumption trap is fuelled by several factors. First, a post-colonial bias for infrastructure-heavy, specialist-led care over community-based approaches informed by the health needs of those who built the health systems. Second, a health workforce trained to treat illness, not promote wellness. In medical school, I spent just one lethargic month on community health, compared to years learning about diagnosis, surgery, and pharmacology. This narrative is supported by political incentive as infrastructure is a vote driver for politicians and historical budgeting approaches prioritise infrastructure and equipment procurement. Third, a lack of trust in unfriendly, distant, supply-driven health systems leads people to seek care only when they are really sick, resulting in late diagnoses and high treatment costs. This isn’t just a health issue, but a social and economic crisis. When systems focus on curing instead of preventing, they consume scarce financial and human resources while ignoring root causes such as unsafe water, poor sanitation, undernutrition, and the proliferation of unhealthy processed foods full of industrial trans fats and sweetened beverages. The result is high costs for health services, with families pushed into poverty by catastrophic healthcare costs from out-of-pocket expenditure. The result is a vicious cycle where illness perpetuates poverty, and poverty perpetuates illness. People collecting water from a pump in Kinshasa in the Democratic Republic of the Congo. Several African countries including the DRC are experiencing cholera outbreaks caused primarily by lack of access to clean water and proper sanitation. Shifting the focus to health production To break this cycle, we need to embrace a model of health production that keeps people healthy, empowers communities, and addresses social determinants of health. It should be proactive, equitable, people-centred and sustainable, ensuring that every African has access to the tools and knowledge to live a healthy life, including reproductive health services for adolescents and women. This requires two major shifts. First, we must prioritise preventive and promotive health. Prevention is the cornerstone of health production. Evidence shows that primary healthcare, with a focus on primary care and prevention, community empowerment and engagement and multi-sectoral approaches, improves health outcomes, enhances equity, and increases system efficiency. Yet, only 48% of Africans have access to primary healthcare services, leaving 615 million people without adequate services. To address this, we need to invest in community health systems including community health workers (CHWs), who are the backbone of primary healthcare. CHWs are often the first and only point of contact for underserved communities. They deliver preventive services such as vaccines, they educate communities on healthy practices, and detect early warning signs of disease, yet, many remain underpaid, under-trained, and disconnected from formal health systems. Governments need to commit to financing and integrating CHW programmes into national health systems, as outlined in the 2018 WHO guidelines – not as stopgaps, but as core pillars of national health strategy. Mapping of Community Health Worker accreditation and salary status worldwide. Promotive health also means tackling the social determinants of health – poverty, education, clean water and sanitation, nutrition, and environmental factors. We also need policies that tackle risk factors. Taxing unhealthy products like industrial trans fats, tobacco, alcohol, and sugar-sweetened beverages can reduce the burden of NCDs while generating revenue for health programmes. These funds can be channelled into community-led initiatives that promote clean water, sanitation, and nutrition, addressing the root causes of disease. Second, we need to empower communities as active participants in their health. Health systems cannot succeed without the trust and participation of the people they serve. Too often, African health systems are designed around institutions and diseases rather than people. Some have jokingly referred to our ministries of health as “ministries of disease” — a reflection of how disconnected the system can feel from lived realities. Communities – including youth, women, and marginalised groups – must have a seat at the decision-making table. Health policies should be co-designed and governed by those they are meant to serve. It is time to update the current WHO framework and recognise “people” as the seventh building block of effective health systems, alongside service delivery, health workforce, information systems, health financing, access to medicines and health technologies, as well as leadership and governance. Empowering communities also requires fostering accountability. Civil society-led mechanisms can hold governments, the private sector and other partners accountable for delivering on UHC commitments, ensuring that policies align with the principles of social justice. By giving communities a stake in their health systems, we can build trust, encourage early health-seeking behaviour and reduce the reliance on curative care. Moreover, African governments must address inefficiencies and corruption, optimising the use of limited resources. By embracing digital technology and artificial intelligence, we can improve health data systems, enhance service delivery and target interventions more effectively. Technology must be deployed at the community level, not just in hospitals, to enhance equitable access, particularly at the last mile. Building health systems of the future Shukulu Nibogore sits on her mother’s lap while Athanasie Mukamana, a community health worker in Rwanda, measures her arm for signs of malnutrition. The curative consumption trap is a legacy of colonial health systems and misaligned global priorities. It is not inevitable. Africa has the opportunity to redefine its health agenda, leveraging its youthful population, rich cultural heritage, and growing technological innovation. But this requires bold leadership and collective action. African governments should prioritise health in national budgets, recognising that health is not a cost but an investment in human capital for socioeconomic development. Donors and global health partners must shift their focus from short-term, disease-specific interventions to long-term health system strengthening in line with the Lusaka Agenda, an effort for all to prioritise strengthening health systems, promoting sustainable health financing and enhancing equity through national-level co-ordination. At Amref Health Africa, we are committed to this vision. Our work with community health workers, youth, and local leaders across 35 countries for over 67 years demonstrates that health production is possible when people are at the heart of the system. As we approach 2030, the deadline for achieving UHC, we must decide: do we continue down the path of reactive, costly care with limited returns or do we embrace a model that produces health, dignity, and opportunity for all? The curative trap may be the legacy we inherited, but health production is the legacy we must build. Dr Githinji Gitahi is the Group CEO of Amref Health Africa and a passionate advocate for pro-poor universal health coverage. Image Credits: Last Mile Health, Eduardo Soteras Jalil/ WHO, Community Health Impact Coalition @Mapbox @OpenStreetMap, Cecille Joan Avila / Partners In Health. Tobacco Control Has Made Huge Progress But New Products Pose Challenges 23/06/2025 Kerry Cullinan Flavoured additives are designed to get young people hooked on new tobacco and nicotine products. Three-quarters of the world’s citizens – 6.1 billion people – are covered by at least one of the six tobacco control measures advocated by the World Health Organization (WHO), according to the global body’s annual Tobacco Epidemic 2025 report launched at the World Conference on Tobacco Control in Dublin on Monday evening. However, tobacco use still claims over seven million lives a year and the WHO warns that there are still significant global gaps in tobacco control, particularly to counter growing industry interference. The report focuses on the six proven WHO MPOWER tobacco control measures to reduce tobacco use, introduced in 2008. Each of the letters of ‘MPOWER’ stands for an intervention: Monitoring tobacco use and prevention policies; Protecting people from tobacco smoke with smoke-free air legislation; Offering help to quit tobacco use; Warning about the dangers of tobacco with pack labels and mass media; Enforcing bans on tobacco advertising, promotion and sponsorship; and Raising taxes on tobacco. Some 155 countries have implemented at least one of the MPOWER measures, and four countries – Brazil, Mauritius, the Netherlands and Türkiye – have implemented all six measures. Seven countries have implemented five of the six measures, namely Ethiopia, Ireland, Jordan, Mexico, New Zealand, Slovenia and Spain. Graphic health warnings Warning labels on tobacco packs The most striking gains have been in graphic health warnings, with 110 countries enforcing these on cigarette packs. The average size of warnings has also grown from a global average of covering 30% of the pack in 2007 to almost 60% in 2024, with two countries thus far increasing the size of the warning to 92.5% (on the front and back). The WHO also warns of “major gaps”, as 40 countries that are home to two billion people still have no MPOWER measures, while 22 countries still do not have warning labels on cigarette packs. Health warnings should be applied to new and emerging nicotine and tobacco products including e-cigarettes and nicotine pouches, according to the WHO report, which describes e-cigarettes with nicotine as “highly addictive and harmful to health”. “Twenty years since the adoption of the WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control, we have many successes to celebrate, but the tobacco industry continues to evolve and so must we,” WHO Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told the conference opening. “By uniting science, policy and political will, we can create a world where tobacco no longer claims lives, damages economies or steals futures. Together, we can end the tobacco epidemic.” Tackling e-cigarettes FCTC Secretariat’s Andrew Black, The Union’s Professor Guy Marks, Bloomberg Philanthropies’ Kelly Larson and WHO’s Rűdiger Kretch address a media briefing on Monday. Dr Rüdiger Krech, the WHO’s director of Health Promotion, told a media briefing on Monday that the WHO report highlights the new threats – the spread of e-cigarettes, heated tobacco products and other nicotine products like nicotine pouches – that are being “aggressively marketed to young people”. Krech added that the tobacco industry was deliberately flooding the market with “thousands of new products”, which made it very difficult for government regulators to keep up. “We are calling on governments to act boldly, raise tobacco taxes to best practice levels, give people the support they need to quit tobacco, strengthen health warnings and run sustained media campaigns and protect policies from tobacco industry interference,” said Krech. He highlighted that “134 countries have failed to make cigarettes less affordable since 2022, just three have increased taxes to the best practice level, over 30 countries allow the sales of cigarettes without health warnings, one third of the world lacks access to basic smoke free environments, and only a third of people have access to cost-covered quit services. “Tobacco control is one of public health’s greatest success stories, and without our tobacco control efforts, we would have 300 million more smokers today. But it is not a fight we have won. Progress has come through evidence, policy and perseverance to protect future generations. We must stay the course with renewed stamina, robust research and strong partnerships,” said Krech. The WHO urges countries to act against new tobacco and nicotine products. Raising taxes While the global health sector has faced enormous aid cuts over the past few months, primarily from United States, tobacco control has been relatively sheltered as it is supported by Bloomberg Philanthropies, which over the past 20 years has committed about $1.6 billion to strengthen tobacco control policies in low- and middle-income countries, according to Bloomberg’s Kelly Larson. Expressing full commitment to the WHO’s urgent work, founder Michael Bloomberg said that, since Bloomberg Philanthropies started supporting global tobacco control efforts in 2007, “there has been a sea change in the way countries prevent tobacco use, but there is still a long way to go.” However, Andrew Black, from the secretariat of the Framework Convention of Tobacco Control (FCTC), urged countries to raise taxes on cigarettes to compensate for the loss of overseas development assistance. Image Credits: WHO, Chemist 4 U/Flickr, Filter. Global Tobacco Conference Outcomes Will Help Shape Four Upcoming Multilateral Negotiations 23/06/2025 Deborah Sy As the World Conference on Tobacco Control (WCTC) opened in Dublin on Monday, the world’s largest convening of tobacco control advocates, researchers, and policy strategists is positioned to play an influential role in shaping the technical and civil society contributions that will feed into a series of important multilateral processes taking place this year. Between June and November 2025, four major global negotiations are scheduled. The first is the Fourth International Conference on Financing for Development (FfD4) in Seville. Tobacco taxes are a proven but underutilized financing tool. A 10% price increase typically reduces consumption by 4–5%, while generating substantial domestic revenue. Tobacco taxation has long been recognized in the Addis Ababa Action Agenda, and the final draft of the Compromiso de Sevilla ahead of FfD4 proposes elevating tobacco taxes as a non-distortionary tax source. While this marks a significant step forward in fiscal framing, it remains to be seen whether this language will be retained, strengthened, or weakened in the final adopted outcome. Toxic pollution The second process is the Resumed Fifth Session of the UN Plastics Treaty negotiations (INC-5.2) in Geneva. Cigarette butts, the most littered single-use plastic item on earth, will inevitably be addressed as part of the plastics crisis. Cigarette filters have long been marketed as a “harm reduction” feature despite being linked to increased risk of adenocarcinoma, a more aggressive lung cancer. In addition, filter microfibers are hard to control as they are very small and fall out. Conservative estimates put the cost of tobacco plastics at $26 billion annually. The World Health Organization (WHO), along with the Netherlands and Belgium, has called for banning cigarette filters. Meanwhile, Belgium, France, and the United Kingdom are banning disposable vapes, joining over 40 countries with some form of ban. INC-5.2 will be a test of whether the COP10 decision of the WHO FCTC will be recognized—especially its call to protect environmental policy from tobacco industry interference and to reject Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) schemes used as a disguise for corporate social responsibility, which the FCTC seeks to ban. The third process is the UN General Assembly High-Level Meeting on Noncommunicable Diseases and Mental Health, which will convene in New York in September. Tobacco and nicotine addiction are increasingly linked to anxiety, depression, and mental health struggles among youth. The Political Declaration’s zero draft includes tobacco taxes, offering an opportunity to integrate prevention, financing, and accountability into mental health responses. The fourth global negotiation involves the 11th Conference of the Parties (COP11) to the WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control (FCTC). COP11 will consider liability under Article 19 and forward-looking measures under Article 2.1—key to ensuring the tobacco industry is held responsible for health harms, plastic pollution, and youth-targeted marketing of addictive products. Environmental impact Several of the WCTC sessions directly intersect with these negotiations. These include a focused discussion on Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) and the environmental impact of tobacco product waste—an issue closely aligned with the plastics treaty talks in August. Other sessions examine tobacco endgames and industry liability which are relevant to COP11 when it decides on matters relating to liability (Art 19) and forward-looking measures (Art 2.1). Civil society coalitions such as the NCD Alliance are also engaged in preparatory discussions for the September UN General Assembly meeting on mental health and noncommunicable diseases. Additional sessions on tobacco taxation and development financing contribute to dialogues ahead of FfD4. Refreshing focus on youth The 2025 WCTC agenda reflects a notable shift. While previous conferences centered primarily on cessation strategies and clinical research, this year’s program places greater emphasis on targeting of youth/ youth involvement (eight sessions and over 70 presentations) and industry interference (six sessions and 33 presentations) – comparable to cessation (seven sessions and over 70 presentations). The increased presence of youth advocates also highlights the growing involvement of young people – exemplified by the global movement Global Youth Voices (GYV) that call for bans on addictive recreational products and compensation for tobacco harms. Increased youth participation also reflects the rising concern over the marketing of flavored and disposable tobacco and nicotine products, and the persistent regulatory gaps that allow these products to remain on the market. Higher taxes, ban on cigarette filters? WCTC follows the recent World Health Assembly resolution titled “Promoting and Prioritizing an Integrated Approach to Lung Health,” which underscored the need to integrate tobacco control into public health systems. Given that tobacco use is the leading cause of lung vulnerability—and increases susceptibility to respiratory pandemics—it should be treated as a key element of pandemic preparedness, a priority reinforced by the pandemic agreement adopted at the same Assembly. This makes tobacco control a timely topic and WCTC a timely venue—not only for technical exchange, but for convening advocates to build consensus on matters that can inform formal negotiations. Outcomes from Dublin may influence proposals to further strengthen the role of tobacco excise taxes as a sustainable financing tool at FfD4, ban cigarette filters and single-use vapes and classify them as hazardous plastics under the plastics treaty, exclude tobacco producers from EPR schemes, and strengthen language in the UNGA Political Declaration on tobacco taxation and conflict of interest. These discussions will inevitably reinforce the implementation of Article 5.3 of the FCTC, the backbone of the tobacco control treaty as it seeks to protect policy from tobacco industry influence. With multilateral talks resuming across health, finance, and environmental domains, the key question is whether governments will act on these proposals and translate them into enforceable commitments. We need to do better – young people are watching closely, not only as affected stakeholders and active participants, but as future decision-makers. The youth may not remember it, but around 20 years ago, Ireland was the first country in the world to ban smoking in pubs, so perhaps there’s no better place to be reminded that it’s possible to dream big, and act boldly. Deborah Sy is the head of Global Public Policy and Strategy at the Global Center for Good Governance in Tobacco Control at Thammasat University in Thailand and the founder and senior advisor of HealthJustice in the Philippines. She is a member of the bar in the Philippines and in New York and has served as legal adviser to the Philippine delegation at numerous international meetings. Image Credits: Steven Pahel/ Unsplash. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Israel Halts Gaza Aid Deliveries as UN Appeals to Israeli Military to ‘Stop Shooting People Trying to Get Food’ 26/06/2025 Stefan Anderson & Elaine Ruth Fletcher Gaza palestinians tote away food from a UN distribution site Monday, amidst scenes of devastation. This story was updated to reflect new developments on Friday, 27 June. Israel ordered a near-total halt to food and humanitarian aid deliveries to over two million Gazans facing a territory-wide threat of famine on Thursday after an AFP video surfaced showing dozens of armed men riding atop a convoy of flatbed trucks loaded with flour for northern Gaza. As hard-right ministers in Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s government threatened to resign over alleged aid theft by Hamas, Israeli soldiers testified to local and international media outlets that their commanding military officers issued direct open fire orders on unarmed civilians waiting at food distribution points throughout the past month. “It’s a killing field,” one soldier told Israeli outlet Haaretz. “Where I was stationed, between one and five people were killed every day. They’re treated like a hostile force – no crowd-control measures, no tear gas – just live fire with everything imaginable: heavy machine guns, grenade launchers, mortars. Then, once the center opens, the shooting stops, and they know they can approach. Our form of communication is gunfire.” The Integrated Food Security Phase Classification warned last month that all 2.1 million Palestinians in Gaza face life-threatening food insecurity after a total 11-week blockade of food, medicine and life-saving humanitarian aid by Israel, lifted on 19 May. The threat of another blockade of humanitarian aid to Gaza and Israeli soldier testimonies follow weeks of reports on the mounting death toll of Palestinians trying to reach a limited number of Gaza food distribution sites set up by the Gaza Humanitarian Foundation (GHF), a private Israel-US backed aid group with no prior experience in humanitarian operations that became Gaza’s leading distributor of food aid last month. The group has been mired in controversy over its opaque financial backing, insufficient aid distribution from just four locations in Gaza – down from 400 previously operated by the United Nations and aid groups – and international condemnation for its practices, with the UN and leading humanitarian organisations allege violates international law. Israel says the private aid distribution model is necessary due to mass Hamas theft of aid shipments. Its government has not yet provided substantial evidence on the alleged scale of the Hamas seizures. The reported number of Palestinians shot while trying to reach GHF aid sites surpassed 400 on Wednesday, as the United Nations Human Rights Office pleaded with Israel’s military to “stop shooting at people trying to get food.“ The plea came hours after Israeli troops and drones opened fire on people approaching an aid distribution site operated by GHF in southern Gaza on Tuesday, killing at least 44 people, bringing Palestinian deaths in the war above 56,000, according to local health authorities. “Desperate, hungry people in Gaza continue to face the inhumane choice of either starving to death or risk being killed while trying to get food,” Thameen Al-Kheetan, a spokesperson for the Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights (OHCHR), told reporters at a briefing in Geneva on Wednesday. The UN has independently verified over 410 deaths from “Israeli military shelling and shooting” of Palestinians travelling to aid sites since GHF operations began last month, Al-Kheetan said. An additional 93 deaths await verification, while confirmed injuries have risen to at least 3,000 as of Wednesday. The UN numbers do not include casualties that occurred since Tuesday. “Humanitarian assistance must never be used as a bargaining chip in any conflict,” Al-Kheetan said. “The weaponisation of food for civilians, in addition to restricting or preventing their access to life-sustaining services, constitutes a war crime.” Gaza groups deny Hamas theft as Israel announces aid halt An ambulance rushed to reach Palestinians reportedly shot by Israeli troops while trying to reach a UN aid distribution site on 23 June. Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu said Wednesday his government received information “indicating that Hamas is once again taking control of humanitarian aid entering the northern Gaza Strip and stealing it from civilians.” He announced that he had instructed the military to draft a plan “to prevent Hamas from seizing the aid.” On Thursday, Israeli authorities told Reuters that aid was still being allowed to enter from the south, but not the north. Another prolonged blockade of life-saving aid of food, and medicine would have catastrophic consequences, the UN and international aid agencies said. As of Friday morning, messaging from Israel’s government is unclear on what aid will continue to be allowed into Gaza, or if GHF is excluded from the new restrictions. This video was filmed today in Gaza. It shows Hamas gunmen once again taking control of food trucks This is how Hamas continues to be fed with money and power pic.twitter.com/pCi1X4cNZ5 — ME24 – Middle East 24 (@MiddleEast_24) June 25, 2025 Gaza’s ‘Higher Committee for Tribal Affairs’ – a civilian group not affiliated with Hamas, created during the war – rejected Netanyahu’s “false claims” that the video posted by AFP showed Hamas was stealing the food aid. “Gaza’s tribal leaders affirmed that all aid is fully secured under their direct supervision and is being distributed exclusively through international agencies,” the committee representing a group of influential Gaza families said in a statement published on Thursday by AFP and the Saudi-based Al Arabiya. “The securing of aid has been carried out purely through tribal efforts,” it added, suggesting the masked men aboard the trucks were not Hamas fighters at all. The Committee called for a United Nations delegation to determine if aid was being correctly dispatched in Gaza. Meanwhile, the controversial Gaza Humanitarian Foundation (GHF), said it had continued food aid deliveries Thursday, despite the Israeli closure notice, posting on X in mid-afternoon that it had delivered “again today to the Palestinian people in Gaza, all without incident.” In a subsequent X post Thursday evening, GHF said that it had been allowed by Israel to continue its Gaza operations amid an Israeli pause on UN food deliveries: “Our hope is this will be a temporary pause and all other aid organizations will soon be able to resume distribution.” Controversial Aid Provider Takes Control GHF says it’s delivering food directly to people in need – but only at four Gaza sites. It’s critics say the UN operated 400 distribution points, and cite the high rate of shooting deaths amongst people making the long trek GHF points. GHF, a private US-Israel backed initiative, emerged following Israel’s total 11-week blockade that ended May 19. It became Gaza’s largest aid provider overnight following the siege on the territory, which pushed 2.1 million residents to the edge of famine. The initiative, led by the Reverend Johnnie Moore, an evangelical minister and public relations consultant with no prior humanitarian experience but deep ties to the administration of US President Donald Trump, has been universally criticised by the UN and NGO aid institutions. The Israeli military has claimed violence at the aid sites resulted from firing warning shots at “suspects” approaching troops streaming towards the food sites. It has opened multiple incident investigations but denies responsibility for the deaths. GHF denies any connection to the violence, while attacks typically have occurred during lengthy marches by thousands of Palestinians streamed toward its aid stations. GHF also says Hamas, which killed around 1,200 Israelis and took hundreds hostage in its October 7 attacks, has also threatened and attacked its Palestinian aid workers, killing eight people on a bus transporting GHF workers, on 12 June. There have also been shootings of people waiting at UN distribution sites. MSNBC reported said 60 people were shot on June 17 while waiting for the arrival of UN convoys. UK-based Channel 4 on 23 June also cited shootings into a crowd approaching a UN distribution site in north Gaza. A range of independent reports have attributed most of the shootings to the Israeli military, with Israel’s liberal daily Ha’aretz describing the GHF model as a “fatal failure” last week. “The attempt to survive is being met with a death sentence,” said Jonathan Whittall, who leads the UN Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs in Gaza and the West Bank at Wednesday’s media briefing. “There shouldn’t be a death toll associated with accessing the essentials for life.” Forced Displacement Through Hunger IPC hunger projections for the Gaza Strip, May-September 2025 Israel has meanwhile claimed that more free food aid is reaching Palestinians than before. In an open letter published yesterday, GHF even offered to “partner” with the UN to coordinate more food deliveries. “The UN and GHF share the same goal: getting food to those who need it. We can help bring these scenes to an end if the UN and other international organizations partner with us to distribute aid safely and at scale,” said GHF in an X post. Scenes like this at an apparent UNICEF site reflect the desperation on the ground in Gaza. The UN and GHF share the same goal: getting food to those who need it. We can help bring these scenes to an end if the UN and other international organizations partner with us to distribute… https://t.co/wacj6w2N0l — Gaza Humanitarian Foundation (@GHFUpdates) June 24, 2025 But the UN and other major aid organizations, including Médecins Sans Frontières, the International Committee of the Red Cross, Oxfam, Amnesty International and Save the Children, have refused to work with GHF – even if it means their aid is denied access to Gaza. “The position of the UN as a whole has been made clear,” Al-Kheetan said. “We are not part of this operation because it does not comply with international standards on aid distribution.” Funneling over two million starving people to just a few heavily militarized sites – including only four administered mainly by the GHF – creates deadly chaos by design, critics have said. It also excludes all but the most able-bodied from reaching the delivery locations. UN agencies previously delivered assistance through approximately 400 points across Gaza, while NGO partners operated food kitchens. Only the most able-bodied can run the gauntlet to reach Gaza’s limited food distribution points. GHF claimed Wednesday to have distributed 40 million meals in its first month of operations. That amounts to approximately 0.6 meals per person per day for Gaza’s 2.1 million residents — less than one meal daily in a population facing starvation. But with all 2.1 million Palestinians in Gaza face life-threatening food insecurity, according to last month’s Integrated Food Security Phase Classification, nowhere near enough food, medicine, water and other life-saving supplies are able to enter Gaza to address the scale of the crisis, UN humanitarian groups have noted. “Can the GHF prevent famine? The reality is, far too little aid is being distributed from far too few distribution points, all amid concerns that families travelling from northern Gaza to reach sites in the south will not be allowed to return,” said UNICEF chief spokesman James Elder at Wednesday’s briefing. UN activities operating under severe restrictions Hunger in Gaza. While GHF operates freely with Israeli government support, severe restrictions remain on UN activities in Gaza. Of 16 humanitarian coordination requests the UN submitted for permits this weekend, Israeli authorities denied half, the UN Human Rights Office told reporters. Meanwhile, hundreds of tons of UN-organized food aid are sitting in warehouses in Jordan or in trucks along the Israeli border, awaiting entry to Gaza, UN officials have said. “The newly created so-called aid mechanism is an abomination that humiliates and degrades desperate people,” Philippe Lazzarini, who leads UNRWA, the Palestinian refugee agency banned by Israel’s government, said in Berlin Tuesday. “It is a death trap costing more lives than it saves.” Announcements of the GHF sites’ opening hours are made exclusively on Facebook and X, despite frequent internet blackouts across the strip. With internet access both inconsistent and expensive, many civilians make the dangerous trek to distribution sites only to find them closed. Aid groups and the UN say the system weaponizes hunger to force Palestinians southward, away from northern Gaza, where the Israeli Defense Forces (IDF) launched a new offensive in May, which critics fear may lead to permanent Israeli control and resettlement of the area. Areas currently forbidden to Palestinian civilians by Israel’s military comprise 82% of the Gaza Strip, according to Israel’s Haaretz. Forced displacement is a war crime under international law. “This turns aid delivery into a weapon of war deployed against civilians,” Martin Griffiths, former UN human rights chief, told The Guardian. “This is a system that exploits hunger to drag desperate people south.” GHF Attacks UN and Secretary-General GHF sends letter to UN chief requesting partnership through its aid delivery model | The National https://t.co/FSTClinI6A — Rev. Johnnie Moore ن (@JohnnieM) June 25, 2025 GHF’s recent offers to partner with the UN and other humanitarian groups have been accompanied by searing attacks. In a letter to Secretary-General António Guterres on Wednesday, Moore blamed the international body for Gaza’s humanitarian crisis while promoting GHF as the solution. “The time has come to confront, without euphemism or delay, the structural failure of aid delivery in Gaza,” Moore wrote in the letter published by the Gulf daily, The National, and posted to X. “The United Nations’ continued reliance on what it has termed ‘existing infrastructure’ has, in practice, enabled the obstruction of aid.” Moore accused the UN of enabling “mass diversion, looting, and the manipulation of humanitarian flows by bad actors” while claiming GHF distributed food despite facing “a vast disinformation campaign.” Moore’s letter comes as legal scrutiny of his organization intensifies. Fourteen leading international human rights organizations warned Tuesday the company and its security contractors of potential criminal liability for war crimes if they did not immediately cease operations. The groups said the scheme “creates an immediate risk of forced displacement” by “obliging starving, exhausted Palestinians to walk long distances through militarized zones.” Who’s Behind GHF? Moore replaced GHF’s original director, Jake Wood, who resigned in late May, after just two weeks in his position, stating it was “not possible to implement this plan while also strictly adhering to the humanitarian principles of humanity, neutrality, impartiality, and independence.” As Moore both attacks UN groups but also offers to cooperate, GHF’s funding remains shrouded in secrecy. Despite weeks of press inquiries, GHF has refused to disclose its financial backers. Registered as a Geneva-based non-profit, the organization also has a US headquarters in Dover Delaware. But when the BBC visited, they found only a red brick building with no GHF markings or staff. While Israel officially denies funding GHF, Israeli media reports citing government sources say the government approved a nearly $300 million transfer to the company last month, attempting to hide it under an expenditure marked only as “defense establishment.” GHF claims it also received $100 million from a foreign government donor but has refused to specify which one. Meanwhile, the US State Department is weighing a $500 million grant to underwrite the company’s operations for the next 180 days at Israel’s request, Reuters reported. “The questions surrounding GHF – its funding sources and connection to the Trump administration, its use of private contractors, its ability to serve and be seen as a neutral entity, its abandonment by its founders, and its basic competence in providing aid – must be answered before the State Department commits any funding to the organization,” Senator Elizabeth Warren wrote to Secretary of State Marco Rubio, in a 20 June letter published on her website. Meanwhile on the ground, the hunger and killings continue. This is what the world has decided to normalize, one blogger wrote on Tuesday This is what the world has decided to normalize. This is what Palestinians have to go through just to receive aid and they are killed daily. Just today, 25 Palestinians were killed while trying to get aid. pic.twitter.com/7ymcULvibc — Suppressed News. (@SuppressedNws) June 24, 2025 Image Credits: X/Channel 4 News , X/Gaza Humanitaria Foundation , IPC , X/Channel 4 , WHO . World is Off Track to Achieve Universal Energy Access by 2030 25/06/2025 Kerry Cullinan Women and children are worst affected by pollution caused by cooking on open fires While almost 92% of the world’s population now has basic access to electricity – an improvement since 2022 – over 666 million people remain without access, and the world is off track to reach universal access by 2030, according to the Tracking SDG 7: The Energy Progress Report 2025 released on Wednesday. “Clean cooking access is progressing but below the rates of progress seen in the 2010s, as efforts remain hobbled by setbacks during the COVID-19 pandemic, following energy price shocks, and debt crises,” according to a media release from five bodies responsible for Social Development Goal (SDG) 7. These are the International Energy Agency (IEA), International Renewable Energy Agency (IRENA), United Nations Statistics Division (UNSD), the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO). Access to clean cooking 2000-2023 Little to no change was observed in access to clean fuels and technologies for cooking between 2022 and 2023, with around 2.1 billion people dependent on polluting fuels such as firewood and charcoal for their cooking needs. “If current trends continue, only 78% of the global population will have access to clean cooking by 2030,” the bodies note. Eighteen of the 20 countries with the largest electricity access deficits in 2023 were in sub-Saharan Africa, and 85% of people without electricity access live in the region. Four in five families are without access to clean cooking, and the number of people without clean cooking access in the region continues to grow at a rate of 14 million people yearly. In contrast, Central and Southern Asia, with both regions made “significant strides towards universal electricity access, reducing their basic access gap from 414 million in 2010 to just 27 million in 2023”, the report notes. Access to electricity 2010-2023 IEA executive director Fatih Birol described the expansion of access to electricity and clean cooking as “disappointingly slow, especially in Africa”. Birol added that this is “contributing to millions of premature deaths each year linked to smoke inhalation, and is holding back development and education opportunities” and called for “greater investment in clean cooking and electricity supply”. WHO Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus said that “the same pollutants that are poisoning our planet are also poisoning people, contributing to millions of deaths each year from cardiovascular and respiratory diseases, particularly among the most vulnerable, including women and children”. Lack of finance hobbles renewables In 2022, almost 18% of energy came from renewable energy sources. But progress is unequal and insufficient to meet international climate and sustainable development goals. In addition, global efforts must address significant disparities. Least developed countries and sub-Saharan Africa had only 40 watts per capita in installed renewables capacity, compared to developed countries, which had over 1,100 watts installed. On a more positive note, international financial flows to developing countries in support of clean energy increased by 27% from 2022 to reach $21.6 billion in 2023. But despite this increase, “only two regions in the world have seen real progress in the financial flows”, noted IRENA Director-General Francesco La Camera. A “lack of sufficient and affordable financing” is a key reason for regional inequalities and slow progress, the report notes. World Bank vice-president for infrastructure Guangzhe Chen said that 12 African nations have launched national energy compacts, committing to “substantial reforms to lower costs of generation and transmission, and scale up distributed renewable energy solutions”. Image Credits: Mission 300 Summit, World Bank. GAVI Vaccine Alliance Secures More than $9 Billion from Donors – Despite US Ambush at Pledging Event 25/06/2025 Kerry Cullinan & Elaine Ruth Fletcher The introduction of the pentavalent vaccine in Nigeria, is estimated to save the lives of at least 30,000 children annually. In an harsh reprimand at the global vaccine pledging summit Wednesday, US Health and Human Services Secretary Robert F Kennedy Jr. attacked Gavi’s record on vaccine safety and said the United States was halting support for the alliance, until it could “re-earn” the public trust. He charged that Gavi had stifled “free speech and legitimate questions” during the COVID pandemic and had continued to make “questionable recommendations” encouraging pregnant women to receive COVID vaccines – advise that has save women’s lives and those of their unborn children, according to the World Health Organization. Despite the US snub, Gavi later announced that it had secured more than $9 billion out of it’s $11.9 billion pledging goal – with a record number of donors commiting for the coming five years (2026-30). In his stunning pre-taped video message, Kennedy said he admired Gavi’s commitment to “making medicine affordable to all the world’s people” but that the United States would only re-engage after Gavi had “re-earned the public trust” on issues like vaccine safety. In its zeal to promote universal vaccination, @gavi, the Vaccine Alliance has neglected the key issue of vaccine safety. When vaccine safety issues have come before GAVI, it has treated them not as a patient health problem, but as a public relations problem. During the COVID-19… pic.twitter.com/z140rJQMnn — Secretary Kennedy (@SecKennedy) June 25, 2025 Kennedy lashed out, in particular, against the Gavi policy of support for traditional diptheria, tetanus and whole cell pertussis vaccines (DTPw) as compared to newer DTaP (acellular pertussis) jabs that most developed countries have shifted to, and which cause fewer side effects. “All currently available evidence suggests that the DTPw vaccine may kill more children from other causes than it saves from diptheria, tetanus and pertussis…” Kennedy said, citing what he described as a landmark 2017 peer-reviewed study by top experts. The Lancet study, a retrospective analysis based on data from one urban community in the 1980s indeed found that all cause mortality for 3-5 month children vaccinated with the DPTw jab was five times higher than mortality for the unvaccinated. Co-administration of an oral polio vaccine, reduced that rate significantly. Nonetheless, the study authors called upon WHO to revisit its recommendations on DPTw, based on the findings. Said Kennedy, “when the science was inconvenient today, Gavi ignored the science. I call upon Gavi to re-earn the public trust and to justify the $8 billion that America has provided in funding since 2001…. Consider the best science available even when the science contradicts established paradigms. Until that happens, the United States won’t contribute more to Gavi. Business as usual is over.” But Kennedy’s reference to the evidence around the safety of DPTw vaccines was quickly challenged by experts. “The study quoted by Kennedy is based on data from a non-randomized study collected 42 years ago on a small sample of children in Guinea-Bissau,” said British paediatrician Anthony Costello, former WHO director of maternal, child and adolescent health, and now a professor of University College London (UCL). The study quoted by Kennedy is based on data from a non-randomized study collected 42 years ago on a small sample of children in Guinea-Bissau where infant mortality was 138 per 1000 at that time. With wide confidence intervals. https://t.co/I4nVfOmr5n — Anthony Costello (@globalhlthtwit) June 25, 2025 Gavi – DPTw vaccine is more effective for infants in high-risk settings In a reply issued just after Kennedy’s address, Gavi stated that while the DTaP vaccine does have fewer side events (which it described as minor), “evidence also suggests it offers less long-lasting protection, requiring more regular booster shots.” Such boosters are usually highly impractical, or impossible, in low- and lower-middle income settings where Gavi vaccine support is focused. “Having reviewed all available data, including any studies that raised concerns, global immunisation experts continue to recommend DTPw for infants in high-risk settings,” the Gavi statement continued. “The disease burden for diphtheria, tetanus and pertussis in lower-income countries is much higher than in high-income countries, and health systems are far less equipped to offer frequent booster doses… “By contrast, DTaP is more commonly used in high-income countries, where the disease burden is far lower and healthcare systems can support booster doses to extend protection. In places where access to hospitals is limited and disease risk is high, the stronger protection from DTPw against these life-threatening diseases far outweighs the temporary side-effects this vaccine may cause, such as fever or swelling at the injection site (which are signs the immune system is responding). “The DTPw vaccine has been administered to millions of children around the world for decades, and is estimated to have saved more than 40 million lives over the past 50 years,” Gavi said, citing another recent Lancet study, from 2024, modelled estimates of averted mortality since from 1974 when WHO’s Expanded Programme on Immunization was launched to make vaccinations available to all children, globally. “Gavi’s utmost concern is the health and safety of children,” Gavi said. It’s new five-year plan aims to protect 500 million children from preventable diseases, saving 8-9 million lives, the organization said. Gavi seeking $9 billion amidst projections that 2030 vaccine targets will be missed Kennedy’s address had been long anticipated at the pledging summit, where Gavi was seeking funds to ramp up vaccinations, particularly for “zero-dose” children, in line with the 2030 Sustainable Development Goals. The summit comes against news that 2030 childhood immunisation targets will be missed unless substantial improvements are made. Prior to leaving office, former US President Joe Biden had pledged $1.58 billion to the global pledging round, for about $300 million a year. But in March, the Trump administration suggested those funds would be pared back, and there is no funding for Gavi in the massive US budget bill now before Congress. Kennedy’s long-known record on vaccine hesistancy also compounded the doubts. Even so, the complete cut off in funding seemed to take many by surprise. Only countries in the “high-income super region” are projected to reach the World Health Organization’s (WHO) 2030 immunisation target of halving the number of zero-dose children compared to 2019, according to a report published in The Lancet, also on Wednesday. “Global immunisation goals for 2030 will not be met without targeted, equitable immunisation strategies, alongside primary healthcare strengthening and efforts to tackle vaccine misinformation and hesitancy,” according to a media release from the University of Washington’s Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME). which conducted the analysis, based on the 2023 Global Burden of Disease study. Coverage of 90% or greater for each of the life-course vaccines – diphtheria-tetanus-pertussis, measles vaccines, and pneumococcal vaccine – is the central target for 2030. Only 18 of 204 countries have already met this target. In 2023, some 15.7 million zero-dose children received no DTPw or DTaP vaccines in their first year of life, and over half lived in just eight countries. Nigeria tops the list with the largest number of unvaccinated children (2.5 million), followed by India (1.4 million), the Democratic Republic of Congo (882,000), Ethiopia (782,000), Somalia (710,000), Sudan (627,000), Indonesia (538,000) and Brazil (452,000). By proportion, a mere 25.7% of Somalian children were vaccinated in 2023, by far the lowest percentage in the world, followed by 56.3% in South Sudan. Vaccination rates were under 75% in Guinea, Central African Republic, Angola, Democratic Republic of Congo, Nigeria, Mali and Madagascar. “Successful vaccination programmes are built on understanding and responding to people’s beliefs, concerns, and expectations,” said lead author Dr Emily Haeuser. “Vaccination services must prioritise trust-building, engage community leaders, and tailor interventions with more culturally appropriate local strategies to improve vaccine confidence and uptake.” Gates support remains strong The summit, co-hosted by the European Union and the Gates Foundation, sought support for Gavi amidst a broader global health funding crisis – due to the sharp decline in Overseas Development Assistance for health systems and services, since Donald Trump assumed the US presidency in January. Ahead of the Gavi pledging event, the Global Summit: Health & Prosperity through Immunisation, the Gates Foundation announced it would commit $1.6 billion over the next five years. “For the first time in decades, the number of kids dying around the world will likely go up this year instead of down because of massive cuts to foreign aid. That is a tragedy,” warned Bill Gates, chair of the Gates Foundation. “Fully funding Gavi is the single most powerful step we can take to stop it.” Despite the funding hiatus, the US government recently put forward Mark Lloyd as its representative to the Gavi board. Lloyd is the assistant administrator for Global Health at the US Agency for International Development. A long-time conservative activist for the Tea Party, he was a USAID religious freedom advisor in the previous Trump administration and was criticized for anti-Islamic comments. The US is in the midst of one of its worst measles outbreaks in 30 years, and Kennedy recently fired the 17-person entire Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP) of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) and replaced it with eight people comprising mostly of vaccine sceptics. Kennedy faces heat in the US, including from Republican Senator Bill Cassidy, who has called for the meeting of the new ACIP – also scheduled for Wednesday – to be delayed. Although the appointees to ACIP have scientific credentials, many do not have significant experience studying microbiology, epidemiology or immunology. In particular, some lack experience studying new technologies such as mRNA vaccines, and may even have a preconceived bias… — U.S. Senator Bill Cassidy, M.D. (@SenBillCassidy) June 23, 2025 “Wednesday’s meeting should not proceed with a relatively small panel, and no CDC Director in place to approve the panel’s recommendations,” said Cassidy on X. “The meeting should be delayed until the panel is fully staffed with more robust and balanced representation – as required by law – including those with more direct relevant expertise. Otherwise, ACIP’s recommendations could be viewed with skepticism, which will work against the success of this Administration’s efforts.” Editor’s note, an earlier version of this story stated that Gavi had secured $11.9 billion from donors, in fact it secured over $9 billion in the pledging event out of its 5-year, $11.9 billion pledging goal. Updated 26.6.2025 Image Credits: GAVI/2013/Adrian Brooks. Time for Africa to Replace the Curative Consumption Trap with Health Production Model 24/06/2025 Githinji Gitahi A community health worker uses a smartphone to collect medical information in Liberia. Africa is at a crossroads in its health journey – not simply because of shifting geopolitical dynamics or shrinking donor aid, although these are real challenges, but because we must confront a deeper structural flaw in how our health systems are designed. The continent, home to over 1.4 billion people and projected to house one in five of the world’s population in the coming decades, faces a critical paradox. Despite progress in tackling infectious diseases, African health systems remain fragile, underfunded, overstretched, and trapped in a cycle of curative interventions. These systems prioritise expensive, hospital-based care that waits for disease, while neglecting prevention, health promotion, and community engagement to reduce the disease burden. This model is neither sustainable nor equitable, and it keeps us locked in the “curative consumption trap.” It drains our already limited resources, perpetuates inequities, and undermines our vision for universal health coverage (UHC). Community-driven systems It’s time to shift from a reactive, hospital-centric model to one that invests in health production — resilient, community-driven, people-centred systems that prevent disease, empower people, and build a healthier future for all Africans. A quick back-of-the-envelope calculation shows that high-income countries spend around $4000 per capita on healthcare, mostly through public financing. In sub-Saharan Africa, that figure is closer to $40 – and that is assuming countries meet the aspirational goal of allocating 15% of national budgets to health. Most do not. Can Africa afford healthcare as currently structured? The answer is clearly no. This consumption-based model has colonial roots built for the rich who came to Africa and needed a health system that reflected their needs, as they were used to back in their home countries, reinforced by political incentives that favour short-term infrastructure projects over long-term people-centred reforms. During the recent Africa Health Agenda International Conference (AHAIC) 2025 in Kigali, it was evident that many African health systems still focus on treating disease rather than preventing it — a legacy that must be urgently overcome. Vicious cycle of curative consumption trap Hospitals and clinics often serve as the epicentre of care, with resources skewed toward expensive, tertiary-level interventions that politicians prioritise to appeal to voters. This curative bias comes at the expense of preventative measures needed to reduce the disease burden, particularly the rising tide of non-communicable diseases (NCDs) like diabetes, hypertension, and cancer. In 2019, NCDs accounted for 37% of deaths in sub-Saharan Africa, up from 24% in 2000, and the burden is rising. Our systems are ill-equipped to manage this growing crisis. The curative consumption trap is fuelled by several factors. First, a post-colonial bias for infrastructure-heavy, specialist-led care over community-based approaches informed by the health needs of those who built the health systems. Second, a health workforce trained to treat illness, not promote wellness. In medical school, I spent just one lethargic month on community health, compared to years learning about diagnosis, surgery, and pharmacology. This narrative is supported by political incentive as infrastructure is a vote driver for politicians and historical budgeting approaches prioritise infrastructure and equipment procurement. Third, a lack of trust in unfriendly, distant, supply-driven health systems leads people to seek care only when they are really sick, resulting in late diagnoses and high treatment costs. This isn’t just a health issue, but a social and economic crisis. When systems focus on curing instead of preventing, they consume scarce financial and human resources while ignoring root causes such as unsafe water, poor sanitation, undernutrition, and the proliferation of unhealthy processed foods full of industrial trans fats and sweetened beverages. The result is high costs for health services, with families pushed into poverty by catastrophic healthcare costs from out-of-pocket expenditure. The result is a vicious cycle where illness perpetuates poverty, and poverty perpetuates illness. People collecting water from a pump in Kinshasa in the Democratic Republic of the Congo. Several African countries including the DRC are experiencing cholera outbreaks caused primarily by lack of access to clean water and proper sanitation. Shifting the focus to health production To break this cycle, we need to embrace a model of health production that keeps people healthy, empowers communities, and addresses social determinants of health. It should be proactive, equitable, people-centred and sustainable, ensuring that every African has access to the tools and knowledge to live a healthy life, including reproductive health services for adolescents and women. This requires two major shifts. First, we must prioritise preventive and promotive health. Prevention is the cornerstone of health production. Evidence shows that primary healthcare, with a focus on primary care and prevention, community empowerment and engagement and multi-sectoral approaches, improves health outcomes, enhances equity, and increases system efficiency. Yet, only 48% of Africans have access to primary healthcare services, leaving 615 million people without adequate services. To address this, we need to invest in community health systems including community health workers (CHWs), who are the backbone of primary healthcare. CHWs are often the first and only point of contact for underserved communities. They deliver preventive services such as vaccines, they educate communities on healthy practices, and detect early warning signs of disease, yet, many remain underpaid, under-trained, and disconnected from formal health systems. Governments need to commit to financing and integrating CHW programmes into national health systems, as outlined in the 2018 WHO guidelines – not as stopgaps, but as core pillars of national health strategy. Mapping of Community Health Worker accreditation and salary status worldwide. Promotive health also means tackling the social determinants of health – poverty, education, clean water and sanitation, nutrition, and environmental factors. We also need policies that tackle risk factors. Taxing unhealthy products like industrial trans fats, tobacco, alcohol, and sugar-sweetened beverages can reduce the burden of NCDs while generating revenue for health programmes. These funds can be channelled into community-led initiatives that promote clean water, sanitation, and nutrition, addressing the root causes of disease. Second, we need to empower communities as active participants in their health. Health systems cannot succeed without the trust and participation of the people they serve. Too often, African health systems are designed around institutions and diseases rather than people. Some have jokingly referred to our ministries of health as “ministries of disease” — a reflection of how disconnected the system can feel from lived realities. Communities – including youth, women, and marginalised groups – must have a seat at the decision-making table. Health policies should be co-designed and governed by those they are meant to serve. It is time to update the current WHO framework and recognise “people” as the seventh building block of effective health systems, alongside service delivery, health workforce, information systems, health financing, access to medicines and health technologies, as well as leadership and governance. Empowering communities also requires fostering accountability. Civil society-led mechanisms can hold governments, the private sector and other partners accountable for delivering on UHC commitments, ensuring that policies align with the principles of social justice. By giving communities a stake in their health systems, we can build trust, encourage early health-seeking behaviour and reduce the reliance on curative care. Moreover, African governments must address inefficiencies and corruption, optimising the use of limited resources. By embracing digital technology and artificial intelligence, we can improve health data systems, enhance service delivery and target interventions more effectively. Technology must be deployed at the community level, not just in hospitals, to enhance equitable access, particularly at the last mile. Building health systems of the future Shukulu Nibogore sits on her mother’s lap while Athanasie Mukamana, a community health worker in Rwanda, measures her arm for signs of malnutrition. The curative consumption trap is a legacy of colonial health systems and misaligned global priorities. It is not inevitable. Africa has the opportunity to redefine its health agenda, leveraging its youthful population, rich cultural heritage, and growing technological innovation. But this requires bold leadership and collective action. African governments should prioritise health in national budgets, recognising that health is not a cost but an investment in human capital for socioeconomic development. Donors and global health partners must shift their focus from short-term, disease-specific interventions to long-term health system strengthening in line with the Lusaka Agenda, an effort for all to prioritise strengthening health systems, promoting sustainable health financing and enhancing equity through national-level co-ordination. At Amref Health Africa, we are committed to this vision. Our work with community health workers, youth, and local leaders across 35 countries for over 67 years demonstrates that health production is possible when people are at the heart of the system. As we approach 2030, the deadline for achieving UHC, we must decide: do we continue down the path of reactive, costly care with limited returns or do we embrace a model that produces health, dignity, and opportunity for all? The curative trap may be the legacy we inherited, but health production is the legacy we must build. Dr Githinji Gitahi is the Group CEO of Amref Health Africa and a passionate advocate for pro-poor universal health coverage. Image Credits: Last Mile Health, Eduardo Soteras Jalil/ WHO, Community Health Impact Coalition @Mapbox @OpenStreetMap, Cecille Joan Avila / Partners In Health. Tobacco Control Has Made Huge Progress But New Products Pose Challenges 23/06/2025 Kerry Cullinan Flavoured additives are designed to get young people hooked on new tobacco and nicotine products. Three-quarters of the world’s citizens – 6.1 billion people – are covered by at least one of the six tobacco control measures advocated by the World Health Organization (WHO), according to the global body’s annual Tobacco Epidemic 2025 report launched at the World Conference on Tobacco Control in Dublin on Monday evening. However, tobacco use still claims over seven million lives a year and the WHO warns that there are still significant global gaps in tobacco control, particularly to counter growing industry interference. The report focuses on the six proven WHO MPOWER tobacco control measures to reduce tobacco use, introduced in 2008. Each of the letters of ‘MPOWER’ stands for an intervention: Monitoring tobacco use and prevention policies; Protecting people from tobacco smoke with smoke-free air legislation; Offering help to quit tobacco use; Warning about the dangers of tobacco with pack labels and mass media; Enforcing bans on tobacco advertising, promotion and sponsorship; and Raising taxes on tobacco. Some 155 countries have implemented at least one of the MPOWER measures, and four countries – Brazil, Mauritius, the Netherlands and Türkiye – have implemented all six measures. Seven countries have implemented five of the six measures, namely Ethiopia, Ireland, Jordan, Mexico, New Zealand, Slovenia and Spain. Graphic health warnings Warning labels on tobacco packs The most striking gains have been in graphic health warnings, with 110 countries enforcing these on cigarette packs. The average size of warnings has also grown from a global average of covering 30% of the pack in 2007 to almost 60% in 2024, with two countries thus far increasing the size of the warning to 92.5% (on the front and back). The WHO also warns of “major gaps”, as 40 countries that are home to two billion people still have no MPOWER measures, while 22 countries still do not have warning labels on cigarette packs. Health warnings should be applied to new and emerging nicotine and tobacco products including e-cigarettes and nicotine pouches, according to the WHO report, which describes e-cigarettes with nicotine as “highly addictive and harmful to health”. “Twenty years since the adoption of the WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control, we have many successes to celebrate, but the tobacco industry continues to evolve and so must we,” WHO Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told the conference opening. “By uniting science, policy and political will, we can create a world where tobacco no longer claims lives, damages economies or steals futures. Together, we can end the tobacco epidemic.” Tackling e-cigarettes FCTC Secretariat’s Andrew Black, The Union’s Professor Guy Marks, Bloomberg Philanthropies’ Kelly Larson and WHO’s Rűdiger Kretch address a media briefing on Monday. Dr Rüdiger Krech, the WHO’s director of Health Promotion, told a media briefing on Monday that the WHO report highlights the new threats – the spread of e-cigarettes, heated tobacco products and other nicotine products like nicotine pouches – that are being “aggressively marketed to young people”. Krech added that the tobacco industry was deliberately flooding the market with “thousands of new products”, which made it very difficult for government regulators to keep up. “We are calling on governments to act boldly, raise tobacco taxes to best practice levels, give people the support they need to quit tobacco, strengthen health warnings and run sustained media campaigns and protect policies from tobacco industry interference,” said Krech. He highlighted that “134 countries have failed to make cigarettes less affordable since 2022, just three have increased taxes to the best practice level, over 30 countries allow the sales of cigarettes without health warnings, one third of the world lacks access to basic smoke free environments, and only a third of people have access to cost-covered quit services. “Tobacco control is one of public health’s greatest success stories, and without our tobacco control efforts, we would have 300 million more smokers today. But it is not a fight we have won. Progress has come through evidence, policy and perseverance to protect future generations. We must stay the course with renewed stamina, robust research and strong partnerships,” said Krech. The WHO urges countries to act against new tobacco and nicotine products. Raising taxes While the global health sector has faced enormous aid cuts over the past few months, primarily from United States, tobacco control has been relatively sheltered as it is supported by Bloomberg Philanthropies, which over the past 20 years has committed about $1.6 billion to strengthen tobacco control policies in low- and middle-income countries, according to Bloomberg’s Kelly Larson. Expressing full commitment to the WHO’s urgent work, founder Michael Bloomberg said that, since Bloomberg Philanthropies started supporting global tobacco control efforts in 2007, “there has been a sea change in the way countries prevent tobacco use, but there is still a long way to go.” However, Andrew Black, from the secretariat of the Framework Convention of Tobacco Control (FCTC), urged countries to raise taxes on cigarettes to compensate for the loss of overseas development assistance. Image Credits: WHO, Chemist 4 U/Flickr, Filter. Global Tobacco Conference Outcomes Will Help Shape Four Upcoming Multilateral Negotiations 23/06/2025 Deborah Sy As the World Conference on Tobacco Control (WCTC) opened in Dublin on Monday, the world’s largest convening of tobacco control advocates, researchers, and policy strategists is positioned to play an influential role in shaping the technical and civil society contributions that will feed into a series of important multilateral processes taking place this year. Between June and November 2025, four major global negotiations are scheduled. The first is the Fourth International Conference on Financing for Development (FfD4) in Seville. Tobacco taxes are a proven but underutilized financing tool. A 10% price increase typically reduces consumption by 4–5%, while generating substantial domestic revenue. Tobacco taxation has long been recognized in the Addis Ababa Action Agenda, and the final draft of the Compromiso de Sevilla ahead of FfD4 proposes elevating tobacco taxes as a non-distortionary tax source. While this marks a significant step forward in fiscal framing, it remains to be seen whether this language will be retained, strengthened, or weakened in the final adopted outcome. Toxic pollution The second process is the Resumed Fifth Session of the UN Plastics Treaty negotiations (INC-5.2) in Geneva. Cigarette butts, the most littered single-use plastic item on earth, will inevitably be addressed as part of the plastics crisis. Cigarette filters have long been marketed as a “harm reduction” feature despite being linked to increased risk of adenocarcinoma, a more aggressive lung cancer. In addition, filter microfibers are hard to control as they are very small and fall out. Conservative estimates put the cost of tobacco plastics at $26 billion annually. The World Health Organization (WHO), along with the Netherlands and Belgium, has called for banning cigarette filters. Meanwhile, Belgium, France, and the United Kingdom are banning disposable vapes, joining over 40 countries with some form of ban. INC-5.2 will be a test of whether the COP10 decision of the WHO FCTC will be recognized—especially its call to protect environmental policy from tobacco industry interference and to reject Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) schemes used as a disguise for corporate social responsibility, which the FCTC seeks to ban. The third process is the UN General Assembly High-Level Meeting on Noncommunicable Diseases and Mental Health, which will convene in New York in September. Tobacco and nicotine addiction are increasingly linked to anxiety, depression, and mental health struggles among youth. The Political Declaration’s zero draft includes tobacco taxes, offering an opportunity to integrate prevention, financing, and accountability into mental health responses. The fourth global negotiation involves the 11th Conference of the Parties (COP11) to the WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control (FCTC). COP11 will consider liability under Article 19 and forward-looking measures under Article 2.1—key to ensuring the tobacco industry is held responsible for health harms, plastic pollution, and youth-targeted marketing of addictive products. Environmental impact Several of the WCTC sessions directly intersect with these negotiations. These include a focused discussion on Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) and the environmental impact of tobacco product waste—an issue closely aligned with the plastics treaty talks in August. Other sessions examine tobacco endgames and industry liability which are relevant to COP11 when it decides on matters relating to liability (Art 19) and forward-looking measures (Art 2.1). Civil society coalitions such as the NCD Alliance are also engaged in preparatory discussions for the September UN General Assembly meeting on mental health and noncommunicable diseases. Additional sessions on tobacco taxation and development financing contribute to dialogues ahead of FfD4. Refreshing focus on youth The 2025 WCTC agenda reflects a notable shift. While previous conferences centered primarily on cessation strategies and clinical research, this year’s program places greater emphasis on targeting of youth/ youth involvement (eight sessions and over 70 presentations) and industry interference (six sessions and 33 presentations) – comparable to cessation (seven sessions and over 70 presentations). The increased presence of youth advocates also highlights the growing involvement of young people – exemplified by the global movement Global Youth Voices (GYV) that call for bans on addictive recreational products and compensation for tobacco harms. Increased youth participation also reflects the rising concern over the marketing of flavored and disposable tobacco and nicotine products, and the persistent regulatory gaps that allow these products to remain on the market. Higher taxes, ban on cigarette filters? WCTC follows the recent World Health Assembly resolution titled “Promoting and Prioritizing an Integrated Approach to Lung Health,” which underscored the need to integrate tobacco control into public health systems. Given that tobacco use is the leading cause of lung vulnerability—and increases susceptibility to respiratory pandemics—it should be treated as a key element of pandemic preparedness, a priority reinforced by the pandemic agreement adopted at the same Assembly. This makes tobacco control a timely topic and WCTC a timely venue—not only for technical exchange, but for convening advocates to build consensus on matters that can inform formal negotiations. Outcomes from Dublin may influence proposals to further strengthen the role of tobacco excise taxes as a sustainable financing tool at FfD4, ban cigarette filters and single-use vapes and classify them as hazardous plastics under the plastics treaty, exclude tobacco producers from EPR schemes, and strengthen language in the UNGA Political Declaration on tobacco taxation and conflict of interest. These discussions will inevitably reinforce the implementation of Article 5.3 of the FCTC, the backbone of the tobacco control treaty as it seeks to protect policy from tobacco industry influence. With multilateral talks resuming across health, finance, and environmental domains, the key question is whether governments will act on these proposals and translate them into enforceable commitments. We need to do better – young people are watching closely, not only as affected stakeholders and active participants, but as future decision-makers. The youth may not remember it, but around 20 years ago, Ireland was the first country in the world to ban smoking in pubs, so perhaps there’s no better place to be reminded that it’s possible to dream big, and act boldly. Deborah Sy is the head of Global Public Policy and Strategy at the Global Center for Good Governance in Tobacco Control at Thammasat University in Thailand and the founder and senior advisor of HealthJustice in the Philippines. She is a member of the bar in the Philippines and in New York and has served as legal adviser to the Philippine delegation at numerous international meetings. Image Credits: Steven Pahel/ Unsplash. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
World is Off Track to Achieve Universal Energy Access by 2030 25/06/2025 Kerry Cullinan Women and children are worst affected by pollution caused by cooking on open fires While almost 92% of the world’s population now has basic access to electricity – an improvement since 2022 – over 666 million people remain without access, and the world is off track to reach universal access by 2030, according to the Tracking SDG 7: The Energy Progress Report 2025 released on Wednesday. “Clean cooking access is progressing but below the rates of progress seen in the 2010s, as efforts remain hobbled by setbacks during the COVID-19 pandemic, following energy price shocks, and debt crises,” according to a media release from five bodies responsible for Social Development Goal (SDG) 7. These are the International Energy Agency (IEA), International Renewable Energy Agency (IRENA), United Nations Statistics Division (UNSD), the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO). Access to clean cooking 2000-2023 Little to no change was observed in access to clean fuels and technologies for cooking between 2022 and 2023, with around 2.1 billion people dependent on polluting fuels such as firewood and charcoal for their cooking needs. “If current trends continue, only 78% of the global population will have access to clean cooking by 2030,” the bodies note. Eighteen of the 20 countries with the largest electricity access deficits in 2023 were in sub-Saharan Africa, and 85% of people without electricity access live in the region. Four in five families are without access to clean cooking, and the number of people without clean cooking access in the region continues to grow at a rate of 14 million people yearly. In contrast, Central and Southern Asia, with both regions made “significant strides towards universal electricity access, reducing their basic access gap from 414 million in 2010 to just 27 million in 2023”, the report notes. Access to electricity 2010-2023 IEA executive director Fatih Birol described the expansion of access to electricity and clean cooking as “disappointingly slow, especially in Africa”. Birol added that this is “contributing to millions of premature deaths each year linked to smoke inhalation, and is holding back development and education opportunities” and called for “greater investment in clean cooking and electricity supply”. WHO Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus said that “the same pollutants that are poisoning our planet are also poisoning people, contributing to millions of deaths each year from cardiovascular and respiratory diseases, particularly among the most vulnerable, including women and children”. Lack of finance hobbles renewables In 2022, almost 18% of energy came from renewable energy sources. But progress is unequal and insufficient to meet international climate and sustainable development goals. In addition, global efforts must address significant disparities. Least developed countries and sub-Saharan Africa had only 40 watts per capita in installed renewables capacity, compared to developed countries, which had over 1,100 watts installed. On a more positive note, international financial flows to developing countries in support of clean energy increased by 27% from 2022 to reach $21.6 billion in 2023. But despite this increase, “only two regions in the world have seen real progress in the financial flows”, noted IRENA Director-General Francesco La Camera. A “lack of sufficient and affordable financing” is a key reason for regional inequalities and slow progress, the report notes. World Bank vice-president for infrastructure Guangzhe Chen said that 12 African nations have launched national energy compacts, committing to “substantial reforms to lower costs of generation and transmission, and scale up distributed renewable energy solutions”. Image Credits: Mission 300 Summit, World Bank. GAVI Vaccine Alliance Secures More than $9 Billion from Donors – Despite US Ambush at Pledging Event 25/06/2025 Kerry Cullinan & Elaine Ruth Fletcher The introduction of the pentavalent vaccine in Nigeria, is estimated to save the lives of at least 30,000 children annually. In an harsh reprimand at the global vaccine pledging summit Wednesday, US Health and Human Services Secretary Robert F Kennedy Jr. attacked Gavi’s record on vaccine safety and said the United States was halting support for the alliance, until it could “re-earn” the public trust. He charged that Gavi had stifled “free speech and legitimate questions” during the COVID pandemic and had continued to make “questionable recommendations” encouraging pregnant women to receive COVID vaccines – advise that has save women’s lives and those of their unborn children, according to the World Health Organization. Despite the US snub, Gavi later announced that it had secured more than $9 billion out of it’s $11.9 billion pledging goal – with a record number of donors commiting for the coming five years (2026-30). In his stunning pre-taped video message, Kennedy said he admired Gavi’s commitment to “making medicine affordable to all the world’s people” but that the United States would only re-engage after Gavi had “re-earned the public trust” on issues like vaccine safety. In its zeal to promote universal vaccination, @gavi, the Vaccine Alliance has neglected the key issue of vaccine safety. When vaccine safety issues have come before GAVI, it has treated them not as a patient health problem, but as a public relations problem. During the COVID-19… pic.twitter.com/z140rJQMnn — Secretary Kennedy (@SecKennedy) June 25, 2025 Kennedy lashed out, in particular, against the Gavi policy of support for traditional diptheria, tetanus and whole cell pertussis vaccines (DTPw) as compared to newer DTaP (acellular pertussis) jabs that most developed countries have shifted to, and which cause fewer side effects. “All currently available evidence suggests that the DTPw vaccine may kill more children from other causes than it saves from diptheria, tetanus and pertussis…” Kennedy said, citing what he described as a landmark 2017 peer-reviewed study by top experts. The Lancet study, a retrospective analysis based on data from one urban community in the 1980s indeed found that all cause mortality for 3-5 month children vaccinated with the DPTw jab was five times higher than mortality for the unvaccinated. Co-administration of an oral polio vaccine, reduced that rate significantly. Nonetheless, the study authors called upon WHO to revisit its recommendations on DPTw, based on the findings. Said Kennedy, “when the science was inconvenient today, Gavi ignored the science. I call upon Gavi to re-earn the public trust and to justify the $8 billion that America has provided in funding since 2001…. Consider the best science available even when the science contradicts established paradigms. Until that happens, the United States won’t contribute more to Gavi. Business as usual is over.” But Kennedy’s reference to the evidence around the safety of DPTw vaccines was quickly challenged by experts. “The study quoted by Kennedy is based on data from a non-randomized study collected 42 years ago on a small sample of children in Guinea-Bissau,” said British paediatrician Anthony Costello, former WHO director of maternal, child and adolescent health, and now a professor of University College London (UCL). The study quoted by Kennedy is based on data from a non-randomized study collected 42 years ago on a small sample of children in Guinea-Bissau where infant mortality was 138 per 1000 at that time. With wide confidence intervals. https://t.co/I4nVfOmr5n — Anthony Costello (@globalhlthtwit) June 25, 2025 Gavi – DPTw vaccine is more effective for infants in high-risk settings In a reply issued just after Kennedy’s address, Gavi stated that while the DTaP vaccine does have fewer side events (which it described as minor), “evidence also suggests it offers less long-lasting protection, requiring more regular booster shots.” Such boosters are usually highly impractical, or impossible, in low- and lower-middle income settings where Gavi vaccine support is focused. “Having reviewed all available data, including any studies that raised concerns, global immunisation experts continue to recommend DTPw for infants in high-risk settings,” the Gavi statement continued. “The disease burden for diphtheria, tetanus and pertussis in lower-income countries is much higher than in high-income countries, and health systems are far less equipped to offer frequent booster doses… “By contrast, DTaP is more commonly used in high-income countries, where the disease burden is far lower and healthcare systems can support booster doses to extend protection. In places where access to hospitals is limited and disease risk is high, the stronger protection from DTPw against these life-threatening diseases far outweighs the temporary side-effects this vaccine may cause, such as fever or swelling at the injection site (which are signs the immune system is responding). “The DTPw vaccine has been administered to millions of children around the world for decades, and is estimated to have saved more than 40 million lives over the past 50 years,” Gavi said, citing another recent Lancet study, from 2024, modelled estimates of averted mortality since from 1974 when WHO’s Expanded Programme on Immunization was launched to make vaccinations available to all children, globally. “Gavi’s utmost concern is the health and safety of children,” Gavi said. It’s new five-year plan aims to protect 500 million children from preventable diseases, saving 8-9 million lives, the organization said. Gavi seeking $9 billion amidst projections that 2030 vaccine targets will be missed Kennedy’s address had been long anticipated at the pledging summit, where Gavi was seeking funds to ramp up vaccinations, particularly for “zero-dose” children, in line with the 2030 Sustainable Development Goals. The summit comes against news that 2030 childhood immunisation targets will be missed unless substantial improvements are made. Prior to leaving office, former US President Joe Biden had pledged $1.58 billion to the global pledging round, for about $300 million a year. But in March, the Trump administration suggested those funds would be pared back, and there is no funding for Gavi in the massive US budget bill now before Congress. Kennedy’s long-known record on vaccine hesistancy also compounded the doubts. Even so, the complete cut off in funding seemed to take many by surprise. Only countries in the “high-income super region” are projected to reach the World Health Organization’s (WHO) 2030 immunisation target of halving the number of zero-dose children compared to 2019, according to a report published in The Lancet, also on Wednesday. “Global immunisation goals for 2030 will not be met without targeted, equitable immunisation strategies, alongside primary healthcare strengthening and efforts to tackle vaccine misinformation and hesitancy,” according to a media release from the University of Washington’s Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME). which conducted the analysis, based on the 2023 Global Burden of Disease study. Coverage of 90% or greater for each of the life-course vaccines – diphtheria-tetanus-pertussis, measles vaccines, and pneumococcal vaccine – is the central target for 2030. Only 18 of 204 countries have already met this target. In 2023, some 15.7 million zero-dose children received no DTPw or DTaP vaccines in their first year of life, and over half lived in just eight countries. Nigeria tops the list with the largest number of unvaccinated children (2.5 million), followed by India (1.4 million), the Democratic Republic of Congo (882,000), Ethiopia (782,000), Somalia (710,000), Sudan (627,000), Indonesia (538,000) and Brazil (452,000). By proportion, a mere 25.7% of Somalian children were vaccinated in 2023, by far the lowest percentage in the world, followed by 56.3% in South Sudan. Vaccination rates were under 75% in Guinea, Central African Republic, Angola, Democratic Republic of Congo, Nigeria, Mali and Madagascar. “Successful vaccination programmes are built on understanding and responding to people’s beliefs, concerns, and expectations,” said lead author Dr Emily Haeuser. “Vaccination services must prioritise trust-building, engage community leaders, and tailor interventions with more culturally appropriate local strategies to improve vaccine confidence and uptake.” Gates support remains strong The summit, co-hosted by the European Union and the Gates Foundation, sought support for Gavi amidst a broader global health funding crisis – due to the sharp decline in Overseas Development Assistance for health systems and services, since Donald Trump assumed the US presidency in January. Ahead of the Gavi pledging event, the Global Summit: Health & Prosperity through Immunisation, the Gates Foundation announced it would commit $1.6 billion over the next five years. “For the first time in decades, the number of kids dying around the world will likely go up this year instead of down because of massive cuts to foreign aid. That is a tragedy,” warned Bill Gates, chair of the Gates Foundation. “Fully funding Gavi is the single most powerful step we can take to stop it.” Despite the funding hiatus, the US government recently put forward Mark Lloyd as its representative to the Gavi board. Lloyd is the assistant administrator for Global Health at the US Agency for International Development. A long-time conservative activist for the Tea Party, he was a USAID religious freedom advisor in the previous Trump administration and was criticized for anti-Islamic comments. The US is in the midst of one of its worst measles outbreaks in 30 years, and Kennedy recently fired the 17-person entire Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP) of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) and replaced it with eight people comprising mostly of vaccine sceptics. Kennedy faces heat in the US, including from Republican Senator Bill Cassidy, who has called for the meeting of the new ACIP – also scheduled for Wednesday – to be delayed. Although the appointees to ACIP have scientific credentials, many do not have significant experience studying microbiology, epidemiology or immunology. In particular, some lack experience studying new technologies such as mRNA vaccines, and may even have a preconceived bias… — U.S. Senator Bill Cassidy, M.D. (@SenBillCassidy) June 23, 2025 “Wednesday’s meeting should not proceed with a relatively small panel, and no CDC Director in place to approve the panel’s recommendations,” said Cassidy on X. “The meeting should be delayed until the panel is fully staffed with more robust and balanced representation – as required by law – including those with more direct relevant expertise. Otherwise, ACIP’s recommendations could be viewed with skepticism, which will work against the success of this Administration’s efforts.” Editor’s note, an earlier version of this story stated that Gavi had secured $11.9 billion from donors, in fact it secured over $9 billion in the pledging event out of its 5-year, $11.9 billion pledging goal. Updated 26.6.2025 Image Credits: GAVI/2013/Adrian Brooks. Time for Africa to Replace the Curative Consumption Trap with Health Production Model 24/06/2025 Githinji Gitahi A community health worker uses a smartphone to collect medical information in Liberia. Africa is at a crossroads in its health journey – not simply because of shifting geopolitical dynamics or shrinking donor aid, although these are real challenges, but because we must confront a deeper structural flaw in how our health systems are designed. The continent, home to over 1.4 billion people and projected to house one in five of the world’s population in the coming decades, faces a critical paradox. Despite progress in tackling infectious diseases, African health systems remain fragile, underfunded, overstretched, and trapped in a cycle of curative interventions. These systems prioritise expensive, hospital-based care that waits for disease, while neglecting prevention, health promotion, and community engagement to reduce the disease burden. This model is neither sustainable nor equitable, and it keeps us locked in the “curative consumption trap.” It drains our already limited resources, perpetuates inequities, and undermines our vision for universal health coverage (UHC). Community-driven systems It’s time to shift from a reactive, hospital-centric model to one that invests in health production — resilient, community-driven, people-centred systems that prevent disease, empower people, and build a healthier future for all Africans. A quick back-of-the-envelope calculation shows that high-income countries spend around $4000 per capita on healthcare, mostly through public financing. In sub-Saharan Africa, that figure is closer to $40 – and that is assuming countries meet the aspirational goal of allocating 15% of national budgets to health. Most do not. Can Africa afford healthcare as currently structured? The answer is clearly no. This consumption-based model has colonial roots built for the rich who came to Africa and needed a health system that reflected their needs, as they were used to back in their home countries, reinforced by political incentives that favour short-term infrastructure projects over long-term people-centred reforms. During the recent Africa Health Agenda International Conference (AHAIC) 2025 in Kigali, it was evident that many African health systems still focus on treating disease rather than preventing it — a legacy that must be urgently overcome. Vicious cycle of curative consumption trap Hospitals and clinics often serve as the epicentre of care, with resources skewed toward expensive, tertiary-level interventions that politicians prioritise to appeal to voters. This curative bias comes at the expense of preventative measures needed to reduce the disease burden, particularly the rising tide of non-communicable diseases (NCDs) like diabetes, hypertension, and cancer. In 2019, NCDs accounted for 37% of deaths in sub-Saharan Africa, up from 24% in 2000, and the burden is rising. Our systems are ill-equipped to manage this growing crisis. The curative consumption trap is fuelled by several factors. First, a post-colonial bias for infrastructure-heavy, specialist-led care over community-based approaches informed by the health needs of those who built the health systems. Second, a health workforce trained to treat illness, not promote wellness. In medical school, I spent just one lethargic month on community health, compared to years learning about diagnosis, surgery, and pharmacology. This narrative is supported by political incentive as infrastructure is a vote driver for politicians and historical budgeting approaches prioritise infrastructure and equipment procurement. Third, a lack of trust in unfriendly, distant, supply-driven health systems leads people to seek care only when they are really sick, resulting in late diagnoses and high treatment costs. This isn’t just a health issue, but a social and economic crisis. When systems focus on curing instead of preventing, they consume scarce financial and human resources while ignoring root causes such as unsafe water, poor sanitation, undernutrition, and the proliferation of unhealthy processed foods full of industrial trans fats and sweetened beverages. The result is high costs for health services, with families pushed into poverty by catastrophic healthcare costs from out-of-pocket expenditure. The result is a vicious cycle where illness perpetuates poverty, and poverty perpetuates illness. People collecting water from a pump in Kinshasa in the Democratic Republic of the Congo. Several African countries including the DRC are experiencing cholera outbreaks caused primarily by lack of access to clean water and proper sanitation. Shifting the focus to health production To break this cycle, we need to embrace a model of health production that keeps people healthy, empowers communities, and addresses social determinants of health. It should be proactive, equitable, people-centred and sustainable, ensuring that every African has access to the tools and knowledge to live a healthy life, including reproductive health services for adolescents and women. This requires two major shifts. First, we must prioritise preventive and promotive health. Prevention is the cornerstone of health production. Evidence shows that primary healthcare, with a focus on primary care and prevention, community empowerment and engagement and multi-sectoral approaches, improves health outcomes, enhances equity, and increases system efficiency. Yet, only 48% of Africans have access to primary healthcare services, leaving 615 million people without adequate services. To address this, we need to invest in community health systems including community health workers (CHWs), who are the backbone of primary healthcare. CHWs are often the first and only point of contact for underserved communities. They deliver preventive services such as vaccines, they educate communities on healthy practices, and detect early warning signs of disease, yet, many remain underpaid, under-trained, and disconnected from formal health systems. Governments need to commit to financing and integrating CHW programmes into national health systems, as outlined in the 2018 WHO guidelines – not as stopgaps, but as core pillars of national health strategy. Mapping of Community Health Worker accreditation and salary status worldwide. Promotive health also means tackling the social determinants of health – poverty, education, clean water and sanitation, nutrition, and environmental factors. We also need policies that tackle risk factors. Taxing unhealthy products like industrial trans fats, tobacco, alcohol, and sugar-sweetened beverages can reduce the burden of NCDs while generating revenue for health programmes. These funds can be channelled into community-led initiatives that promote clean water, sanitation, and nutrition, addressing the root causes of disease. Second, we need to empower communities as active participants in their health. Health systems cannot succeed without the trust and participation of the people they serve. Too often, African health systems are designed around institutions and diseases rather than people. Some have jokingly referred to our ministries of health as “ministries of disease” — a reflection of how disconnected the system can feel from lived realities. Communities – including youth, women, and marginalised groups – must have a seat at the decision-making table. Health policies should be co-designed and governed by those they are meant to serve. It is time to update the current WHO framework and recognise “people” as the seventh building block of effective health systems, alongside service delivery, health workforce, information systems, health financing, access to medicines and health technologies, as well as leadership and governance. Empowering communities also requires fostering accountability. Civil society-led mechanisms can hold governments, the private sector and other partners accountable for delivering on UHC commitments, ensuring that policies align with the principles of social justice. By giving communities a stake in their health systems, we can build trust, encourage early health-seeking behaviour and reduce the reliance on curative care. Moreover, African governments must address inefficiencies and corruption, optimising the use of limited resources. By embracing digital technology and artificial intelligence, we can improve health data systems, enhance service delivery and target interventions more effectively. Technology must be deployed at the community level, not just in hospitals, to enhance equitable access, particularly at the last mile. Building health systems of the future Shukulu Nibogore sits on her mother’s lap while Athanasie Mukamana, a community health worker in Rwanda, measures her arm for signs of malnutrition. The curative consumption trap is a legacy of colonial health systems and misaligned global priorities. It is not inevitable. Africa has the opportunity to redefine its health agenda, leveraging its youthful population, rich cultural heritage, and growing technological innovation. But this requires bold leadership and collective action. African governments should prioritise health in national budgets, recognising that health is not a cost but an investment in human capital for socioeconomic development. Donors and global health partners must shift their focus from short-term, disease-specific interventions to long-term health system strengthening in line with the Lusaka Agenda, an effort for all to prioritise strengthening health systems, promoting sustainable health financing and enhancing equity through national-level co-ordination. At Amref Health Africa, we are committed to this vision. Our work with community health workers, youth, and local leaders across 35 countries for over 67 years demonstrates that health production is possible when people are at the heart of the system. As we approach 2030, the deadline for achieving UHC, we must decide: do we continue down the path of reactive, costly care with limited returns or do we embrace a model that produces health, dignity, and opportunity for all? The curative trap may be the legacy we inherited, but health production is the legacy we must build. Dr Githinji Gitahi is the Group CEO of Amref Health Africa and a passionate advocate for pro-poor universal health coverage. Image Credits: Last Mile Health, Eduardo Soteras Jalil/ WHO, Community Health Impact Coalition @Mapbox @OpenStreetMap, Cecille Joan Avila / Partners In Health. Tobacco Control Has Made Huge Progress But New Products Pose Challenges 23/06/2025 Kerry Cullinan Flavoured additives are designed to get young people hooked on new tobacco and nicotine products. Three-quarters of the world’s citizens – 6.1 billion people – are covered by at least one of the six tobacco control measures advocated by the World Health Organization (WHO), according to the global body’s annual Tobacco Epidemic 2025 report launched at the World Conference on Tobacco Control in Dublin on Monday evening. However, tobacco use still claims over seven million lives a year and the WHO warns that there are still significant global gaps in tobacco control, particularly to counter growing industry interference. The report focuses on the six proven WHO MPOWER tobacco control measures to reduce tobacco use, introduced in 2008. Each of the letters of ‘MPOWER’ stands for an intervention: Monitoring tobacco use and prevention policies; Protecting people from tobacco smoke with smoke-free air legislation; Offering help to quit tobacco use; Warning about the dangers of tobacco with pack labels and mass media; Enforcing bans on tobacco advertising, promotion and sponsorship; and Raising taxes on tobacco. Some 155 countries have implemented at least one of the MPOWER measures, and four countries – Brazil, Mauritius, the Netherlands and Türkiye – have implemented all six measures. Seven countries have implemented five of the six measures, namely Ethiopia, Ireland, Jordan, Mexico, New Zealand, Slovenia and Spain. Graphic health warnings Warning labels on tobacco packs The most striking gains have been in graphic health warnings, with 110 countries enforcing these on cigarette packs. The average size of warnings has also grown from a global average of covering 30% of the pack in 2007 to almost 60% in 2024, with two countries thus far increasing the size of the warning to 92.5% (on the front and back). The WHO also warns of “major gaps”, as 40 countries that are home to two billion people still have no MPOWER measures, while 22 countries still do not have warning labels on cigarette packs. Health warnings should be applied to new and emerging nicotine and tobacco products including e-cigarettes and nicotine pouches, according to the WHO report, which describes e-cigarettes with nicotine as “highly addictive and harmful to health”. “Twenty years since the adoption of the WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control, we have many successes to celebrate, but the tobacco industry continues to evolve and so must we,” WHO Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told the conference opening. “By uniting science, policy and political will, we can create a world where tobacco no longer claims lives, damages economies or steals futures. Together, we can end the tobacco epidemic.” Tackling e-cigarettes FCTC Secretariat’s Andrew Black, The Union’s Professor Guy Marks, Bloomberg Philanthropies’ Kelly Larson and WHO’s Rűdiger Kretch address a media briefing on Monday. Dr Rüdiger Krech, the WHO’s director of Health Promotion, told a media briefing on Monday that the WHO report highlights the new threats – the spread of e-cigarettes, heated tobacco products and other nicotine products like nicotine pouches – that are being “aggressively marketed to young people”. Krech added that the tobacco industry was deliberately flooding the market with “thousands of new products”, which made it very difficult for government regulators to keep up. “We are calling on governments to act boldly, raise tobacco taxes to best practice levels, give people the support they need to quit tobacco, strengthen health warnings and run sustained media campaigns and protect policies from tobacco industry interference,” said Krech. He highlighted that “134 countries have failed to make cigarettes less affordable since 2022, just three have increased taxes to the best practice level, over 30 countries allow the sales of cigarettes without health warnings, one third of the world lacks access to basic smoke free environments, and only a third of people have access to cost-covered quit services. “Tobacco control is one of public health’s greatest success stories, and without our tobacco control efforts, we would have 300 million more smokers today. But it is not a fight we have won. Progress has come through evidence, policy and perseverance to protect future generations. We must stay the course with renewed stamina, robust research and strong partnerships,” said Krech. The WHO urges countries to act against new tobacco and nicotine products. Raising taxes While the global health sector has faced enormous aid cuts over the past few months, primarily from United States, tobacco control has been relatively sheltered as it is supported by Bloomberg Philanthropies, which over the past 20 years has committed about $1.6 billion to strengthen tobacco control policies in low- and middle-income countries, according to Bloomberg’s Kelly Larson. Expressing full commitment to the WHO’s urgent work, founder Michael Bloomberg said that, since Bloomberg Philanthropies started supporting global tobacco control efforts in 2007, “there has been a sea change in the way countries prevent tobacco use, but there is still a long way to go.” However, Andrew Black, from the secretariat of the Framework Convention of Tobacco Control (FCTC), urged countries to raise taxes on cigarettes to compensate for the loss of overseas development assistance. Image Credits: WHO, Chemist 4 U/Flickr, Filter. Global Tobacco Conference Outcomes Will Help Shape Four Upcoming Multilateral Negotiations 23/06/2025 Deborah Sy As the World Conference on Tobacco Control (WCTC) opened in Dublin on Monday, the world’s largest convening of tobacco control advocates, researchers, and policy strategists is positioned to play an influential role in shaping the technical and civil society contributions that will feed into a series of important multilateral processes taking place this year. Between June and November 2025, four major global negotiations are scheduled. The first is the Fourth International Conference on Financing for Development (FfD4) in Seville. Tobacco taxes are a proven but underutilized financing tool. A 10% price increase typically reduces consumption by 4–5%, while generating substantial domestic revenue. Tobacco taxation has long been recognized in the Addis Ababa Action Agenda, and the final draft of the Compromiso de Sevilla ahead of FfD4 proposes elevating tobacco taxes as a non-distortionary tax source. While this marks a significant step forward in fiscal framing, it remains to be seen whether this language will be retained, strengthened, or weakened in the final adopted outcome. Toxic pollution The second process is the Resumed Fifth Session of the UN Plastics Treaty negotiations (INC-5.2) in Geneva. Cigarette butts, the most littered single-use plastic item on earth, will inevitably be addressed as part of the plastics crisis. Cigarette filters have long been marketed as a “harm reduction” feature despite being linked to increased risk of adenocarcinoma, a more aggressive lung cancer. In addition, filter microfibers are hard to control as they are very small and fall out. Conservative estimates put the cost of tobacco plastics at $26 billion annually. The World Health Organization (WHO), along with the Netherlands and Belgium, has called for banning cigarette filters. Meanwhile, Belgium, France, and the United Kingdom are banning disposable vapes, joining over 40 countries with some form of ban. INC-5.2 will be a test of whether the COP10 decision of the WHO FCTC will be recognized—especially its call to protect environmental policy from tobacco industry interference and to reject Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) schemes used as a disguise for corporate social responsibility, which the FCTC seeks to ban. The third process is the UN General Assembly High-Level Meeting on Noncommunicable Diseases and Mental Health, which will convene in New York in September. Tobacco and nicotine addiction are increasingly linked to anxiety, depression, and mental health struggles among youth. The Political Declaration’s zero draft includes tobacco taxes, offering an opportunity to integrate prevention, financing, and accountability into mental health responses. The fourth global negotiation involves the 11th Conference of the Parties (COP11) to the WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control (FCTC). COP11 will consider liability under Article 19 and forward-looking measures under Article 2.1—key to ensuring the tobacco industry is held responsible for health harms, plastic pollution, and youth-targeted marketing of addictive products. Environmental impact Several of the WCTC sessions directly intersect with these negotiations. These include a focused discussion on Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) and the environmental impact of tobacco product waste—an issue closely aligned with the plastics treaty talks in August. Other sessions examine tobacco endgames and industry liability which are relevant to COP11 when it decides on matters relating to liability (Art 19) and forward-looking measures (Art 2.1). Civil society coalitions such as the NCD Alliance are also engaged in preparatory discussions for the September UN General Assembly meeting on mental health and noncommunicable diseases. Additional sessions on tobacco taxation and development financing contribute to dialogues ahead of FfD4. Refreshing focus on youth The 2025 WCTC agenda reflects a notable shift. While previous conferences centered primarily on cessation strategies and clinical research, this year’s program places greater emphasis on targeting of youth/ youth involvement (eight sessions and over 70 presentations) and industry interference (six sessions and 33 presentations) – comparable to cessation (seven sessions and over 70 presentations). The increased presence of youth advocates also highlights the growing involvement of young people – exemplified by the global movement Global Youth Voices (GYV) that call for bans on addictive recreational products and compensation for tobacco harms. Increased youth participation also reflects the rising concern over the marketing of flavored and disposable tobacco and nicotine products, and the persistent regulatory gaps that allow these products to remain on the market. Higher taxes, ban on cigarette filters? WCTC follows the recent World Health Assembly resolution titled “Promoting and Prioritizing an Integrated Approach to Lung Health,” which underscored the need to integrate tobacco control into public health systems. Given that tobacco use is the leading cause of lung vulnerability—and increases susceptibility to respiratory pandemics—it should be treated as a key element of pandemic preparedness, a priority reinforced by the pandemic agreement adopted at the same Assembly. This makes tobacco control a timely topic and WCTC a timely venue—not only for technical exchange, but for convening advocates to build consensus on matters that can inform formal negotiations. Outcomes from Dublin may influence proposals to further strengthen the role of tobacco excise taxes as a sustainable financing tool at FfD4, ban cigarette filters and single-use vapes and classify them as hazardous plastics under the plastics treaty, exclude tobacco producers from EPR schemes, and strengthen language in the UNGA Political Declaration on tobacco taxation and conflict of interest. These discussions will inevitably reinforce the implementation of Article 5.3 of the FCTC, the backbone of the tobacco control treaty as it seeks to protect policy from tobacco industry influence. With multilateral talks resuming across health, finance, and environmental domains, the key question is whether governments will act on these proposals and translate them into enforceable commitments. We need to do better – young people are watching closely, not only as affected stakeholders and active participants, but as future decision-makers. The youth may not remember it, but around 20 years ago, Ireland was the first country in the world to ban smoking in pubs, so perhaps there’s no better place to be reminded that it’s possible to dream big, and act boldly. Deborah Sy is the head of Global Public Policy and Strategy at the Global Center for Good Governance in Tobacco Control at Thammasat University in Thailand and the founder and senior advisor of HealthJustice in the Philippines. She is a member of the bar in the Philippines and in New York and has served as legal adviser to the Philippine delegation at numerous international meetings. Image Credits: Steven Pahel/ Unsplash. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
GAVI Vaccine Alliance Secures More than $9 Billion from Donors – Despite US Ambush at Pledging Event 25/06/2025 Kerry Cullinan & Elaine Ruth Fletcher The introduction of the pentavalent vaccine in Nigeria, is estimated to save the lives of at least 30,000 children annually. In an harsh reprimand at the global vaccine pledging summit Wednesday, US Health and Human Services Secretary Robert F Kennedy Jr. attacked Gavi’s record on vaccine safety and said the United States was halting support for the alliance, until it could “re-earn” the public trust. He charged that Gavi had stifled “free speech and legitimate questions” during the COVID pandemic and had continued to make “questionable recommendations” encouraging pregnant women to receive COVID vaccines – advise that has save women’s lives and those of their unborn children, according to the World Health Organization. Despite the US snub, Gavi later announced that it had secured more than $9 billion out of it’s $11.9 billion pledging goal – with a record number of donors commiting for the coming five years (2026-30). In his stunning pre-taped video message, Kennedy said he admired Gavi’s commitment to “making medicine affordable to all the world’s people” but that the United States would only re-engage after Gavi had “re-earned the public trust” on issues like vaccine safety. In its zeal to promote universal vaccination, @gavi, the Vaccine Alliance has neglected the key issue of vaccine safety. When vaccine safety issues have come before GAVI, it has treated them not as a patient health problem, but as a public relations problem. During the COVID-19… pic.twitter.com/z140rJQMnn — Secretary Kennedy (@SecKennedy) June 25, 2025 Kennedy lashed out, in particular, against the Gavi policy of support for traditional diptheria, tetanus and whole cell pertussis vaccines (DTPw) as compared to newer DTaP (acellular pertussis) jabs that most developed countries have shifted to, and which cause fewer side effects. “All currently available evidence suggests that the DTPw vaccine may kill more children from other causes than it saves from diptheria, tetanus and pertussis…” Kennedy said, citing what he described as a landmark 2017 peer-reviewed study by top experts. The Lancet study, a retrospective analysis based on data from one urban community in the 1980s indeed found that all cause mortality for 3-5 month children vaccinated with the DPTw jab was five times higher than mortality for the unvaccinated. Co-administration of an oral polio vaccine, reduced that rate significantly. Nonetheless, the study authors called upon WHO to revisit its recommendations on DPTw, based on the findings. Said Kennedy, “when the science was inconvenient today, Gavi ignored the science. I call upon Gavi to re-earn the public trust and to justify the $8 billion that America has provided in funding since 2001…. Consider the best science available even when the science contradicts established paradigms. Until that happens, the United States won’t contribute more to Gavi. Business as usual is over.” But Kennedy’s reference to the evidence around the safety of DPTw vaccines was quickly challenged by experts. “The study quoted by Kennedy is based on data from a non-randomized study collected 42 years ago on a small sample of children in Guinea-Bissau,” said British paediatrician Anthony Costello, former WHO director of maternal, child and adolescent health, and now a professor of University College London (UCL). The study quoted by Kennedy is based on data from a non-randomized study collected 42 years ago on a small sample of children in Guinea-Bissau where infant mortality was 138 per 1000 at that time. With wide confidence intervals. https://t.co/I4nVfOmr5n — Anthony Costello (@globalhlthtwit) June 25, 2025 Gavi – DPTw vaccine is more effective for infants in high-risk settings In a reply issued just after Kennedy’s address, Gavi stated that while the DTaP vaccine does have fewer side events (which it described as minor), “evidence also suggests it offers less long-lasting protection, requiring more regular booster shots.” Such boosters are usually highly impractical, or impossible, in low- and lower-middle income settings where Gavi vaccine support is focused. “Having reviewed all available data, including any studies that raised concerns, global immunisation experts continue to recommend DTPw for infants in high-risk settings,” the Gavi statement continued. “The disease burden for diphtheria, tetanus and pertussis in lower-income countries is much higher than in high-income countries, and health systems are far less equipped to offer frequent booster doses… “By contrast, DTaP is more commonly used in high-income countries, where the disease burden is far lower and healthcare systems can support booster doses to extend protection. In places where access to hospitals is limited and disease risk is high, the stronger protection from DTPw against these life-threatening diseases far outweighs the temporary side-effects this vaccine may cause, such as fever or swelling at the injection site (which are signs the immune system is responding). “The DTPw vaccine has been administered to millions of children around the world for decades, and is estimated to have saved more than 40 million lives over the past 50 years,” Gavi said, citing another recent Lancet study, from 2024, modelled estimates of averted mortality since from 1974 when WHO’s Expanded Programme on Immunization was launched to make vaccinations available to all children, globally. “Gavi’s utmost concern is the health and safety of children,” Gavi said. It’s new five-year plan aims to protect 500 million children from preventable diseases, saving 8-9 million lives, the organization said. Gavi seeking $9 billion amidst projections that 2030 vaccine targets will be missed Kennedy’s address had been long anticipated at the pledging summit, where Gavi was seeking funds to ramp up vaccinations, particularly for “zero-dose” children, in line with the 2030 Sustainable Development Goals. The summit comes against news that 2030 childhood immunisation targets will be missed unless substantial improvements are made. Prior to leaving office, former US President Joe Biden had pledged $1.58 billion to the global pledging round, for about $300 million a year. But in March, the Trump administration suggested those funds would be pared back, and there is no funding for Gavi in the massive US budget bill now before Congress. Kennedy’s long-known record on vaccine hesistancy also compounded the doubts. Even so, the complete cut off in funding seemed to take many by surprise. Only countries in the “high-income super region” are projected to reach the World Health Organization’s (WHO) 2030 immunisation target of halving the number of zero-dose children compared to 2019, according to a report published in The Lancet, also on Wednesday. “Global immunisation goals for 2030 will not be met without targeted, equitable immunisation strategies, alongside primary healthcare strengthening and efforts to tackle vaccine misinformation and hesitancy,” according to a media release from the University of Washington’s Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME). which conducted the analysis, based on the 2023 Global Burden of Disease study. Coverage of 90% or greater for each of the life-course vaccines – diphtheria-tetanus-pertussis, measles vaccines, and pneumococcal vaccine – is the central target for 2030. Only 18 of 204 countries have already met this target. In 2023, some 15.7 million zero-dose children received no DTPw or DTaP vaccines in their first year of life, and over half lived in just eight countries. Nigeria tops the list with the largest number of unvaccinated children (2.5 million), followed by India (1.4 million), the Democratic Republic of Congo (882,000), Ethiopia (782,000), Somalia (710,000), Sudan (627,000), Indonesia (538,000) and Brazil (452,000). By proportion, a mere 25.7% of Somalian children were vaccinated in 2023, by far the lowest percentage in the world, followed by 56.3% in South Sudan. Vaccination rates were under 75% in Guinea, Central African Republic, Angola, Democratic Republic of Congo, Nigeria, Mali and Madagascar. “Successful vaccination programmes are built on understanding and responding to people’s beliefs, concerns, and expectations,” said lead author Dr Emily Haeuser. “Vaccination services must prioritise trust-building, engage community leaders, and tailor interventions with more culturally appropriate local strategies to improve vaccine confidence and uptake.” Gates support remains strong The summit, co-hosted by the European Union and the Gates Foundation, sought support for Gavi amidst a broader global health funding crisis – due to the sharp decline in Overseas Development Assistance for health systems and services, since Donald Trump assumed the US presidency in January. Ahead of the Gavi pledging event, the Global Summit: Health & Prosperity through Immunisation, the Gates Foundation announced it would commit $1.6 billion over the next five years. “For the first time in decades, the number of kids dying around the world will likely go up this year instead of down because of massive cuts to foreign aid. That is a tragedy,” warned Bill Gates, chair of the Gates Foundation. “Fully funding Gavi is the single most powerful step we can take to stop it.” Despite the funding hiatus, the US government recently put forward Mark Lloyd as its representative to the Gavi board. Lloyd is the assistant administrator for Global Health at the US Agency for International Development. A long-time conservative activist for the Tea Party, he was a USAID religious freedom advisor in the previous Trump administration and was criticized for anti-Islamic comments. The US is in the midst of one of its worst measles outbreaks in 30 years, and Kennedy recently fired the 17-person entire Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP) of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) and replaced it with eight people comprising mostly of vaccine sceptics. Kennedy faces heat in the US, including from Republican Senator Bill Cassidy, who has called for the meeting of the new ACIP – also scheduled for Wednesday – to be delayed. Although the appointees to ACIP have scientific credentials, many do not have significant experience studying microbiology, epidemiology or immunology. In particular, some lack experience studying new technologies such as mRNA vaccines, and may even have a preconceived bias… — U.S. Senator Bill Cassidy, M.D. (@SenBillCassidy) June 23, 2025 “Wednesday’s meeting should not proceed with a relatively small panel, and no CDC Director in place to approve the panel’s recommendations,” said Cassidy on X. “The meeting should be delayed until the panel is fully staffed with more robust and balanced representation – as required by law – including those with more direct relevant expertise. Otherwise, ACIP’s recommendations could be viewed with skepticism, which will work against the success of this Administration’s efforts.” Editor’s note, an earlier version of this story stated that Gavi had secured $11.9 billion from donors, in fact it secured over $9 billion in the pledging event out of its 5-year, $11.9 billion pledging goal. Updated 26.6.2025 Image Credits: GAVI/2013/Adrian Brooks. Time for Africa to Replace the Curative Consumption Trap with Health Production Model 24/06/2025 Githinji Gitahi A community health worker uses a smartphone to collect medical information in Liberia. Africa is at a crossroads in its health journey – not simply because of shifting geopolitical dynamics or shrinking donor aid, although these are real challenges, but because we must confront a deeper structural flaw in how our health systems are designed. The continent, home to over 1.4 billion people and projected to house one in five of the world’s population in the coming decades, faces a critical paradox. Despite progress in tackling infectious diseases, African health systems remain fragile, underfunded, overstretched, and trapped in a cycle of curative interventions. These systems prioritise expensive, hospital-based care that waits for disease, while neglecting prevention, health promotion, and community engagement to reduce the disease burden. This model is neither sustainable nor equitable, and it keeps us locked in the “curative consumption trap.” It drains our already limited resources, perpetuates inequities, and undermines our vision for universal health coverage (UHC). Community-driven systems It’s time to shift from a reactive, hospital-centric model to one that invests in health production — resilient, community-driven, people-centred systems that prevent disease, empower people, and build a healthier future for all Africans. A quick back-of-the-envelope calculation shows that high-income countries spend around $4000 per capita on healthcare, mostly through public financing. In sub-Saharan Africa, that figure is closer to $40 – and that is assuming countries meet the aspirational goal of allocating 15% of national budgets to health. Most do not. Can Africa afford healthcare as currently structured? The answer is clearly no. This consumption-based model has colonial roots built for the rich who came to Africa and needed a health system that reflected their needs, as they were used to back in their home countries, reinforced by political incentives that favour short-term infrastructure projects over long-term people-centred reforms. During the recent Africa Health Agenda International Conference (AHAIC) 2025 in Kigali, it was evident that many African health systems still focus on treating disease rather than preventing it — a legacy that must be urgently overcome. Vicious cycle of curative consumption trap Hospitals and clinics often serve as the epicentre of care, with resources skewed toward expensive, tertiary-level interventions that politicians prioritise to appeal to voters. This curative bias comes at the expense of preventative measures needed to reduce the disease burden, particularly the rising tide of non-communicable diseases (NCDs) like diabetes, hypertension, and cancer. In 2019, NCDs accounted for 37% of deaths in sub-Saharan Africa, up from 24% in 2000, and the burden is rising. Our systems are ill-equipped to manage this growing crisis. The curative consumption trap is fuelled by several factors. First, a post-colonial bias for infrastructure-heavy, specialist-led care over community-based approaches informed by the health needs of those who built the health systems. Second, a health workforce trained to treat illness, not promote wellness. In medical school, I spent just one lethargic month on community health, compared to years learning about diagnosis, surgery, and pharmacology. This narrative is supported by political incentive as infrastructure is a vote driver for politicians and historical budgeting approaches prioritise infrastructure and equipment procurement. Third, a lack of trust in unfriendly, distant, supply-driven health systems leads people to seek care only when they are really sick, resulting in late diagnoses and high treatment costs. This isn’t just a health issue, but a social and economic crisis. When systems focus on curing instead of preventing, they consume scarce financial and human resources while ignoring root causes such as unsafe water, poor sanitation, undernutrition, and the proliferation of unhealthy processed foods full of industrial trans fats and sweetened beverages. The result is high costs for health services, with families pushed into poverty by catastrophic healthcare costs from out-of-pocket expenditure. The result is a vicious cycle where illness perpetuates poverty, and poverty perpetuates illness. People collecting water from a pump in Kinshasa in the Democratic Republic of the Congo. Several African countries including the DRC are experiencing cholera outbreaks caused primarily by lack of access to clean water and proper sanitation. Shifting the focus to health production To break this cycle, we need to embrace a model of health production that keeps people healthy, empowers communities, and addresses social determinants of health. It should be proactive, equitable, people-centred and sustainable, ensuring that every African has access to the tools and knowledge to live a healthy life, including reproductive health services for adolescents and women. This requires two major shifts. First, we must prioritise preventive and promotive health. Prevention is the cornerstone of health production. Evidence shows that primary healthcare, with a focus on primary care and prevention, community empowerment and engagement and multi-sectoral approaches, improves health outcomes, enhances equity, and increases system efficiency. Yet, only 48% of Africans have access to primary healthcare services, leaving 615 million people without adequate services. To address this, we need to invest in community health systems including community health workers (CHWs), who are the backbone of primary healthcare. CHWs are often the first and only point of contact for underserved communities. They deliver preventive services such as vaccines, they educate communities on healthy practices, and detect early warning signs of disease, yet, many remain underpaid, under-trained, and disconnected from formal health systems. Governments need to commit to financing and integrating CHW programmes into national health systems, as outlined in the 2018 WHO guidelines – not as stopgaps, but as core pillars of national health strategy. Mapping of Community Health Worker accreditation and salary status worldwide. Promotive health also means tackling the social determinants of health – poverty, education, clean water and sanitation, nutrition, and environmental factors. We also need policies that tackle risk factors. Taxing unhealthy products like industrial trans fats, tobacco, alcohol, and sugar-sweetened beverages can reduce the burden of NCDs while generating revenue for health programmes. These funds can be channelled into community-led initiatives that promote clean water, sanitation, and nutrition, addressing the root causes of disease. Second, we need to empower communities as active participants in their health. Health systems cannot succeed without the trust and participation of the people they serve. Too often, African health systems are designed around institutions and diseases rather than people. Some have jokingly referred to our ministries of health as “ministries of disease” — a reflection of how disconnected the system can feel from lived realities. Communities – including youth, women, and marginalised groups – must have a seat at the decision-making table. Health policies should be co-designed and governed by those they are meant to serve. It is time to update the current WHO framework and recognise “people” as the seventh building block of effective health systems, alongside service delivery, health workforce, information systems, health financing, access to medicines and health technologies, as well as leadership and governance. Empowering communities also requires fostering accountability. Civil society-led mechanisms can hold governments, the private sector and other partners accountable for delivering on UHC commitments, ensuring that policies align with the principles of social justice. By giving communities a stake in their health systems, we can build trust, encourage early health-seeking behaviour and reduce the reliance on curative care. Moreover, African governments must address inefficiencies and corruption, optimising the use of limited resources. By embracing digital technology and artificial intelligence, we can improve health data systems, enhance service delivery and target interventions more effectively. Technology must be deployed at the community level, not just in hospitals, to enhance equitable access, particularly at the last mile. Building health systems of the future Shukulu Nibogore sits on her mother’s lap while Athanasie Mukamana, a community health worker in Rwanda, measures her arm for signs of malnutrition. The curative consumption trap is a legacy of colonial health systems and misaligned global priorities. It is not inevitable. Africa has the opportunity to redefine its health agenda, leveraging its youthful population, rich cultural heritage, and growing technological innovation. But this requires bold leadership and collective action. African governments should prioritise health in national budgets, recognising that health is not a cost but an investment in human capital for socioeconomic development. Donors and global health partners must shift their focus from short-term, disease-specific interventions to long-term health system strengthening in line with the Lusaka Agenda, an effort for all to prioritise strengthening health systems, promoting sustainable health financing and enhancing equity through national-level co-ordination. At Amref Health Africa, we are committed to this vision. Our work with community health workers, youth, and local leaders across 35 countries for over 67 years demonstrates that health production is possible when people are at the heart of the system. As we approach 2030, the deadline for achieving UHC, we must decide: do we continue down the path of reactive, costly care with limited returns or do we embrace a model that produces health, dignity, and opportunity for all? The curative trap may be the legacy we inherited, but health production is the legacy we must build. Dr Githinji Gitahi is the Group CEO of Amref Health Africa and a passionate advocate for pro-poor universal health coverage. Image Credits: Last Mile Health, Eduardo Soteras Jalil/ WHO, Community Health Impact Coalition @Mapbox @OpenStreetMap, Cecille Joan Avila / Partners In Health. Tobacco Control Has Made Huge Progress But New Products Pose Challenges 23/06/2025 Kerry Cullinan Flavoured additives are designed to get young people hooked on new tobacco and nicotine products. Three-quarters of the world’s citizens – 6.1 billion people – are covered by at least one of the six tobacco control measures advocated by the World Health Organization (WHO), according to the global body’s annual Tobacco Epidemic 2025 report launched at the World Conference on Tobacco Control in Dublin on Monday evening. However, tobacco use still claims over seven million lives a year and the WHO warns that there are still significant global gaps in tobacco control, particularly to counter growing industry interference. The report focuses on the six proven WHO MPOWER tobacco control measures to reduce tobacco use, introduced in 2008. Each of the letters of ‘MPOWER’ stands for an intervention: Monitoring tobacco use and prevention policies; Protecting people from tobacco smoke with smoke-free air legislation; Offering help to quit tobacco use; Warning about the dangers of tobacco with pack labels and mass media; Enforcing bans on tobacco advertising, promotion and sponsorship; and Raising taxes on tobacco. Some 155 countries have implemented at least one of the MPOWER measures, and four countries – Brazil, Mauritius, the Netherlands and Türkiye – have implemented all six measures. Seven countries have implemented five of the six measures, namely Ethiopia, Ireland, Jordan, Mexico, New Zealand, Slovenia and Spain. Graphic health warnings Warning labels on tobacco packs The most striking gains have been in graphic health warnings, with 110 countries enforcing these on cigarette packs. The average size of warnings has also grown from a global average of covering 30% of the pack in 2007 to almost 60% in 2024, with two countries thus far increasing the size of the warning to 92.5% (on the front and back). The WHO also warns of “major gaps”, as 40 countries that are home to two billion people still have no MPOWER measures, while 22 countries still do not have warning labels on cigarette packs. Health warnings should be applied to new and emerging nicotine and tobacco products including e-cigarettes and nicotine pouches, according to the WHO report, which describes e-cigarettes with nicotine as “highly addictive and harmful to health”. “Twenty years since the adoption of the WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control, we have many successes to celebrate, but the tobacco industry continues to evolve and so must we,” WHO Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told the conference opening. “By uniting science, policy and political will, we can create a world where tobacco no longer claims lives, damages economies or steals futures. Together, we can end the tobacco epidemic.” Tackling e-cigarettes FCTC Secretariat’s Andrew Black, The Union’s Professor Guy Marks, Bloomberg Philanthropies’ Kelly Larson and WHO’s Rűdiger Kretch address a media briefing on Monday. Dr Rüdiger Krech, the WHO’s director of Health Promotion, told a media briefing on Monday that the WHO report highlights the new threats – the spread of e-cigarettes, heated tobacco products and other nicotine products like nicotine pouches – that are being “aggressively marketed to young people”. Krech added that the tobacco industry was deliberately flooding the market with “thousands of new products”, which made it very difficult for government regulators to keep up. “We are calling on governments to act boldly, raise tobacco taxes to best practice levels, give people the support they need to quit tobacco, strengthen health warnings and run sustained media campaigns and protect policies from tobacco industry interference,” said Krech. He highlighted that “134 countries have failed to make cigarettes less affordable since 2022, just three have increased taxes to the best practice level, over 30 countries allow the sales of cigarettes without health warnings, one third of the world lacks access to basic smoke free environments, and only a third of people have access to cost-covered quit services. “Tobacco control is one of public health’s greatest success stories, and without our tobacco control efforts, we would have 300 million more smokers today. But it is not a fight we have won. Progress has come through evidence, policy and perseverance to protect future generations. We must stay the course with renewed stamina, robust research and strong partnerships,” said Krech. The WHO urges countries to act against new tobacco and nicotine products. Raising taxes While the global health sector has faced enormous aid cuts over the past few months, primarily from United States, tobacco control has been relatively sheltered as it is supported by Bloomberg Philanthropies, which over the past 20 years has committed about $1.6 billion to strengthen tobacco control policies in low- and middle-income countries, according to Bloomberg’s Kelly Larson. Expressing full commitment to the WHO’s urgent work, founder Michael Bloomberg said that, since Bloomberg Philanthropies started supporting global tobacco control efforts in 2007, “there has been a sea change in the way countries prevent tobacco use, but there is still a long way to go.” However, Andrew Black, from the secretariat of the Framework Convention of Tobacco Control (FCTC), urged countries to raise taxes on cigarettes to compensate for the loss of overseas development assistance. Image Credits: WHO, Chemist 4 U/Flickr, Filter. Global Tobacco Conference Outcomes Will Help Shape Four Upcoming Multilateral Negotiations 23/06/2025 Deborah Sy As the World Conference on Tobacco Control (WCTC) opened in Dublin on Monday, the world’s largest convening of tobacco control advocates, researchers, and policy strategists is positioned to play an influential role in shaping the technical and civil society contributions that will feed into a series of important multilateral processes taking place this year. Between June and November 2025, four major global negotiations are scheduled. The first is the Fourth International Conference on Financing for Development (FfD4) in Seville. Tobacco taxes are a proven but underutilized financing tool. A 10% price increase typically reduces consumption by 4–5%, while generating substantial domestic revenue. Tobacco taxation has long been recognized in the Addis Ababa Action Agenda, and the final draft of the Compromiso de Sevilla ahead of FfD4 proposes elevating tobacco taxes as a non-distortionary tax source. While this marks a significant step forward in fiscal framing, it remains to be seen whether this language will be retained, strengthened, or weakened in the final adopted outcome. Toxic pollution The second process is the Resumed Fifth Session of the UN Plastics Treaty negotiations (INC-5.2) in Geneva. Cigarette butts, the most littered single-use plastic item on earth, will inevitably be addressed as part of the plastics crisis. Cigarette filters have long been marketed as a “harm reduction” feature despite being linked to increased risk of adenocarcinoma, a more aggressive lung cancer. In addition, filter microfibers are hard to control as they are very small and fall out. Conservative estimates put the cost of tobacco plastics at $26 billion annually. The World Health Organization (WHO), along with the Netherlands and Belgium, has called for banning cigarette filters. Meanwhile, Belgium, France, and the United Kingdom are banning disposable vapes, joining over 40 countries with some form of ban. INC-5.2 will be a test of whether the COP10 decision of the WHO FCTC will be recognized—especially its call to protect environmental policy from tobacco industry interference and to reject Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) schemes used as a disguise for corporate social responsibility, which the FCTC seeks to ban. The third process is the UN General Assembly High-Level Meeting on Noncommunicable Diseases and Mental Health, which will convene in New York in September. Tobacco and nicotine addiction are increasingly linked to anxiety, depression, and mental health struggles among youth. The Political Declaration’s zero draft includes tobacco taxes, offering an opportunity to integrate prevention, financing, and accountability into mental health responses. The fourth global negotiation involves the 11th Conference of the Parties (COP11) to the WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control (FCTC). COP11 will consider liability under Article 19 and forward-looking measures under Article 2.1—key to ensuring the tobacco industry is held responsible for health harms, plastic pollution, and youth-targeted marketing of addictive products. Environmental impact Several of the WCTC sessions directly intersect with these negotiations. These include a focused discussion on Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) and the environmental impact of tobacco product waste—an issue closely aligned with the plastics treaty talks in August. Other sessions examine tobacco endgames and industry liability which are relevant to COP11 when it decides on matters relating to liability (Art 19) and forward-looking measures (Art 2.1). Civil society coalitions such as the NCD Alliance are also engaged in preparatory discussions for the September UN General Assembly meeting on mental health and noncommunicable diseases. Additional sessions on tobacco taxation and development financing contribute to dialogues ahead of FfD4. Refreshing focus on youth The 2025 WCTC agenda reflects a notable shift. While previous conferences centered primarily on cessation strategies and clinical research, this year’s program places greater emphasis on targeting of youth/ youth involvement (eight sessions and over 70 presentations) and industry interference (six sessions and 33 presentations) – comparable to cessation (seven sessions and over 70 presentations). The increased presence of youth advocates also highlights the growing involvement of young people – exemplified by the global movement Global Youth Voices (GYV) that call for bans on addictive recreational products and compensation for tobacco harms. Increased youth participation also reflects the rising concern over the marketing of flavored and disposable tobacco and nicotine products, and the persistent regulatory gaps that allow these products to remain on the market. Higher taxes, ban on cigarette filters? WCTC follows the recent World Health Assembly resolution titled “Promoting and Prioritizing an Integrated Approach to Lung Health,” which underscored the need to integrate tobacco control into public health systems. Given that tobacco use is the leading cause of lung vulnerability—and increases susceptibility to respiratory pandemics—it should be treated as a key element of pandemic preparedness, a priority reinforced by the pandemic agreement adopted at the same Assembly. This makes tobacco control a timely topic and WCTC a timely venue—not only for technical exchange, but for convening advocates to build consensus on matters that can inform formal negotiations. Outcomes from Dublin may influence proposals to further strengthen the role of tobacco excise taxes as a sustainable financing tool at FfD4, ban cigarette filters and single-use vapes and classify them as hazardous plastics under the plastics treaty, exclude tobacco producers from EPR schemes, and strengthen language in the UNGA Political Declaration on tobacco taxation and conflict of interest. These discussions will inevitably reinforce the implementation of Article 5.3 of the FCTC, the backbone of the tobacco control treaty as it seeks to protect policy from tobacco industry influence. With multilateral talks resuming across health, finance, and environmental domains, the key question is whether governments will act on these proposals and translate them into enforceable commitments. We need to do better – young people are watching closely, not only as affected stakeholders and active participants, but as future decision-makers. The youth may not remember it, but around 20 years ago, Ireland was the first country in the world to ban smoking in pubs, so perhaps there’s no better place to be reminded that it’s possible to dream big, and act boldly. Deborah Sy is the head of Global Public Policy and Strategy at the Global Center for Good Governance in Tobacco Control at Thammasat University in Thailand and the founder and senior advisor of HealthJustice in the Philippines. She is a member of the bar in the Philippines and in New York and has served as legal adviser to the Philippine delegation at numerous international meetings. Image Credits: Steven Pahel/ Unsplash. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Time for Africa to Replace the Curative Consumption Trap with Health Production Model 24/06/2025 Githinji Gitahi A community health worker uses a smartphone to collect medical information in Liberia. Africa is at a crossroads in its health journey – not simply because of shifting geopolitical dynamics or shrinking donor aid, although these are real challenges, but because we must confront a deeper structural flaw in how our health systems are designed. The continent, home to over 1.4 billion people and projected to house one in five of the world’s population in the coming decades, faces a critical paradox. Despite progress in tackling infectious diseases, African health systems remain fragile, underfunded, overstretched, and trapped in a cycle of curative interventions. These systems prioritise expensive, hospital-based care that waits for disease, while neglecting prevention, health promotion, and community engagement to reduce the disease burden. This model is neither sustainable nor equitable, and it keeps us locked in the “curative consumption trap.” It drains our already limited resources, perpetuates inequities, and undermines our vision for universal health coverage (UHC). Community-driven systems It’s time to shift from a reactive, hospital-centric model to one that invests in health production — resilient, community-driven, people-centred systems that prevent disease, empower people, and build a healthier future for all Africans. A quick back-of-the-envelope calculation shows that high-income countries spend around $4000 per capita on healthcare, mostly through public financing. In sub-Saharan Africa, that figure is closer to $40 – and that is assuming countries meet the aspirational goal of allocating 15% of national budgets to health. Most do not. Can Africa afford healthcare as currently structured? The answer is clearly no. This consumption-based model has colonial roots built for the rich who came to Africa and needed a health system that reflected their needs, as they were used to back in their home countries, reinforced by political incentives that favour short-term infrastructure projects over long-term people-centred reforms. During the recent Africa Health Agenda International Conference (AHAIC) 2025 in Kigali, it was evident that many African health systems still focus on treating disease rather than preventing it — a legacy that must be urgently overcome. Vicious cycle of curative consumption trap Hospitals and clinics often serve as the epicentre of care, with resources skewed toward expensive, tertiary-level interventions that politicians prioritise to appeal to voters. This curative bias comes at the expense of preventative measures needed to reduce the disease burden, particularly the rising tide of non-communicable diseases (NCDs) like diabetes, hypertension, and cancer. In 2019, NCDs accounted for 37% of deaths in sub-Saharan Africa, up from 24% in 2000, and the burden is rising. Our systems are ill-equipped to manage this growing crisis. The curative consumption trap is fuelled by several factors. First, a post-colonial bias for infrastructure-heavy, specialist-led care over community-based approaches informed by the health needs of those who built the health systems. Second, a health workforce trained to treat illness, not promote wellness. In medical school, I spent just one lethargic month on community health, compared to years learning about diagnosis, surgery, and pharmacology. This narrative is supported by political incentive as infrastructure is a vote driver for politicians and historical budgeting approaches prioritise infrastructure and equipment procurement. Third, a lack of trust in unfriendly, distant, supply-driven health systems leads people to seek care only when they are really sick, resulting in late diagnoses and high treatment costs. This isn’t just a health issue, but a social and economic crisis. When systems focus on curing instead of preventing, they consume scarce financial and human resources while ignoring root causes such as unsafe water, poor sanitation, undernutrition, and the proliferation of unhealthy processed foods full of industrial trans fats and sweetened beverages. The result is high costs for health services, with families pushed into poverty by catastrophic healthcare costs from out-of-pocket expenditure. The result is a vicious cycle where illness perpetuates poverty, and poverty perpetuates illness. People collecting water from a pump in Kinshasa in the Democratic Republic of the Congo. Several African countries including the DRC are experiencing cholera outbreaks caused primarily by lack of access to clean water and proper sanitation. Shifting the focus to health production To break this cycle, we need to embrace a model of health production that keeps people healthy, empowers communities, and addresses social determinants of health. It should be proactive, equitable, people-centred and sustainable, ensuring that every African has access to the tools and knowledge to live a healthy life, including reproductive health services for adolescents and women. This requires two major shifts. First, we must prioritise preventive and promotive health. Prevention is the cornerstone of health production. Evidence shows that primary healthcare, with a focus on primary care and prevention, community empowerment and engagement and multi-sectoral approaches, improves health outcomes, enhances equity, and increases system efficiency. Yet, only 48% of Africans have access to primary healthcare services, leaving 615 million people without adequate services. To address this, we need to invest in community health systems including community health workers (CHWs), who are the backbone of primary healthcare. CHWs are often the first and only point of contact for underserved communities. They deliver preventive services such as vaccines, they educate communities on healthy practices, and detect early warning signs of disease, yet, many remain underpaid, under-trained, and disconnected from formal health systems. Governments need to commit to financing and integrating CHW programmes into national health systems, as outlined in the 2018 WHO guidelines – not as stopgaps, but as core pillars of national health strategy. Mapping of Community Health Worker accreditation and salary status worldwide. Promotive health also means tackling the social determinants of health – poverty, education, clean water and sanitation, nutrition, and environmental factors. We also need policies that tackle risk factors. Taxing unhealthy products like industrial trans fats, tobacco, alcohol, and sugar-sweetened beverages can reduce the burden of NCDs while generating revenue for health programmes. These funds can be channelled into community-led initiatives that promote clean water, sanitation, and nutrition, addressing the root causes of disease. Second, we need to empower communities as active participants in their health. Health systems cannot succeed without the trust and participation of the people they serve. Too often, African health systems are designed around institutions and diseases rather than people. Some have jokingly referred to our ministries of health as “ministries of disease” — a reflection of how disconnected the system can feel from lived realities. Communities – including youth, women, and marginalised groups – must have a seat at the decision-making table. Health policies should be co-designed and governed by those they are meant to serve. It is time to update the current WHO framework and recognise “people” as the seventh building block of effective health systems, alongside service delivery, health workforce, information systems, health financing, access to medicines and health technologies, as well as leadership and governance. Empowering communities also requires fostering accountability. Civil society-led mechanisms can hold governments, the private sector and other partners accountable for delivering on UHC commitments, ensuring that policies align with the principles of social justice. By giving communities a stake in their health systems, we can build trust, encourage early health-seeking behaviour and reduce the reliance on curative care. Moreover, African governments must address inefficiencies and corruption, optimising the use of limited resources. By embracing digital technology and artificial intelligence, we can improve health data systems, enhance service delivery and target interventions more effectively. Technology must be deployed at the community level, not just in hospitals, to enhance equitable access, particularly at the last mile. Building health systems of the future Shukulu Nibogore sits on her mother’s lap while Athanasie Mukamana, a community health worker in Rwanda, measures her arm for signs of malnutrition. The curative consumption trap is a legacy of colonial health systems and misaligned global priorities. It is not inevitable. Africa has the opportunity to redefine its health agenda, leveraging its youthful population, rich cultural heritage, and growing technological innovation. But this requires bold leadership and collective action. African governments should prioritise health in national budgets, recognising that health is not a cost but an investment in human capital for socioeconomic development. Donors and global health partners must shift their focus from short-term, disease-specific interventions to long-term health system strengthening in line with the Lusaka Agenda, an effort for all to prioritise strengthening health systems, promoting sustainable health financing and enhancing equity through national-level co-ordination. At Amref Health Africa, we are committed to this vision. Our work with community health workers, youth, and local leaders across 35 countries for over 67 years demonstrates that health production is possible when people are at the heart of the system. As we approach 2030, the deadline for achieving UHC, we must decide: do we continue down the path of reactive, costly care with limited returns or do we embrace a model that produces health, dignity, and opportunity for all? The curative trap may be the legacy we inherited, but health production is the legacy we must build. Dr Githinji Gitahi is the Group CEO of Amref Health Africa and a passionate advocate for pro-poor universal health coverage. Image Credits: Last Mile Health, Eduardo Soteras Jalil/ WHO, Community Health Impact Coalition @Mapbox @OpenStreetMap, Cecille Joan Avila / Partners In Health. Tobacco Control Has Made Huge Progress But New Products Pose Challenges 23/06/2025 Kerry Cullinan Flavoured additives are designed to get young people hooked on new tobacco and nicotine products. Three-quarters of the world’s citizens – 6.1 billion people – are covered by at least one of the six tobacco control measures advocated by the World Health Organization (WHO), according to the global body’s annual Tobacco Epidemic 2025 report launched at the World Conference on Tobacco Control in Dublin on Monday evening. However, tobacco use still claims over seven million lives a year and the WHO warns that there are still significant global gaps in tobacco control, particularly to counter growing industry interference. The report focuses on the six proven WHO MPOWER tobacco control measures to reduce tobacco use, introduced in 2008. Each of the letters of ‘MPOWER’ stands for an intervention: Monitoring tobacco use and prevention policies; Protecting people from tobacco smoke with smoke-free air legislation; Offering help to quit tobacco use; Warning about the dangers of tobacco with pack labels and mass media; Enforcing bans on tobacco advertising, promotion and sponsorship; and Raising taxes on tobacco. Some 155 countries have implemented at least one of the MPOWER measures, and four countries – Brazil, Mauritius, the Netherlands and Türkiye – have implemented all six measures. Seven countries have implemented five of the six measures, namely Ethiopia, Ireland, Jordan, Mexico, New Zealand, Slovenia and Spain. Graphic health warnings Warning labels on tobacco packs The most striking gains have been in graphic health warnings, with 110 countries enforcing these on cigarette packs. The average size of warnings has also grown from a global average of covering 30% of the pack in 2007 to almost 60% in 2024, with two countries thus far increasing the size of the warning to 92.5% (on the front and back). The WHO also warns of “major gaps”, as 40 countries that are home to two billion people still have no MPOWER measures, while 22 countries still do not have warning labels on cigarette packs. Health warnings should be applied to new and emerging nicotine and tobacco products including e-cigarettes and nicotine pouches, according to the WHO report, which describes e-cigarettes with nicotine as “highly addictive and harmful to health”. “Twenty years since the adoption of the WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control, we have many successes to celebrate, but the tobacco industry continues to evolve and so must we,” WHO Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told the conference opening. “By uniting science, policy and political will, we can create a world where tobacco no longer claims lives, damages economies or steals futures. Together, we can end the tobacco epidemic.” Tackling e-cigarettes FCTC Secretariat’s Andrew Black, The Union’s Professor Guy Marks, Bloomberg Philanthropies’ Kelly Larson and WHO’s Rűdiger Kretch address a media briefing on Monday. Dr Rüdiger Krech, the WHO’s director of Health Promotion, told a media briefing on Monday that the WHO report highlights the new threats – the spread of e-cigarettes, heated tobacco products and other nicotine products like nicotine pouches – that are being “aggressively marketed to young people”. Krech added that the tobacco industry was deliberately flooding the market with “thousands of new products”, which made it very difficult for government regulators to keep up. “We are calling on governments to act boldly, raise tobacco taxes to best practice levels, give people the support they need to quit tobacco, strengthen health warnings and run sustained media campaigns and protect policies from tobacco industry interference,” said Krech. He highlighted that “134 countries have failed to make cigarettes less affordable since 2022, just three have increased taxes to the best practice level, over 30 countries allow the sales of cigarettes without health warnings, one third of the world lacks access to basic smoke free environments, and only a third of people have access to cost-covered quit services. “Tobacco control is one of public health’s greatest success stories, and without our tobacco control efforts, we would have 300 million more smokers today. But it is not a fight we have won. Progress has come through evidence, policy and perseverance to protect future generations. We must stay the course with renewed stamina, robust research and strong partnerships,” said Krech. The WHO urges countries to act against new tobacco and nicotine products. Raising taxes While the global health sector has faced enormous aid cuts over the past few months, primarily from United States, tobacco control has been relatively sheltered as it is supported by Bloomberg Philanthropies, which over the past 20 years has committed about $1.6 billion to strengthen tobacco control policies in low- and middle-income countries, according to Bloomberg’s Kelly Larson. Expressing full commitment to the WHO’s urgent work, founder Michael Bloomberg said that, since Bloomberg Philanthropies started supporting global tobacco control efforts in 2007, “there has been a sea change in the way countries prevent tobacco use, but there is still a long way to go.” However, Andrew Black, from the secretariat of the Framework Convention of Tobacco Control (FCTC), urged countries to raise taxes on cigarettes to compensate for the loss of overseas development assistance. Image Credits: WHO, Chemist 4 U/Flickr, Filter. Global Tobacco Conference Outcomes Will Help Shape Four Upcoming Multilateral Negotiations 23/06/2025 Deborah Sy As the World Conference on Tobacco Control (WCTC) opened in Dublin on Monday, the world’s largest convening of tobacco control advocates, researchers, and policy strategists is positioned to play an influential role in shaping the technical and civil society contributions that will feed into a series of important multilateral processes taking place this year. Between June and November 2025, four major global negotiations are scheduled. The first is the Fourth International Conference on Financing for Development (FfD4) in Seville. Tobacco taxes are a proven but underutilized financing tool. A 10% price increase typically reduces consumption by 4–5%, while generating substantial domestic revenue. Tobacco taxation has long been recognized in the Addis Ababa Action Agenda, and the final draft of the Compromiso de Sevilla ahead of FfD4 proposes elevating tobacco taxes as a non-distortionary tax source. While this marks a significant step forward in fiscal framing, it remains to be seen whether this language will be retained, strengthened, or weakened in the final adopted outcome. Toxic pollution The second process is the Resumed Fifth Session of the UN Plastics Treaty negotiations (INC-5.2) in Geneva. Cigarette butts, the most littered single-use plastic item on earth, will inevitably be addressed as part of the plastics crisis. Cigarette filters have long been marketed as a “harm reduction” feature despite being linked to increased risk of adenocarcinoma, a more aggressive lung cancer. In addition, filter microfibers are hard to control as they are very small and fall out. Conservative estimates put the cost of tobacco plastics at $26 billion annually. The World Health Organization (WHO), along with the Netherlands and Belgium, has called for banning cigarette filters. Meanwhile, Belgium, France, and the United Kingdom are banning disposable vapes, joining over 40 countries with some form of ban. INC-5.2 will be a test of whether the COP10 decision of the WHO FCTC will be recognized—especially its call to protect environmental policy from tobacco industry interference and to reject Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) schemes used as a disguise for corporate social responsibility, which the FCTC seeks to ban. The third process is the UN General Assembly High-Level Meeting on Noncommunicable Diseases and Mental Health, which will convene in New York in September. Tobacco and nicotine addiction are increasingly linked to anxiety, depression, and mental health struggles among youth. The Political Declaration’s zero draft includes tobacco taxes, offering an opportunity to integrate prevention, financing, and accountability into mental health responses. The fourth global negotiation involves the 11th Conference of the Parties (COP11) to the WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control (FCTC). COP11 will consider liability under Article 19 and forward-looking measures under Article 2.1—key to ensuring the tobacco industry is held responsible for health harms, plastic pollution, and youth-targeted marketing of addictive products. Environmental impact Several of the WCTC sessions directly intersect with these negotiations. These include a focused discussion on Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) and the environmental impact of tobacco product waste—an issue closely aligned with the plastics treaty talks in August. Other sessions examine tobacco endgames and industry liability which are relevant to COP11 when it decides on matters relating to liability (Art 19) and forward-looking measures (Art 2.1). Civil society coalitions such as the NCD Alliance are also engaged in preparatory discussions for the September UN General Assembly meeting on mental health and noncommunicable diseases. Additional sessions on tobacco taxation and development financing contribute to dialogues ahead of FfD4. Refreshing focus on youth The 2025 WCTC agenda reflects a notable shift. While previous conferences centered primarily on cessation strategies and clinical research, this year’s program places greater emphasis on targeting of youth/ youth involvement (eight sessions and over 70 presentations) and industry interference (six sessions and 33 presentations) – comparable to cessation (seven sessions and over 70 presentations). The increased presence of youth advocates also highlights the growing involvement of young people – exemplified by the global movement Global Youth Voices (GYV) that call for bans on addictive recreational products and compensation for tobacco harms. Increased youth participation also reflects the rising concern over the marketing of flavored and disposable tobacco and nicotine products, and the persistent regulatory gaps that allow these products to remain on the market. Higher taxes, ban on cigarette filters? WCTC follows the recent World Health Assembly resolution titled “Promoting and Prioritizing an Integrated Approach to Lung Health,” which underscored the need to integrate tobacco control into public health systems. Given that tobacco use is the leading cause of lung vulnerability—and increases susceptibility to respiratory pandemics—it should be treated as a key element of pandemic preparedness, a priority reinforced by the pandemic agreement adopted at the same Assembly. This makes tobacco control a timely topic and WCTC a timely venue—not only for technical exchange, but for convening advocates to build consensus on matters that can inform formal negotiations. Outcomes from Dublin may influence proposals to further strengthen the role of tobacco excise taxes as a sustainable financing tool at FfD4, ban cigarette filters and single-use vapes and classify them as hazardous plastics under the plastics treaty, exclude tobacco producers from EPR schemes, and strengthen language in the UNGA Political Declaration on tobacco taxation and conflict of interest. These discussions will inevitably reinforce the implementation of Article 5.3 of the FCTC, the backbone of the tobacco control treaty as it seeks to protect policy from tobacco industry influence. With multilateral talks resuming across health, finance, and environmental domains, the key question is whether governments will act on these proposals and translate them into enforceable commitments. We need to do better – young people are watching closely, not only as affected stakeholders and active participants, but as future decision-makers. The youth may not remember it, but around 20 years ago, Ireland was the first country in the world to ban smoking in pubs, so perhaps there’s no better place to be reminded that it’s possible to dream big, and act boldly. Deborah Sy is the head of Global Public Policy and Strategy at the Global Center for Good Governance in Tobacco Control at Thammasat University in Thailand and the founder and senior advisor of HealthJustice in the Philippines. She is a member of the bar in the Philippines and in New York and has served as legal adviser to the Philippine delegation at numerous international meetings. Image Credits: Steven Pahel/ Unsplash. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Tobacco Control Has Made Huge Progress But New Products Pose Challenges 23/06/2025 Kerry Cullinan Flavoured additives are designed to get young people hooked on new tobacco and nicotine products. Three-quarters of the world’s citizens – 6.1 billion people – are covered by at least one of the six tobacco control measures advocated by the World Health Organization (WHO), according to the global body’s annual Tobacco Epidemic 2025 report launched at the World Conference on Tobacco Control in Dublin on Monday evening. However, tobacco use still claims over seven million lives a year and the WHO warns that there are still significant global gaps in tobacco control, particularly to counter growing industry interference. The report focuses on the six proven WHO MPOWER tobacco control measures to reduce tobacco use, introduced in 2008. Each of the letters of ‘MPOWER’ stands for an intervention: Monitoring tobacco use and prevention policies; Protecting people from tobacco smoke with smoke-free air legislation; Offering help to quit tobacco use; Warning about the dangers of tobacco with pack labels and mass media; Enforcing bans on tobacco advertising, promotion and sponsorship; and Raising taxes on tobacco. Some 155 countries have implemented at least one of the MPOWER measures, and four countries – Brazil, Mauritius, the Netherlands and Türkiye – have implemented all six measures. Seven countries have implemented five of the six measures, namely Ethiopia, Ireland, Jordan, Mexico, New Zealand, Slovenia and Spain. Graphic health warnings Warning labels on tobacco packs The most striking gains have been in graphic health warnings, with 110 countries enforcing these on cigarette packs. The average size of warnings has also grown from a global average of covering 30% of the pack in 2007 to almost 60% in 2024, with two countries thus far increasing the size of the warning to 92.5% (on the front and back). The WHO also warns of “major gaps”, as 40 countries that are home to two billion people still have no MPOWER measures, while 22 countries still do not have warning labels on cigarette packs. Health warnings should be applied to new and emerging nicotine and tobacco products including e-cigarettes and nicotine pouches, according to the WHO report, which describes e-cigarettes with nicotine as “highly addictive and harmful to health”. “Twenty years since the adoption of the WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control, we have many successes to celebrate, but the tobacco industry continues to evolve and so must we,” WHO Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus told the conference opening. “By uniting science, policy and political will, we can create a world where tobacco no longer claims lives, damages economies or steals futures. Together, we can end the tobacco epidemic.” Tackling e-cigarettes FCTC Secretariat’s Andrew Black, The Union’s Professor Guy Marks, Bloomberg Philanthropies’ Kelly Larson and WHO’s Rűdiger Kretch address a media briefing on Monday. Dr Rüdiger Krech, the WHO’s director of Health Promotion, told a media briefing on Monday that the WHO report highlights the new threats – the spread of e-cigarettes, heated tobacco products and other nicotine products like nicotine pouches – that are being “aggressively marketed to young people”. Krech added that the tobacco industry was deliberately flooding the market with “thousands of new products”, which made it very difficult for government regulators to keep up. “We are calling on governments to act boldly, raise tobacco taxes to best practice levels, give people the support they need to quit tobacco, strengthen health warnings and run sustained media campaigns and protect policies from tobacco industry interference,” said Krech. He highlighted that “134 countries have failed to make cigarettes less affordable since 2022, just three have increased taxes to the best practice level, over 30 countries allow the sales of cigarettes without health warnings, one third of the world lacks access to basic smoke free environments, and only a third of people have access to cost-covered quit services. “Tobacco control is one of public health’s greatest success stories, and without our tobacco control efforts, we would have 300 million more smokers today. But it is not a fight we have won. Progress has come through evidence, policy and perseverance to protect future generations. We must stay the course with renewed stamina, robust research and strong partnerships,” said Krech. The WHO urges countries to act against new tobacco and nicotine products. Raising taxes While the global health sector has faced enormous aid cuts over the past few months, primarily from United States, tobacco control has been relatively sheltered as it is supported by Bloomberg Philanthropies, which over the past 20 years has committed about $1.6 billion to strengthen tobacco control policies in low- and middle-income countries, according to Bloomberg’s Kelly Larson. Expressing full commitment to the WHO’s urgent work, founder Michael Bloomberg said that, since Bloomberg Philanthropies started supporting global tobacco control efforts in 2007, “there has been a sea change in the way countries prevent tobacco use, but there is still a long way to go.” However, Andrew Black, from the secretariat of the Framework Convention of Tobacco Control (FCTC), urged countries to raise taxes on cigarettes to compensate for the loss of overseas development assistance. Image Credits: WHO, Chemist 4 U/Flickr, Filter. Global Tobacco Conference Outcomes Will Help Shape Four Upcoming Multilateral Negotiations 23/06/2025 Deborah Sy As the World Conference on Tobacco Control (WCTC) opened in Dublin on Monday, the world’s largest convening of tobacco control advocates, researchers, and policy strategists is positioned to play an influential role in shaping the technical and civil society contributions that will feed into a series of important multilateral processes taking place this year. Between June and November 2025, four major global negotiations are scheduled. The first is the Fourth International Conference on Financing for Development (FfD4) in Seville. Tobacco taxes are a proven but underutilized financing tool. A 10% price increase typically reduces consumption by 4–5%, while generating substantial domestic revenue. Tobacco taxation has long been recognized in the Addis Ababa Action Agenda, and the final draft of the Compromiso de Sevilla ahead of FfD4 proposes elevating tobacco taxes as a non-distortionary tax source. While this marks a significant step forward in fiscal framing, it remains to be seen whether this language will be retained, strengthened, or weakened in the final adopted outcome. Toxic pollution The second process is the Resumed Fifth Session of the UN Plastics Treaty negotiations (INC-5.2) in Geneva. Cigarette butts, the most littered single-use plastic item on earth, will inevitably be addressed as part of the plastics crisis. Cigarette filters have long been marketed as a “harm reduction” feature despite being linked to increased risk of adenocarcinoma, a more aggressive lung cancer. In addition, filter microfibers are hard to control as they are very small and fall out. Conservative estimates put the cost of tobacco plastics at $26 billion annually. The World Health Organization (WHO), along with the Netherlands and Belgium, has called for banning cigarette filters. Meanwhile, Belgium, France, and the United Kingdom are banning disposable vapes, joining over 40 countries with some form of ban. INC-5.2 will be a test of whether the COP10 decision of the WHO FCTC will be recognized—especially its call to protect environmental policy from tobacco industry interference and to reject Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) schemes used as a disguise for corporate social responsibility, which the FCTC seeks to ban. The third process is the UN General Assembly High-Level Meeting on Noncommunicable Diseases and Mental Health, which will convene in New York in September. Tobacco and nicotine addiction are increasingly linked to anxiety, depression, and mental health struggles among youth. The Political Declaration’s zero draft includes tobacco taxes, offering an opportunity to integrate prevention, financing, and accountability into mental health responses. The fourth global negotiation involves the 11th Conference of the Parties (COP11) to the WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control (FCTC). COP11 will consider liability under Article 19 and forward-looking measures under Article 2.1—key to ensuring the tobacco industry is held responsible for health harms, plastic pollution, and youth-targeted marketing of addictive products. Environmental impact Several of the WCTC sessions directly intersect with these negotiations. These include a focused discussion on Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) and the environmental impact of tobacco product waste—an issue closely aligned with the plastics treaty talks in August. Other sessions examine tobacco endgames and industry liability which are relevant to COP11 when it decides on matters relating to liability (Art 19) and forward-looking measures (Art 2.1). Civil society coalitions such as the NCD Alliance are also engaged in preparatory discussions for the September UN General Assembly meeting on mental health and noncommunicable diseases. Additional sessions on tobacco taxation and development financing contribute to dialogues ahead of FfD4. Refreshing focus on youth The 2025 WCTC agenda reflects a notable shift. While previous conferences centered primarily on cessation strategies and clinical research, this year’s program places greater emphasis on targeting of youth/ youth involvement (eight sessions and over 70 presentations) and industry interference (six sessions and 33 presentations) – comparable to cessation (seven sessions and over 70 presentations). The increased presence of youth advocates also highlights the growing involvement of young people – exemplified by the global movement Global Youth Voices (GYV) that call for bans on addictive recreational products and compensation for tobacco harms. Increased youth participation also reflects the rising concern over the marketing of flavored and disposable tobacco and nicotine products, and the persistent regulatory gaps that allow these products to remain on the market. Higher taxes, ban on cigarette filters? WCTC follows the recent World Health Assembly resolution titled “Promoting and Prioritizing an Integrated Approach to Lung Health,” which underscored the need to integrate tobacco control into public health systems. Given that tobacco use is the leading cause of lung vulnerability—and increases susceptibility to respiratory pandemics—it should be treated as a key element of pandemic preparedness, a priority reinforced by the pandemic agreement adopted at the same Assembly. This makes tobacco control a timely topic and WCTC a timely venue—not only for technical exchange, but for convening advocates to build consensus on matters that can inform formal negotiations. Outcomes from Dublin may influence proposals to further strengthen the role of tobacco excise taxes as a sustainable financing tool at FfD4, ban cigarette filters and single-use vapes and classify them as hazardous plastics under the plastics treaty, exclude tobacco producers from EPR schemes, and strengthen language in the UNGA Political Declaration on tobacco taxation and conflict of interest. These discussions will inevitably reinforce the implementation of Article 5.3 of the FCTC, the backbone of the tobacco control treaty as it seeks to protect policy from tobacco industry influence. With multilateral talks resuming across health, finance, and environmental domains, the key question is whether governments will act on these proposals and translate them into enforceable commitments. We need to do better – young people are watching closely, not only as affected stakeholders and active participants, but as future decision-makers. The youth may not remember it, but around 20 years ago, Ireland was the first country in the world to ban smoking in pubs, so perhaps there’s no better place to be reminded that it’s possible to dream big, and act boldly. Deborah Sy is the head of Global Public Policy and Strategy at the Global Center for Good Governance in Tobacco Control at Thammasat University in Thailand and the founder and senior advisor of HealthJustice in the Philippines. She is a member of the bar in the Philippines and in New York and has served as legal adviser to the Philippine delegation at numerous international meetings. Image Credits: Steven Pahel/ Unsplash. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy
Global Tobacco Conference Outcomes Will Help Shape Four Upcoming Multilateral Negotiations 23/06/2025 Deborah Sy As the World Conference on Tobacco Control (WCTC) opened in Dublin on Monday, the world’s largest convening of tobacco control advocates, researchers, and policy strategists is positioned to play an influential role in shaping the technical and civil society contributions that will feed into a series of important multilateral processes taking place this year. Between June and November 2025, four major global negotiations are scheduled. The first is the Fourth International Conference on Financing for Development (FfD4) in Seville. Tobacco taxes are a proven but underutilized financing tool. A 10% price increase typically reduces consumption by 4–5%, while generating substantial domestic revenue. Tobacco taxation has long been recognized in the Addis Ababa Action Agenda, and the final draft of the Compromiso de Sevilla ahead of FfD4 proposes elevating tobacco taxes as a non-distortionary tax source. While this marks a significant step forward in fiscal framing, it remains to be seen whether this language will be retained, strengthened, or weakened in the final adopted outcome. Toxic pollution The second process is the Resumed Fifth Session of the UN Plastics Treaty negotiations (INC-5.2) in Geneva. Cigarette butts, the most littered single-use plastic item on earth, will inevitably be addressed as part of the plastics crisis. Cigarette filters have long been marketed as a “harm reduction” feature despite being linked to increased risk of adenocarcinoma, a more aggressive lung cancer. In addition, filter microfibers are hard to control as they are very small and fall out. Conservative estimates put the cost of tobacco plastics at $26 billion annually. The World Health Organization (WHO), along with the Netherlands and Belgium, has called for banning cigarette filters. Meanwhile, Belgium, France, and the United Kingdom are banning disposable vapes, joining over 40 countries with some form of ban. INC-5.2 will be a test of whether the COP10 decision of the WHO FCTC will be recognized—especially its call to protect environmental policy from tobacco industry interference and to reject Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) schemes used as a disguise for corporate social responsibility, which the FCTC seeks to ban. The third process is the UN General Assembly High-Level Meeting on Noncommunicable Diseases and Mental Health, which will convene in New York in September. Tobacco and nicotine addiction are increasingly linked to anxiety, depression, and mental health struggles among youth. The Political Declaration’s zero draft includes tobacco taxes, offering an opportunity to integrate prevention, financing, and accountability into mental health responses. The fourth global negotiation involves the 11th Conference of the Parties (COP11) to the WHO Framework Convention on Tobacco Control (FCTC). COP11 will consider liability under Article 19 and forward-looking measures under Article 2.1—key to ensuring the tobacco industry is held responsible for health harms, plastic pollution, and youth-targeted marketing of addictive products. Environmental impact Several of the WCTC sessions directly intersect with these negotiations. These include a focused discussion on Extended Producer Responsibility (EPR) and the environmental impact of tobacco product waste—an issue closely aligned with the plastics treaty talks in August. Other sessions examine tobacco endgames and industry liability which are relevant to COP11 when it decides on matters relating to liability (Art 19) and forward-looking measures (Art 2.1). Civil society coalitions such as the NCD Alliance are also engaged in preparatory discussions for the September UN General Assembly meeting on mental health and noncommunicable diseases. Additional sessions on tobacco taxation and development financing contribute to dialogues ahead of FfD4. Refreshing focus on youth The 2025 WCTC agenda reflects a notable shift. While previous conferences centered primarily on cessation strategies and clinical research, this year’s program places greater emphasis on targeting of youth/ youth involvement (eight sessions and over 70 presentations) and industry interference (six sessions and 33 presentations) – comparable to cessation (seven sessions and over 70 presentations). The increased presence of youth advocates also highlights the growing involvement of young people – exemplified by the global movement Global Youth Voices (GYV) that call for bans on addictive recreational products and compensation for tobacco harms. Increased youth participation also reflects the rising concern over the marketing of flavored and disposable tobacco and nicotine products, and the persistent regulatory gaps that allow these products to remain on the market. Higher taxes, ban on cigarette filters? WCTC follows the recent World Health Assembly resolution titled “Promoting and Prioritizing an Integrated Approach to Lung Health,” which underscored the need to integrate tobacco control into public health systems. Given that tobacco use is the leading cause of lung vulnerability—and increases susceptibility to respiratory pandemics—it should be treated as a key element of pandemic preparedness, a priority reinforced by the pandemic agreement adopted at the same Assembly. This makes tobacco control a timely topic and WCTC a timely venue—not only for technical exchange, but for convening advocates to build consensus on matters that can inform formal negotiations. Outcomes from Dublin may influence proposals to further strengthen the role of tobacco excise taxes as a sustainable financing tool at FfD4, ban cigarette filters and single-use vapes and classify them as hazardous plastics under the plastics treaty, exclude tobacco producers from EPR schemes, and strengthen language in the UNGA Political Declaration on tobacco taxation and conflict of interest. These discussions will inevitably reinforce the implementation of Article 5.3 of the FCTC, the backbone of the tobacco control treaty as it seeks to protect policy from tobacco industry influence. With multilateral talks resuming across health, finance, and environmental domains, the key question is whether governments will act on these proposals and translate them into enforceable commitments. We need to do better – young people are watching closely, not only as affected stakeholders and active participants, but as future decision-makers. The youth may not remember it, but around 20 years ago, Ireland was the first country in the world to ban smoking in pubs, so perhaps there’s no better place to be reminded that it’s possible to dream big, and act boldly. Deborah Sy is the head of Global Public Policy and Strategy at the Global Center for Good Governance in Tobacco Control at Thammasat University in Thailand and the founder and senior advisor of HealthJustice in the Philippines. She is a member of the bar in the Philippines and in New York and has served as legal adviser to the Philippine delegation at numerous international meetings. Image Credits: Steven Pahel/ Unsplash. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts